Owner's Manual

OWNER’S MANUAL Mii 1SL012720BH

1SL012720BH (05.17) SEAT recommends SEAT recommends Inglés (05.17)

Inglés SEAT GENUINE OIL Castrol EDGE Professional Mii About this manual The equipment marked with an aster- For the sake of the environment isk* is fitted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- This manual contains a description of the vant information concerning environmental tional extras for some versions, or are equipment supplied with the vehicle at the protection. time this manual was published. Some of the only offered in certain countries. units described herein will not be available ® All registered marks are indicated with Note until a later date or are only available in cer- ®. Although the copyright symbol does tain markets. not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information. Because this is a general manual for the Mii, >> The section is continued on the follow- some of the equipment and functions that are ing page. described in this manual are not included in This manual is divided into six large parts, Important warnings on a given page which are: all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the techni- Detailed contents on a given page 1. The essentials cal requirements and on the market; this is in 2. Safety no way deceptive advertising. General information on a given page 3. Emergencies The illustrations are intended as a general Emergency information on a given page 4. Operation guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details. 5. Tips WARNING The steering indications (left, right, forward, 6. Technical data Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- ble dangers of accident or injury. alphabetical index that will help you quickly stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason cept when otherwise indicated. find the information you require. no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error CAUTION or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print. Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle. Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form. SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act. All rights on changes are reserved. ❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.05.17 You can access the information in this man- Thank you for trusting in us. Foreword ual using:

This Instruction Manual and its correspond- ● Thematic table of contents that follows the We wish you safe and enjoya- ing supplements should be read carefully to manual’s general chapter structure. ble motoring. familiarise yourself with your vehicle. ● Visual table of contents that uses graphics Besides the regular care and maintenance of to indicate the pages containing “essential” SEAT, S.A. the vehicle, its correct handling will help pre- information, which is detailed in the corre- serve its value. sponding chapters. For safety reasons, always note the informa- ● Alphabetical index with many terms and tion concerning accessories, modifications synonyms to help you find information. and part replacements. WARNING If selling the vehicle, give all of the on-board documentation to the new owner, as it Read and always observe safety informa- should be kept with the vehicle. tion concerning the passenger's front airbag ››› page 66, Important information

regarding the front passenger's airbag.

Table of Contents

Seat belts ...... 53 Lights and visibility ...... 103 Table of Contents Why wear a seat belt? ...... 53 Lights ...... 103 How to properly adjust your seatbelt ...... 57 Visibility ...... 108 The essentials ...... 5 Seat belt tensioners ...... 59 Windscreen wiper and window wiper sys- Exterior view ...... 5 Airbag system ...... 60 tems ...... 108 Exterior view ...... 6 Brief introduction ...... 60 Mirror ...... 110 Interior view (left guide) ...... 7 Airbag safety instructions ...... 63 Seats and head restraints ...... 112 How it works ...... 8 Deactivating airbags ...... 64 Adjusting the seat and head restraints ...... 112 Unlocking and locking ...... 8 Transporting children safely ...... 65 Seat functions ...... 113 Before driving ...... 12 Safety for children ...... 65 Transport and practical equipment ...... 114 Airbags ...... 14 Child seats ...... 67 Transporting objects ...... 114 Child seats ...... 16 Practical equipment ...... 115 Starting the vehicle ...... 20 Emergencies ...... 71 Luggage compartment ...... 123 Lights and visibility ...... 21 Self-help ...... 71 Roof carrier ...... 127 SEAT information system ...... 22 In case of emergency ...... 71 Air conditioning ...... 129 Cruise control ...... 24 Vehicle tool kit* ...... 71 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning . . . . . 129 Warning lamps ...... 24 Changing a wheel ...... 73 Driving ...... 133 Gearbox lever ...... 26 Tyre repair ...... 73 Steering ...... 133 Air conditioning ...... 27 Changing the windscreen wiper blades ...... 76 Stopping and starting the engine ...... 134 Fluid Level control ...... 31 Tow-starting and towing ...... 76 Braking and parking ...... 137 Emergencies ...... 35 Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 78 Changing gear ...... 143 Fuses ...... 35 Fuses and bulbs ...... 79 Run-in and economical driving ...... 148 Bulbs ...... 36 Fuses ...... 79 Engine management and exhaust gas purifica- Action in the event of a puncture ...... 36 Changing bulbs ...... 80 tion system ...... 151 Changing a wheel ...... 37 Driving tips ...... 152 Snow chains ...... 42 Operation ...... 87 General instrument panel ...... 87 Driver assistance systems ...... 153 Emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 43 Parking distance warning system* ...... 153 How to jump start ...... 44 Instrument panel ...... 86 Instruments ...... 88 Cruise control* (Cruise control system - Changing the wiper blades ...... 46 CCS) ...... 155 Opening and closing ...... 92 Safety Assist* (City Safety Assist function) . . . . 156 Safety ...... 48 Vehicle key set ...... 92 Hill driving assistant* ...... 160 Safe driving ...... 48 Central locking* and locking system ...... 94 Start-Stop System ...... 160 Safety first! ...... 48 Doors ...... 98 Towing bracket device ...... 163 Driving advice ...... 48 Rear lid ...... 99 Driving with a trailer ...... 163 Correct position of the vehicle occupants . . . . 49 Electric windows ...... 101 Pedal area ...... 53 Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 102

3 Table of Contents

Advice ...... 164 Care and maintenance ...... 164 Accessories, replacement of parts and modifications ...... 164 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . 170 Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . 176 Notes for the user ...... 179 Checking and refilling levels ...... 181 Fuel ...... 181 Filling the tank ...... 183 Bonnet ...... 187 Engine oil ...... 189 Engine coolant ...... 192 Brake fluid ...... 194 Windscreen washer reservoir ...... 195 Vehicle battery ...... 196 Wheels and tyres ...... 200 Tyres ...... 200 Technical data ...... 211 Technical features ...... 211 Important information ...... 211 Wheels ...... 212 Engine data ...... 214 Dimensions ...... 217 Index ...... 219

4 The essentials Exterior view

1 ››› page 9 5 ››› page 43 2 ››› page 31 6 ››› page 10 3 ››› page 8 7 ››› page 36 4 ››› page 31 5 The essentials Exterior view

1 ››› page 32 5 ››› page 32 9 ››› page 37 2 ››› page 33 6 ››› page 32 10 ››› page 36 3 ››› page 34 7 ››› page 33 4 ››› page 35 8 ››› page 19 6 The essentials Interior view (left guide)

1 ››› page 13 5 ››› page 24 9 ››› page 8 13 ››› page 26 17 ››› page 14 2 ››› page 21 6 ››› page 22 10 ››› page 15 14 ››› page 11 18 ››› page 12 3 ››› page 21 7 ››› page 22 11 ››› page 20 15 ››› page 35 4 ››› page 24 8 ››› page 21 12 ››› page 27 16 ››› page 10

7 The essentials How it works Locking and unlocking the vehicle using the Locking and unlocking the driver door key manually Unlocking and locking ● Locking: press the  ››› Fig. 1 button. ● Unlocking: press the  ››› Fig. 1 button. Doors ● Unlocking the rear lid: Hold down the  ››› Fig. 1 button for at least 1 second.

Locking and unlocking with the central locking switch ● Locking: press the  ››› Fig. 2 button. None of the doors can be opened from the outside. The doors can be opened from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. Fig. 3 Driver-side door handle with lock cylin- ● Unlocking: press the  ››› Fig. 2 button. der. As a general rule, when the driver door is Fig. 1 Remote control key: buttons.  ››› in Introduction on page 94 locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking manually only opens the driver door. ››› page 94  ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ›››  page 92.  ››› page 9 ● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle ››› Fig. 3.

Fig. 2 In the driver door: central locking button

8 The essentials

Locking the passenger door manually ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary Opening ›››  page 92. ● Press the button  on the vehicle key ● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the ››› Fig. 1 for about one second to unlock the opening and moved the coloured lever for- boot hatch. ward ››› Fig. 5. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder ● Replace the rubber cap and close the door. of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- ● Check if the door is locked. clockwise direction ›››  page 94. ● Have the vehicle checked by a specialised Closing workshop. ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid Note ››› Fig. 6 (arrow). Fig. 4 To the front of the passenger side door: The doors can be opened and unlocked indi- ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks Emergency lock, hidden by a rubber cap. vidually from the inside by pulling the door into place in the lock. handle. To open, pull the inner door release ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling lever twice ›››  page 94. on it firmly.

››› in Introduction on page 99 Rear lid   ››› page 99  ››› page 10

Fig. 5 Emergency locking of the vehicle using the vehicle key

The passenger door can be manually locked.

● Open the door. Fig. 6 Rear lid open: hand grip ● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is marked with a lock symbol  ››› Fig. 4. 9 The essentials

Emergency unlocking the boot hatch Bonnet

Fig. 7 From the luggage compartment: Emer- gency unlocking of the booth hatch.

● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench backrest forward ››› page 12. ● Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid. ● Unfold the key shaft ›››  page 92. ● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening ››› Fig. 7 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid. Fig. 9 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing Fig. 8 A: Release lever in the footwell on the rod driver side B: Release lever on the bonnet Opening the bonnet ● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms are in place against the windscreen ››› in Working in the engine compartment on page 188.

10 The essentials

● Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of Electric windows* Panoramic sunroof* the arrow ››› Fig. 8 A. The bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ››› in Working in the engine compartment on page 188. ● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever 2 B in the direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet. ● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position 4 D (arrow). Fig. 10 In the driver door: buttons for front Fig. 11 In the interior roof: turn the knob to Closing the bonnet windows. open and close ● Slightly lift the bonnet ››› in Working in ● Opening the window: Press the  button. the engine compartment on page 188. ● Closing the window: Pull the  button. ● Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch 4 D and insert it into its clip 1 Window on the front left door 3 C in the opening catch. 2 Window on the front right door ● Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pressure! ››› in Opening and closing the windows  electrically on page 101 If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correctly. The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush Fig. 12 In the interior roof: press or pull the with the corresponding parts on the body- knob to raise the sunroof and close it. work. To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position 1 . ››› in Working in the engine compart-  ment on page 187 ● Opening: Turn the switch to position ››› Fig. 11 3 . »  ››› page 187 11 The essentials

● Convenience position: Turn the switch to Before driving To raise it, move the seat back until the position ››› Fig. 11 2 . catch engages. Pull the lever and tilt ● Closing: Turn the switch to position Manually adjusting the seats open the backrest. The backrest must en- ››› Fig. 11 1 . gage in the upright position. ● To tilt open: Push the switch to position ››› in Manual front seat adjustment on 4 . For an intermediate position, ››› Fig. 12  page 112 hold down the switch until you reach the desired position. ● Lowering: Pull the switch to position ››› Fig. 12 5 . For an intermediate position, hold down the switch until you reach the desired position.

››› in Opening and closing the panor-  amic sunroof on page 102 Fig. 13 Front left seat controls

››› page 102 The front seat head restraints are integrated  in the backrests and adjusting them is not possible.

1 Forward/back: pull the lever and move the seat forwards. The front seat must be engaged when the lever is released! 2 Raising/lowering: pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home position. 3 Tilting the backrest: pull the lever and adjust the backrest seat angle until you reach the desired position. The seat backrest must be engaged. 3 Folding/Raising (Easy Entry only in 3- door vehicles): to fold, pull the lever and at the same time move the seat forward. 12 The essentials

Adjust the seat belt Seat belt tensioners

During a head-on, lateral or rear collision, the seat belts on the front seats tighten automatically. The tensioner can be triggered only once.

››› in Service and disposal of belt ten-  sion devices on page 59 Fig. 15 Correct seat belt and head restraint  ››› page 59 positions, viewed from front and the side.

To adjust the seat belt around your should- ers, adjust the height of the seats. Adjusting the exterior mirrors The shoulder part of the seat belt should be well centred over it, never over the neck. The seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the upper part of the body. The lap part of the seat belt lies across the pelvis, never across the stomach. The seat Fig. 14 Positioning and removing the seat belt lies flat and fits comfortably on the pel- belt buckle. vis.

 ››› in Introduction on page 53 Fig. 16 In the driver door: rotary control for the exterior electric mirrors  ››› page 57 Adjusting the exterior mirrors: Turn the knob to the corresponding position:

L/R Turning the knob to the desired position, adjust the mirrors on the driver » 13 The essentials

side (L, left) and the passenger side (R, 3 o'clock positions and your arms slightly Airbags right) to the direction desired. bent.  Depending on the equipment fitted on ● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is Front airbags the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated flush to the steering column ››› in Adjust- according to the outside temperature. ing the steering wheel position on page 50.

››› in Exterior mirrors on page 111  ››› in Adjusting the steering wheel po-  sition on page 50  ››› page 111  ››› page 50

Adjusting the steering wheel

Fig. 17 Mechanical steering wheel adjustment Fig. 18 Location and deployment area of the ● 1 Push the lever ››› Fig. 17 downwards. front airbag for the driver. ● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 14 The essentials

bags can deploy fully when triggered, provid- Disabling the front passenger front ing maximum protection. airbag The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ››› Fig. 19. Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”. When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in red ››› Fig. 18 and ››› Fig. 19 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should never be placed or mounted in these areas ››› in Front airbags on page 63, Factory-fitted accessories are out- Fig. 20 On front passenger side: Key switch side the range of the front airbag for the driv- for enabling and disabling the front passen- er and the front passenger, e.g. the base- ger front airbag. plate for the mobile phone support. The airbag covers fold out of the steering The front passenger front airbag must be dis- wheel ››› Fig. 18 and the dash panel abled when a rear-facing child seat is moun- ››› Fig. 19 when the driver and front passen- ted. ger airbags, respectively, are triggered. Disabling the front passenger front airbag  ››› in Front airbags on page 63 ● Switch the ignition off. Fig. 19 Location and deployment area of the ● Open the door on the front passenger side. front airbag for the passenger. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ›››  page 92. In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the driver and the front ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to passenger additional protection for the head OFF ››› Fig. 20. and chest in the event of a severe frontal col- ● Close the door on the front passenger side. lision. Always remain as far away as possible ● The      control lamp on from the front airbag ›››  page 49. This the dash panel will remain lit while the igni- way, in the event of an accident, the front air- tion is switched on ›››  page 64. » 15 The essentials

››› in Manual disabling and enabling of Child seats  the front passenger front airbag with the key switch on page 65 Important information regarding the front passenger's airbag  ››› page 64

Side airbags

Fig. 22 On the left side of the vehicle: deployment area of side airbag

The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger seat backrests ››› Fig. 21. Their position is in- Fig. 23 Passenger's side sun visor: airbag dicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The area sticker. marked in red ››› Fig. 22 indicates the side airbag deployment zone. In the event of a side-on collision, the side Fig. 21 On the side of the front seat: location of the side airbag airbag will deploy in the side of the vehicle affected ››› Fig. 22, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.

 ››› in Side airbags* on page 63

Fig. 24 On the rear frame of the passenger side door: airbag sticker.

16 The essentials

A sticker with important information about senger's sun visor and/or on the passenger the passenger airbag is located on the pas- side door frame.

››› in Important information regarding  the front passenger's airbag on page 66  ››› page 65

Mounting systems

Fig. 25 On the rear seats: Possible installations for the child seat.

Always secure child seats properly and safely taining strap in the vehicle ››› page 19. At- Specific mounting systems for each country in the vehicle according to the child seat tach the retaining strap to the corresponding Attachment variants ››› Fig. 25: manufacturer's installation instructions. retaining rings only. Not all rings can be used with the Top Tether system. Always tighten A Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the Top Tether retaining strap so that the retaining strap ››› page 18 and the vehicle's seat and must not move or rock child seat fits snugly against the correspond- ››› page 19. more than 2.5 cm. ing seat in the vehicle. B Three-point seat belt and upper retaining Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap strap ››› page 18. » must also be secured using the Top Tether re- 17 The essentials

The systems include the child restraint sys- Securing the child seat using the seat belt ››› in Safety instructions on page 67 tem mounting with an upper retaining strap ● Please read and observe the child seat  (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on manufacturer's handling instructions. the seat. ● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as possible and, in Fixing the child seat with the ISOFIX the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in system Securing child seats with the seat belt the upright position ›››  page 49. The seat belt may be used to secure child ● Positioning the child seat on the seat ac- seats with the universal marking (on the or- cording to the manufacturer's instructions. ange label) to the vehicle seats marked with ● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the a u in the table below. child seat structure in the manner described in the manufacturer's instructions. Front passen- Category Rear seats ● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. gera) ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the Group 0 u u appropriate seat and push it down until it is Up to 10 kg securely locked with an audible click. Category 0+ ● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly Fig. 26 On the vehicle seat: identification var- u u Up to 13 kg on the child seat. iants of the anchor points for the child seats Group 1 ● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible u u Each seat of the rear seat bench has two re- 9 to 18 kg to pull the lower belt webbing out). tainers named lower anchor points. Group 2 u u Removing the child seat 15 to 25 kg Summary chart for assembly with the ISOFIX The seat belt must not be unfastened until Group 3 system u u the vehicle has come to a standstill. 22 to 36 kg The following table shows the assembly possibilities for ISOFIX or i-Size child seats on a) Compliance with current national legislation and the manu- ● Press the red button on the buckle. The facturer's instructions is required when using or installing child latch plate is released from the buckle. the ISOFIX anchorage points of the different seats. vehicle seats. ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not be damaged. ● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.

18 The essentials

Class ac- Front pas- cated on the ECE approval label. The indica- Child seat with adjustable retaining straps Rear Age group cording senger tion of class according to size is stated on the ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions seats to size seat corresponding child seat. when installing and removing the child seat ● X: seat not suitable for securing an ISOFIX ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. Group 0: up E X IL-SU or i-Size child seat from this group. to 10 kg ● Place the child seat on the seat cushion ● IL-SU: seat suitable for installing an ISOFIX and attach the retaining strap hooks to the E X child seat with semi-universal approval. Take retaining rings ››› Fig. 26. Group 0+: D X IL-SU the child seat manufacturer's vehicle list into ● up to 13 kg Tighten the straps evenly using the corre- account. sponding adjustment device. The child seat C X ● IUF: seat suitable for fixing an ISOFIX child must sit flush against the vehicle seat. D X seat with universal approval. ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- C X sure that it is secure. Group 1: Child seats with rigid mounting IL-SU from 9 to B X IUF For the installation of a child seat with rigid 18 kg ››› in Safety instructions on page 67 B1 X mounting auxiliary introduction elements can  be used. These elements facilitate fitting and A X protect the upholstery. They form part of the supply volume of the child seat or can be ac- Group 2: Securing a child seat with the Top quired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, from 15 to – X IL-SU Tether retaining strap 25 kg these elements are inserted in both anchor points of the vehicle ››› in Safety instruc- Group 3: tions on page 67. from 22 to – X IL-SU 36 kg ● Observe the manufacturer's instructions i-Size child when installing and removing the child seat restraint – X X ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. system ● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ››› Fig. 26 in the direction of the arrow. The ● Class according to size: the indication of child seat must be safely engaged and click class according to size corresponds to the audibly into place. authorised bodyweight for the child seat. In ● Pull on both sides of the child seat to en- child seats with universal or semi-universal Fig. 27 Example of an upper retaining strap sure that it is secure. approval, the class according to size is indi- connected. » 19 The essentials

● Observe the manufacturer's instructions Starting the vehicle Turning on/switching off the ignition, glow when installing and removing the child seat plugs reheating ››› in Safety instructions on page 67. Ignition lock ● Switch ignition on: Turn the key to the 2 ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently position. forward ››› page 12. ● Switch ignition off. Turn the key to the 1 ● Remove the head restraints situated be- position. hind the child seat and store them safely in ● Diesel vehicles : The glow plugs reheat the vehicle ›››  page 49. when the ignition is switched on. ● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the luggage compartment, Starting the engine feeding it through the seat backrest and the ● Manual gearbox: press the clutch pedal all rear shelf. the way down and move the gearbox lever in- ● Fold back the seat backrest and push it to neutral. firmly into the lock. Fig. 28 Ignition key positions. ● Automatic gearbox: press the brake pedal ● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor and move the selector lever to N. points ››› page 18 Switch ignition on: Place the key in the igni- ● Turn the key to the 3 position. The key au- ● Hook the upper retaining strap in the lug- tion and start the engine. tomatically returns to the 2 position. Do not gage compartment, to the corresponding re- press the accelerator. taining ring ››› Fig. 27. Locking and unlocking the steering wheel ● Tighten the strap so that the top of the ● Engaging the steering wheel lock: Remove Start-Stop System* child seat rests on the seat backrest. the key from the ignition and turn the wheel When you stop and release the clutch pedal, until it locks. In vehicles with an automatic the Start-Stop system* turns off the engine. gearbox, the gear lever must be in the N posi- ››› in Safety instructions on page 67 The ignition remains switched on.  tion in order to remove the key. If necessary, press the locking key on the selector lever ››› in Switching on the ignition and and release it again.  starting the engine on page 135 ● Unlocking the steering wheel: Put the key into the ignition and turn it at the same time  ››› page 134 as the steering wheel in the direction indicated by the arrow. If it is not possible to turn the steering wheel, it may be because it is locked. 20 The essentials

Lights and visibility  Front fog lights: move the switch to the 2 Left turn signal: Left-hand parking light first position, from positions ,  or . (ignition switched off). Light switch  Rear fog light: move the switch completely 3 Main beam switched on: Control lamp  from positions ,  or . lit up on the instrument panel. Switching off fog lights: Push the switch or 4 Headlight flasher: lit up when the lever is  turn it to the  position. pushed. Control lamp lit up. Lever all the way down to switch it off. ››› in Switching lights on and off on  page 104 ››› in Turn signal and main beam lever  on page 105  ››› page 103  ››› page 105

Fig. 29 Dash panel: light control. Turn signal and main beam lever Hazard warning lights Turn the switch to the required position ››› Fig. 29.

Sym- Ignition switched Ignition is bol off switched on

Fog lights, dipped Light off or daytime beam and side lights  driving light on. off.

The “Coming home” Automatic control of and “Leaving home” dipped beam and  guide lights may be daytime running Fig. 30 Turn signal and main beam lever in their initial position switched on. light. Fig. 31 Dash panel: switch for hazard warning lights.  Side light on. More the lever to the required position: Switched on, for example: Dipped beam head- Dipped beam 1 Right turn signal: Right-hand parking  light off switched on. light (ignition switched off). ● When approaching a traffic jam » 21 The essentials

● In an emergency Windscreen wipers and window wiper More the lever to the required position: ● The vehicle has broken down blade Automatic wipe for cleaning rear win- 7 ● When towing or being towed  dows with the lever pressed.

››› in Hazard warning lights on  page 106  ››› page 108

››› page 106   ››› page 46

Interior lights SEAT information system Side lights: Function Fig. 32 Operating the windscreen wiper and rear wiper. Introduction  Switching off the reading light. More the lever to the required position: With the ignition switched on it is possible to  Switching on the reading light. access different messages via the display on Switches door contact control on (central po- 0  Windscreen wiper off. the instrument panel display. sition). The number of messages displayed on the in- The reading light comes on automatically 1  Windscreen interval wipe. when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is strument panel display will vary according to 2 Slow wipe.  opened or the key is removed from the igni-  the vehicle electronics and equipment. tion. 3 Continuous wipe. A specialised workshop will be able to pro- The light goes off a few seconds after all the  gramme or modify additional functions, ac- doors are closed, the vehicle is locked or the Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever ignition is switched on. cording to the vehicle equipment. SEAT rec- 4  down for more time to increase the wipe frequency. ommends taking your car in for technical Note service. Automatic wipe for cleaning wind- 5  The reading lights go out when the vehicle is screens with the lever up. WARNING locked, or a few minutes after the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper Any distraction may lead to an accident, with vehicle's battery from discharging. 6  will wipe the window approximately ev- the risk of injury. ery six seconds.

22 The essentials

● Do not consult the messages on the instru- Multifunction display (MFI) Possible displays ment panel screen when driving. The multifunction display (MFD) has two au- Menu Function tomatic memories: 1 - Partial memory and 2 - Time Current time in hours (h) and minutes Total memory. The selected memory will be (min). Management of indications on the shown in the lower right-hand corner of the display display. Travelling This indicates the hours (h) and mi- time nutes (min) since the ignition was switched on. With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press OK to change from Current The current fuel consumption display one memory to another. fuel con- operates throughout the journey, in sumption l/100 km; with the engine running The memory stores the values for the and the vehicle stopped, in l/hour. journey and the consumption from the moment the ignition is switched Average After turning on the ignition, average on until it is switched off again. fuel con- fuel consumption in litres/100 km will Trip memo- If the journey is broken for more than sumption be displayed after travelling about ry (for a 1 2 hours, the memory is automatically 100 metres. Otherwise horizontal single jour- erased. If the journey is continued in lines are displayed. The value shown ney). less than 2 hours after the ignition is is updated approximately every 5 sec- Fig. 33 Windscreen wiper lever: control but- switched off, the new data is added to onds. tons. the data already stored in the memo- Operating Approximate distance in km that can ry. Calling up options range still be travelled with the fuel remain- The memory stores the values of any ing in the tank, assuming the same ● Switch the ignition on. number of journeys, until it counts a style of driving is maintained. This is ● If a message or vehicle symbol is dis- total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of calculated using the current fuel consumption. played, press OK/RESET (››› Fig. 33 A ). Total mem- driving, or 1999.9 km or miles of driv- 2 ory (for all ing, depending on the type of instru- Distance Distance travelled, after ignition is ● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker journeys). ment panel fitted. On reaching either covered switched on, in km. switch ››› Fig. 33 B until the desired option of these limits, the memory is auto- appears. matically erased and starts to count Average The average speed will be shown after from 0 again. speed a distance of about 100 metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 seconds. »

23 The essentials

Menu Function Manually erasing memory 1 or 2 ● Temporarily switching off the CCS: Move  ● Select the memory to be erased. switch ››› Fig. 34 1 to or push the Digital Current speed displayed digitally. brake. The cruise control system is switched display of ● Press and hold the eject button OK for ap- off temporarily. speed proximately 2 seconds. ● Reactivating the CCS: Press button Liquid Digital display of the current tempera- ››› Fig. 34 2 in . The memorised speed coolant ture of the engine liquid coolant. is saved and controlled again. temperature digital Cruise control ● Increasing stored speed during CCS regula- display tion: press button 2 in . The vehicle ac- Operating the cruise control system celerates until the new stored speed. Warning at If the stored speed is exceeded (be- --- km/h tween 30 - 250 km/h, or 18 - (CCS)* ● Reducing stored speed during CCS regula- 155 mph), an audible warning is giv- tion: press button 2 in  to lower the en together with a visual warning. speed by 1 km/h (1 mph). Speed is reduced until reaching the new stored speed. Changing between display modes ● Switching off the CCS: Move switch ● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen ››› Fig. 34 1 to . The system is disconnec- wiper lever. ted and the memorised speed is deleted.

Storing a speed for the speed warning ››› in Cruise control operation on  page 156 ● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.  ››› page 155 ● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to Fig. 34 Switch and controls for operating the store the current speed and switch off the CCS. warning. ● Switching on the CCS: Move switch ● In addition, set the required speed by ››› Fig. 34 1 to . The system is on. If no Warning lamps pressing the rocker switch on the windscreen speed has been programmed, the system will wiper lever or  or  buttons on the multi- not control it. On the instrument panel function steering wheel for 5 seconds. Next, ● Activating the CCS: Press button Fig. 34 press OK again or wait a few seconds. The ››› The control and warning lamps are indicators 2 in the  area. The current speed is speed is stored and the warning activated. of warnings, ››› , faults ››› or certain func- memorised and controlled. ● To switch off, press OK . The stored speed is tions. Some control and warning lamps come deleted. on when the ignition is switched on, and 24 The essentials switch off when the engine starts running, or it lights up: ESC* faulty or switch- ››› page Cruise control operating. while driving. ed off by the system. ALTERNA-  155  TIVELY: When certain control and warning lamps are ››› page flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating. Main beam on or flasher on. lit, an audible warning is also heard.  103 it lights up: Traction Control* faulty ››› page The natural gas engine coolant ››› page  Handbrake applied. or switched off by the system. AL- 137   TERNATIVELY: temperature is too low. 192  Do not continue driving! ››› page flashes: Traction Control* regulator The brake fluid level is too low or 137 operating. Control lamps on the instrument panel  there is a fault in the brake system.  ABS faulty or does not work. A passenger in the rear seats ››› page  has fastened their seatbelt. 53 ››› page it lights up:  Do not continue  Rear fog light switched on. driving! 103  A passenger in the rear seats ››› page The liquid coolant level is too low, has not fastened their seat belt. 53 ››› page the engine liquid coolant tempera- lights up or flashes: fault in the 192  flashes quickly: the City Safety ture is too high or emission control system. ››› page  Assist system function* brakes there is a fault in the liquid cool- 151 Fault in engine management. automatically or has braked au- ant system.  ››› page tomatically. Or:  156 lights up or flashes: fault in the ››› page flashes: engine coolant system ››› page  flashes slowly: City Safety Assist steering system. 133 faulty. 192 function is not currently available. ››› page  Do not continue driving! ››› page  Fuel tank almost empty.  183 The City Safety Assist* function Engine oil pressure too low. 189 ››› page   has been connected manually. It The natural gas tank is almost page 156 lights up or flashes:  Do not ››› switches off after 5 seconds. ››› page  empty. 183  continue driving! 133 flashes: The City Safety Assist* Fault in the steering. ››› page Fault in airbag system and seat ››› page   function has been manually dis-  belt tensioners. 156 On the instrument panel: driver or 60 connected. ››› page passenger has not fastened seat  53 ››› page belt.  Tyre pressure* too low after the ignition is switched on: 206  indication that the end of the ››› page period for an inspection to be 88 » ››› page ››› page Faulty generator. Left or right turn signal. performed is approaching. 196 103  Vehicles with the Start-Stop sys-  ››› page ››› page tem: it is necessary to start the en- Hazard warning lights on. 160 71 gine manually. 25 The essentials

it lights up: the Start-Stop sys- CAUTION Selecting reverse gear tem is enabled. ALTERNATIVELY:  Failure to heed the warning lamps when they ● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle flashes: the Start-Stop system is is stopped. not available. ››› page appear may result in faults in the vehicle. 160 ● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way The Start-Stop system is ena- down ››› in Manual gear change on bled but the engine cannot be . page 144. automatically stopped. Gearbox lever ● Place the gearbox lever into neutral and flashes in addition to the rest of ››› page push the lever downwards. the segments of the fuel gauge:  183 Manual gearbox Fuel tank almost empty. ● Slide the gearbox lever to the right, and then backward as shown on the lever. WARNING ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents ››› in Manual gear change on page 144 and severe injuries.  ● Never ignore the warning lamps. ››› page 144 ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.  ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and ensure that there are no highly flammable materials under the vehicle that could come into Automatic gearbox contact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry Fig. 35 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man- grass, fuel). ual gearbox ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- The position of each of the gears is shown on dent for the driver and for other road users. If the gear stick ››› Fig. 35. necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- ● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way vise other drivers. down. ● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the ● Move the gearbox lever to the required po- engine and allow it to cool. sition ››› in Manual gear change on ● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a page 144. hazardous area and could cause severe injuries  page 187. ● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch. ››› Fig. 36 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears

26 The essentials

R Reverse gear M Tiptronic mode: pull the lever forwards ››› in Automatic gear change on N Neutral (idling) (+) to go up a gear or backwards (–) to  page 145 go down a gear. D Drive (forward)  ››› page 145

Air conditioning

How does the Climatronic* work?

Fig. 37 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

Switching off Switch the system off by pressing several times on the lower button  ››› Fig. 37

Cooling mode  The  button switches cooling mode on and off.

Automatic mode  The  button switches the automatic mode on and off. The automatic mode maintains temperature constant in the vehicle’s interior. Temperature and the amount and distribution of air are controlled automatically. Modifying ventilation automatically switches off the automatic mode.

Temperature Press buttons 1 and 2 ››› Fig. 37 to adjust the temperature. The adjusted temperature is displayed on the screen. »

27 The essentials

Fan  The  ››› Fig. 37 buttons are used to adjust fan speed.

Air distribution The air distribution is adjusted using the ,  or  ››› Fig. 37 buttons.

Removing ice from the windscreen  The  ››› Fig. 37 button is used to remove ice from the windscreen as quickly as possible and to demist it (defrost/demist function). When the temperature is above +3°C (+38°F), the air is dehumidified and fan speed increases.

Air recirculation  The  ››› Fig. 37 button switches that air recirculation on and off ››› page 130.

Heated rear window  The  button, located in the upper part of the centre console, switches the heated rear window on and off when the engine is running. The heated rear window switches off automatically after 10 minutes at most.

 ››› in Introduction on page 130  ››› page 129

28 The essentials

How does the manual air conditioning and the heating and fresh air system work?

Fig. 38 At the top of the centre console: controls for the manual air conditioning and the heating and fresh air system.

Switching off It is switched off by turning the central control 2 to the  ››› Fig. 38 position.  Cooling modea) The  button switches cooling mode on and off.

Temperature The left rotary adjuster 1 ››› Fig. 38 is used to adjust the temperature.  Fan The central rotary adjuster 2 ››› Fig. 38 is used to adjust fan speed.

Air distribution The right rotary adjuster 3 ››› Fig. 38 is used to adjust air distribution.

 The air is distributed towards the upper part of the body through the dash panel air vents.  Air distribution to footwells  Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell  Air distribution towards the windscreen  Removing ice from the windscreen The right rotary adjuster  ››› Fig. 38 is used to remove ice from the windscreen as fast as possible and to de-mist it (defrost/demist function). » 29 The essentials

 Air recirculation The slider 4 ››› Fig. 38 is used to switch air recirculation on and off ››› page 130.

a) Valid for vehicles with manual air conditioning.

 ››› in Introduction on page 130  ››› page 129

30 The essentials

Fluid Level control Fuel Closing the fuel tank cap ● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clock- Filling the fuel tankwindshield washer wise direction until it is fully inserted with a fluid container capacity click. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder Fuel tank capacity of the fuel tank plug, turn the key in a clockwise direction and remove the key. Around 35.0 l, ● Petrol engines of which approximately 4.0 are the Press the tank flap until you hear it click in- reserve. to place. The tank flap must be flush with the body contour. Natural gas: approx. 11 kg; of which Natural gas en- max. 1.5 kg reserve gine Petrol: approx. 10 l; of which approx. Fig. 39 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in ››› in Introduction on page 183 5 l reserve the holder 

››› page 185 Windscreen washer tank capacity Opening the fuel tank cap  The tank flap is at the rear of the vehicle on The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 litres. the right.

● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open. ● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ›››  page 92. ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction. ● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anticlockwise direction and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap ››› Fig. 39.

31 The essentials

Oil ● Zone B : You can add oil but keep the level Coolant in that zone. ● Zone C : Add oil up to zone B .

Topping up engine oil ● Unscrew cap from oil filler opening. ● Add oil slowly. ● At the same time, check the level to ensure you do not add too much. ● When the oil level reaches at least zone B , unscrew the engine oil filler cap carefully. Fig. 40 Engine oil dipstick. Fig. 42 Engine compartment: coolant expan- Engine oil specifications sion tank cap.

Set Service (dependent on The coolant tank is located in the engine Engine type time/distance travelled) compartment.

VW 508 00 When the engine is cold, replace the coolant Petrol engines VW 504 00a) when the level is below .

Natural gas engine VW 504 00 Coolant specifications a) Use of engine oil compliant with the VW 504 00 specification The engine cooling system is supplied from instead of VW 508 00 may have a slight negative effect on the the factory with a specially treated mixture of vehicle’s exhaust gas values. water and at least 40 % of the additive G13 Fig. 41 In the engine compartment: Engine (TL-VW 774 J), purple. This mixture gives the oil filler cap. ››› in Topping up engine oil on  page 191 necessary frost protection down to -25°C The level is measured using the dipstick loca- (-13°F) and protects the light alloy parts of ted in the engine compartment. ››› page 189 the engine cooling system against corrosion.  It also prevents scaling and considerably rai- The oil should leave a mark between zones ses the boiling point of the coolant. A and C . It should never exceed zone A . To protect the cooling system, the percentage ● Zone A : Do not add oil. of additive must always be at least 40 %,

32 The essentials even in warm climates where anti-freeze pro- Brake fluid Windscreen washer tection is not required. If for weather reasons further protection is necessary, the proportion of additive may be increased, but only up to 60 %; otherwise antifreeze protection will diminish and this will worsen cooling. When the coolant is topped up, use a mixture of distilled water and at least 40 % of the G13 or G12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) additive (both are purple) to obtain an optimum anti- corrosion protection in Checking the ››› Fig. 43 Engine compartment: brake fluid res- Fig. 44 In the engine compartment: wind- coolant level and topping up on page 194. ervoir cap. screen washer reservoir top. The mixture of G13 with G12 plus (TL-VW 774 F), G12 (red) or G11 (green-blue) engine cool- The brake fluid reservoir is located in the en- The windscreen washer reservoir is located in ants will significantly reduce anti-corrosion gine compartment. the engine compartment. protection and should therefore be avoided ››› in Checking the coolant level and top- The level should be between the  and  To top up, mix water with a product recom- ping up on page 194. marks. If it is below , please visit a Techni- mended by SEAT. cal Service. In cold temperatures, add anti-freeze for the ››› in Checking the coolant level and windshield cleaner.  topping up on page 193 ››› in Checking the brake fluid level on  page 195 ››› in Checking and topping up the  ››› page 192  windscreen washer reservoir with water  ››› page 194 on page 196  ››› page 195

33 The essentials

Battery

The battery is located in the engine compartment. It does not require maintenance. It is checked as part of the Inspection Service.

 ››› in Introduction on page 196  ››› page 196

34 The essentials Emergencies Underneath the instrument panel Replacing a blown fuse The fuse box is located underneath the dash Fuses panel on the driver side ››› Fig. 45. In the engine compartment Fuse location Press the locking tabs to release the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 46.

Identifying fuses situated below the dash panel by colours

Colour Amp rating Fig. 47 Image of a blown fuse. Purple 3 Preparation Light brown 5 ● Switch off the ignition, lights and all elec- Brown 7.5 trical equipment. Fig. 45 On the driver-side dash panel: fuse box cover. Red 10 ● Open the corresponding fuse box  page 80. Blue 15 ›››

Yellow 20 Identifying a blown fuse White or transparent 25 A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ››› Fig. 47. Green 30 Point a lamp at the fuse to see if the fuse has Orange 40 blown.

To replace a fuse  ››› in Introduction on page 79 ● Remove the fuse. Fig. 46 In the engine compartment: fuse box ››› page 79 ● Replace the blown fuse by one with an cover.  identical amperage rating (same colour and markings) and identical size. »

35 The essentials

● Replace the cover again or close the fuse Action in the event of a punc- a stone or similar to prevent the vehicle from box lid. ture moving.

What to do first Bulbs Repairing a tyre with the anti-punc- ● Park the vehicle on a horizontal surface ture kit Bulbs (12 V) and in a safe place as far away from traffic as possible. ● Light source used for each function Apply the handbrake. ● Halogen headlights. Type Switch on the hazard warning lights. ● Manual gearbox: select the 1st gear. Daytime running light/side W21/5W light ● Automatic gearbox: move the selector lever to D or R. Dipped beam headlights H4 LL ● If you are towing a trailer, unhitch it from Main beam headlights H4 LL your vehicle. ● Turn signal PY21W NA Have the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 72 and the spare wheel* ready ›››  page 207. Front fog light Type Fig. 48 Standard representation: contents of ● Observe the applicable legislation for each the anti-puncture kit. Fog lights* HB4 country (reflective vest, warning triangles, etc.). The anti-puncture kit is located under the Rear bulb light Type ● All occupants should leave the vehicle and floor panel in the luggage compartment. wait in a safe place (for instance behind the Brake/side lights P21/5W LL roadside crash barrier). Sealing the tyre Side lights P21/5W LL ● Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use WARNING Turn signal PY21W NA LL the ››› Fig. 48 1 tool to remove the insert. ● Always observe the above steps and pro- Place it on a clean surface. Retro fog light P21W tect yourself and other road users. ● Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously ● Reverse lights R10W If you change the wheel on a slope, block ››› Fig. 48 10 . the wheel on the opposite side of the car with

36 The essentials

● Screw the inflator tube ››› Fig. 48 3 into ● Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is Changing a wheel the sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will break distributed throughout the tyre. automatically. ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the Vehicle tool kit ● Remove the lid from the filling tube valve. ››› Fig. 48 3 and screw the open end of the ● Repeat the inflation process. tube into the tyre valve. ● If the indicated pressure still cannot be ● With the tyre sealant bottle upside down, reached, the tyre is too badly damaged. Stop fill the tyre with the contents of the sealant and request assistance from an authorised bottle. technician. ● Remove the bottle from the valve. ● Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew ● Place the insert back into the tyre valve us- the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve. ing the tool ››› Fig. 48 1 . ● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding Inflating the tyre 80 km/h (50 mph). ● Screw the compressor tyre inflator tube ● Check the pressure again after 10 minutes Fig. 49 Components of the vehicle tool kit ››› Fig. 48 5 into the tyre valve. ›››  page 75. ● Check that the air bleed screw is closed 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ››› Fig. 48 7 . ››› in TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* on handle page 74 ● Start the engine and leave it running.  2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. 3 Towline anchorage, removable. ● Insert the connector ››› Fig. 48 9 into the  ››› page 73 vehicle's 12-volt socket ›››  page 120. 4 Wire hook for removing the hub caps. ● Turn the air compressor on with the ON/OFF 5 Jack. switch 8 . ››› Fig. 48 6 Wheel spanner. ● Keep the air compressor running until it 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar (29-36 psi/200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8 minutes.  ››› in What to do first on page 36 ● Disconnect the air compressor. ● If it does not reach the pressure indicated,  ››› page 71 unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.

37 The essentials

Hubcaps Full hubcaps Wheel bolt caps

Fig. 50 Remove the hubcap of the steel wheel Fig. 51 Removing the full hubcap Fig. 52 Removing the wheel bolt caps trim Removing the full hubcap Removal In order to access the wheel bolts, first re- ● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook ● Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools move the hubcap. from the vehicle tool kit ›››  page 71. ›››  page 71) over the cap until it clicks into place ››› Fig. 52. Removing and fitting the hubcap ● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap. ● Remove the cap with the plastic clip. ● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire ● hook and attach it to the edge of the wheel Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook The caps protect the wheel bolts and should trim ››› Fig. 50. ››› Fig. 51 and pull the hub cap in the direc- be remounted after changing the tyre. tion shown by the arrow. ● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direc- The anti-theft wheel bolt has a special cap tion of the arrow. Fitting hubcaps which is only compatible with anti-theft bolts ● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap and cannot be used for conventional bolts. ● It is necessary to press the hubcap against against the trim until it clicks into place. the wheel so that the space for the valve fits The caps protect the wheel bolts and should over the tyre valve. be remounted after changing the tyre. ● Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite position to the valve.

38 The essentials

Loosening the wheel bolts ● If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be Important information about wheel bolts able to loosen it by pushing down on the end The wheel rims and bolts have been de- of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. signed to be fitted to factory options. If differ- Hold on to the vehicle for support and take ent rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts care not to slip. with the right length and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that Loosening wheel bolts wheels are fitted securely and that the brake ● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over system functions correctly. the wheel bolt ››› Fig. 53. In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate same model vehicle should not be used. the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise ››› . Wheel bolt tightening torque Fig. 53 Changing a wheel: Slacken the wheel bolts. The prescribed tightening torque for wheel Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 110 Nm. For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts wheel lock must be threaded into position checked as soon as possible with a reliable ››› Fig. 54 2 before mounting the hubcap. torque wrench. Otherwise it will not be possible to mount the If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to entire hubcap. tighten them, the threads should be replaced ● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts and cleaned before checking the tightening out of the vehicle tool kit. torque. ● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the ››› Fig. 54. Push it on as far as it will go. wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they Fig. 54 Changing a wheel: Tyre valve 1 and ● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far position of anti-theft wheel locking bolt 2 . as possible. could come loose while driving. ● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate WARNING ● Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle the bolt approximately one turn anticlockwise to loosen the wheel bolts. ››› . If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn could be released while driving leading to before raising the vehicle with the jack. loss of vehicle control and serious damage. »

39 The essentials

● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to Raising the vehicle with the jack the wheel rims in question. ● Never use different wheel bolts. ● The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy to thread. ● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace supplied with the vehicle. ● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been Fig. 55 Jack position points. tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose while driving. ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted ring trims. ● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.

Fig. 56 Jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle

The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) ››› Fig. 55. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be changed ››› . Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.

40 The essentials

WARNING Removing and fitting a wheel ● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position. If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please ● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slight- observe the following rules to minimise the ly using the hexagonal socket on the end of risk of injury: the wheel brace. ● You should only use a jack approved by ● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts SEAT for your vehicle. Other jacks, even those use the corresponding adaptor. approved for other SEAT models, might slip ● Lower the car with the jack. out of place. ● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ● The ground should be firm and flat. If the . Tighten the bolts in diagonal pairs (not ground is sloped or soft then the vehicle ››› could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, in a circle). support the jack on a wide solid base. Fig. 57 Changing a wheel: loosen wheel bolts ● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on ● If the ground is slippery, such as tiles, with the socket at the end of the wheel brace ››› page 38. place a non-slip surface (a floor mat, for instance) beneath the jack to avoid slipping. Change the wheel after loosening the wheel WARNING bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack. ● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or points. The claw of the jack should grip the not tightened to the correct torque then this Removing the wheel reinforcement nerve on the underbody could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a ››› Fig. 56. ● Slacken the wheel bolts ››› page 39. serious accident. ● You should never place a body limb such as ● Raise the vehicle ››› page 40. ● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is be clean and free of oil and grease. The wheel ● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel solely supported by the jack. bolts should be easily tightened to the cor- brace ››› Fig. 57, unscrew the slackened ● rect torque. If you have to work underneath the vehicle, wheel bolts and place them on a clean sur- you must use suitable stands additionally to ● face. The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- should be used for turning wheel bolts only. dent!. ● Take off the wheel. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel ● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one bolts. side or the engine is running. How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may come loose from the Check the direction of rotation of the tyre jack due to the engine vibrations. ›››  page 208, Tyre code.

41 The essentials

Tyres with compulsory direction of ro- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings be- tation bolts checked as soon as possible with a tor- fore fitting snow chains ››› . The wheel bolts que wrench ››› page 39. should be covered with caps for safety rea- A directional tread pattern can be identified ● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as sons. These are available from technical serv- by the arrows on the sidewall that point in possible. ices. the direction of rotation. Always observe the direction of rotation indicated when fitting Temporary spare wheel the wheel to guarantee optimum properties For technical reasons, snow chains must not of this type of tyres with regard to grip, Snow chains be used on the compact temporary spare noises, wear and aquaplaning. wheel ›››  page 207. Use If it is absolutely necessary to fit the spare If it is necessary to fit chains with the tempo- tyre* against the direction of rotation, drive When using snow chains, applicable local rary spare wheel in use, install the wheel on with care as this means the tyre does not of- legislation and maximum permitted speed the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front fer optimum driving properties. This is of par- limits must be observed. wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, in- ticular importance when the road surface is stead of the damaged front wheel. In this sit- wet. In winter weather, snow chains not only help uation, observe the rotating direction of the to improve grip but also improve the braking To return to directional tread tires, replace wheels. SEAT recommends attaching the capacity. the punctured tyre as soon as possible and snow chains before fitting the wheel. restore the obligatory direction of rotation of The fitting of chains is permitted only on all tyres. front wheels and with the following combi- WARNING nations of wheel trims and tyres: The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and After the wheel change Tyre size Wheel rim damage. ● 165/70 R14 Always the appropriate snow chains. ● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and 5 J x 14 offset of 35 ● Observe the fitting instructions provided by put them away in the luggage compartment 175/65 R14 the snow chain manufacturer. foam holder ›››  page 71. SEAT recommends you ask a technical serv- ● Never exceed the maximum permitted ● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare speeds when driving with snow chains. wheel or the changed wheel securely in the ice for further information on wheel, tyre and luggage compartment. chain sizes. Wherever possible use fine-link chains meas- uring less than 15 mm including the lock.

42 The essentials

CAUTION Emergency towing of the vehi- A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to ● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads cle use a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or sim- without snow. Otherwise they will impair ilarly elastic material. vehicle handling, damage the tyres and wear Towing out very quickly. ● Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the ● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched if towline anchorage or specially designed fit- the chains come into direct contact with ting. them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains. Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle ● Keep the ignition running to prevent the Note steering wheel from locking and also to allow Snow chains are available in different sizes the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen according to the vehicle type. wipers and washers. ● As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will Fig. 58 Right side of the front bumper: tow- need more strength to steer than normally. line anchorage screwed in. ● The brake must be depressed much harder Towline anchorages as the brake servo does not operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle. Attach the bar or rope to the towline anchorages. ● Note the instructions and information contained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- It is located with the vehicle's tools cle to be towed. ›››  page 71. Screw the front towline anchorage into the Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle screw connection ››› Fig. 58 and tighten it ● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sud- with the wheel brace. den manoeuvres. ● Brake well in advance than usual and brake Tow rope or tow bar gently. When towing, the tow bar is the safest and ● Note the instructions and information con- vehicle friendly way. You should only use a tained in the Instruction Manual for the vehi- tow rope if you do not have a tow bar. cle to be towed. » 43 The essentials

Driving style ››› in Instructions for tow-starting on How to jump start Towing requires some experience, especially  page 77 when using a tow rope. Both drivers should Jump leads realise how difficult it is to tow a vehicle. In-  ››› page 76 experienced drivers should not attempt to If the engine fails to start because of a dis- tow. charged battery, the battery of another vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before Do not pull too hard with the towing vehicle Tow-starting starting, check the magic eye on the battery and take care to avoid jerking the tow rope. ›››  page 196. When towing on an unpaved road, there is al- In general, the vehicle should not be started ways a risk of overloading and damaging the by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- For starting assistance, jump lead cables con- anchorage points. erable ››› page 44. forming to the standard DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instruc- Switch on the ignition so that the turn sig- For technical reasons, the following vehicles tions). The cable section in vehicles with pet- nals, windscreen wipers and windscreen can not be tow started: rol engine must be at least 25 mm2. washer can work. Ensure that the steering wheel is unlocked and moves freely. ● Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. WARNING Place the gear lever in neutral on vehicles ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly with a manual gearbox. With an automatic that the engine control unit does not operate correctly. jump starting could cause the battery to ex- gearbox, place the lever in N. plode resulting in serious injury. Please ob- To brake, press the brake pedal firmly. The serve the following rules to minimise the risk However, if your vehicle must absolutely be of a battery explosion: brake servo does not work when the engine tow-started (manual gearbox): is switched off. ● The battery providing current must have ● Put it into second or third gear. the same voltage (12V) and approximately The power steering only works when the igni- ● Keep the clutch pressed down. the same capacity (see markings on battery) tion is switched on and the vehicle is moving, as the flat battery. ● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- provided that the battery is sufficiently charg- ● ing lights. Never charge a frozen or recently thawed ed. Otherwise, it will need more force. battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- Ensure that the tow rope remains taut at all ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are peratures close to 0°C (+32°F). times. moving. ● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen ● As soon as the engine starts, press the then it must be replaced. clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. ● A highly explosive mixture of gases is re- This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- leased when the battery is being charged. Al- ing vehicle. ways keep lit cigarettes, flames, sparks and 44 The essentials fire far from the battery. Never use a mobile How to jump start: description 2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to telephone when connecting and removing the the positive + terminal of the vehicle jump leads. with the flat battery A ››› Fig. 59. ● Charge the battery only in well ventilated 3. Connect the other end of the red jump areas given that when the battery is charged lead to the positive terminal + in the ve- by outside assistance, it creates a mix of hicle providing assistance B . highly explosive gases. 4. For vehicles without Start-Stop system: ● Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the engine compart- connect one end of the black jump lead to ment. the negative terminal – of the vehicle providing the current B ››› Fig. 59. ● Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump leads incorrectly. – For vehicles with Start-Stop system: con- ● Note the instruction manual provided by Fig. 59 Diagram of connections for vehicles nect one end of the black jump lead X to a the manufacturer of the jump leads. without Start Stop system suitable ground terminal, to a solid piece of metal in the engine block, or to the engine block itself ››› Fig. 60. CAUTION To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle 5. Connect the other end of the black jump electrical system, note the following careful- lead X to a solid metal component bolted ly: to the engine block or to the engine block itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. ● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short circuit. Do not connect it to a point near the battery A . ● The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as soon as 6. Position the leads in such a way that they the positive terminals are connected. cannot come into contact with any moving Fig. 60 Diagram of connections for vehicles parts in the engine compartment. with Start Stop system Starting Jump lead terminal connections 7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the 1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles boosting battery and let it run at idling ››› . speed. »

45 The essentials

8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat on battery). Failure to comply could result in Note battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutes until an explosion. the engine is running. The vehicles must not touch each other, oth- ● Never use jump leads when one of the bat- erwise electricity could flow as soon as the teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even af- positive terminals are connected. Removing the jump leads ter the battery has thawed, battery acid could 9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch leak and cause chemical burns. If a battery off the dipped beam headlights (if they freezes, it should be replaced. are switched on). ● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes Changing the wiper blades away from batteries, danger of explosion. 10.Turn on the heater blower and heated rear Failure to comply could result in an explo- Windscreen wipers service position window in the vehicle with the flat battery. sion. This helps minimise voltage peaks which ● Observe the instructions provided by the are generated when the leads are discon- manufacturer of the jump leads. nected. ● Do not connect the negative cable from the 11.When the engine is running, disconnect other vehicle directly to the negative terminal the leads in reverse order to the details of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the given above. battery could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion. Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient ● Never attach the negative cable to fuel sys- metal-to-metal contact with the battery termi- tem components or the brake lines in the oth- nals. er vehicle.

If the engine fails to start, switch off the start- ● The non-insulated parts of the battery Fig. 61 Wipers in service position. er after about 10 seconds and try again after clamps must not be allowed to touch. The about 1 minute. jump lead attached to the positive battery The wiper arms can be raised when the wip- terminal must not touch metal parts of the ve- ers are in service position ››› Fig. 61. WARNING hicle, this can cause a short circuit. ● Position the leads in such a way that they ● Close the bonnet ›››  page 187. ● Please note the safety warnings referring to cannot come into contact with any moving working in the engine compartment ● Switch the ignition on and off. parts in the engine compartment. ›››  page 187. ● Press the windscreen wiper lever down- ● Do not lean on the batteries. This could re- ● The battery providing assistance must have wards briefly ››› Fig. 32 4 . sult in chemical burns. the same voltage as the flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint

46 The essentials

Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. ● Hold down the release button ››› Fig. 62 1 When the ignition is switched on, the wind- while gently pulling the blade in the direction screen wiper arms return to their initial posi- of the arrow. tion upon activating the windscreen wiper ● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length lever. and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into place.  ››› page 76 ● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.

Changing the rear wiper blade Changing the front wiper blades Fig. 63 Changing the rear wiper blade ● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms an angle of approximately 60° ››› Fig. 63. The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point ● Press and hold the release button 1 . where it is fastened to the blade. ● Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm ››› Fig. 63 (arrow A ) while The wiper should be in service position be- pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may fore unfolding it ›››  page 108. require some strength. Cleaning windscreen wiper blades ● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper arm in the op- ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. posite direction to the arrow B and hook in- ● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt to place. This feature is operational when the Fig. 62 Changing the front wiper blades from the windscreen wiper blades. knob is in position (arrow A ). ● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or ● Return the windscreen wiper arm to the damp cloth may be used ››› in Changing windscreen. Do not let it simply drop down! the windscreen and rear window wiper blades on page 76. ››› in Changing the windscreen and  rear window wiper blades on page 76 Changing the windscreen wiper blades ››› page 76 ● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms. 

47 Safety

Driving advice – Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your Safety passengers also to fasten their seat belts properly ››› page 53. Safe driving Before driving For your own safety and the safety of your Safety first! passengers, always note the following points What affects driving safety? before every trip: As a driver, you are responsible for yourself WARNING – Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn and your passengers. When your concentra- ● This manual contains important informa- signals are working properly. tion or driving safety is affected by any cir- tion about the operation of the vehicle, both – Check tyre pressure. cumstance, you endanger yourself as well as for the driver and the passengers. The other others on the road ››› , for this reason: sections of the on-board documentation also – Ensure that all windows provide a clear and contain further information that you should good view of the surroundings. – Always pay attention to traffic and do not be aware of for your own safety and for the get distracted by passengers or telephone safety of your passengers. – Make sure all luggage is secured calls. . ● ››› page 114 Ensure that the on-board documentation is – Never drive when your driving ability is im- kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe- – Make sure that no objects can interfere paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs). cially important when lending or selling the with the pedals. vehicle to another person. – Observe traffic laws and speed limits. – Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors properly according to your size. – Always reduce your speed as appropriate WARNING for road, traffic and weather conditions. – Ensure that the passengers in the rear Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, seats always have the head restraints in – When travelling long distances, take medication or narcotics may result in severe the in-use position . breaks regularly - at least every two hours. accidents and even loss of life. ››› page 52 ● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics – Instruct passengers to adjust the head re- – If possible, avoid driving when you are tired may significantly alter perception, affect restraints according to their height. or stressed. action times and safety while driving, which – Protect children with appropriate child could result in the loss of control of the vehi- WARNING seats and properly applied seat belts cle. ››› page 65. When driving safety is impaired during a trip, the risk of injury and accidents increases. – Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct your passengers also to assume a proper sitting position ››› page 49. 48 Safe driving

Safety equipment and your passengers are sitting in a correct position and use this equipment properly. Never put your safety or the safety of your Safety is everyone's business! passengers in danger. In the event of an accident, the safety equipment may reduce the risk of injury. The following list includes most data Technical of the safety equipment in your SEAT: Correct position of the vehicle ● three-point seat belts, occupants ● belt tension limiters for the front and rear Correct sitting position side seats, Advice Fig. 65 Correct belt web and head restraint ● Belt tensioners for the front seats, positions ● Belt height adjustment for the front seats The correct sitting positions for the driver and ● front airbags, passengers are shown below. ● side airbags in the front seat backrests, If your physical constitution prevents you ● Side airbags in the rear seat backrests*, from maintaining the correct sitting position, Operation ● head-protection airbags, contact a specialised workshop for help with ● Active front head restraints*, any special devices. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a cor- ● “ISOFIX” anchor points for child seats in rect sitting position is adopted. SEAT recom- the rear side seats with the “ISOFIX” system, Fig. 64 The proper distance between driver mends taking your car in for technical serv- ● height-adjustable front head restraints, and steering wheel. ice. ● rear head restraints with in-use position For your own safety and to reduce the risk of Emergencies and non-use position, injury in the event of an accident or sudden ● adjustable steering column. braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following positions: The safety equipment mentioned above works together to provide you and your pas-

Valid for the driver: Safety sengers with the best possible protection in the event of an accident. However, these ● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- safety systems can only be effective if you tion so that your back rests completely against it. »

49 Safety

● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly WARNING of at least 25 cm between the steering wheel ››› page 53. and your chest ››› Fig. 64 and so that you can Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect adjustment of hold the steering wheel with both hands on Valid for the passengers in the rear section: the steering wheel can result in severe or fa- the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 ● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper tal injury. o'clock positions with your arms slightly edge is at the same level as the top of your bent. ● After adjusting the steering column, push head, or as close as possible to the same lev- the lever firmly upwards to ensure the steer- ● The adjusted steering wheel must face your el as the top of your head and under no cir- ing wheel does not accidentally change posi- chest and not your face. cumstances below eye level. Keep the back tion while driving. ● Adjust the driver seat forwards or back- of your neck as close as possible to the head ● Never adjust the steering wheel while the wards so that you are able to press the accel- restraint ››› Fig. 64 and ››› Fig. 65. vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the erator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor ● Short people must lower the head restraint steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, with your knees slightly angled and the dis- to the first anchorage position, even if your stop safely and make the proper adjustment. tance between your knees and the dash pan- head is below its upper edge. ● The adjusted steering wheel should be fac- el is at least 10 cm . ››› Fig. 64 ● Tall people must raise the head restraint ing your chest and not your face so as not to hinder the driver's front airbag protection in ● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that completely. you can easily reach the top of the steering the event of an accident. ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while wheel. ● When driving, always hold the steering the vehicle is in motion. wheel with both hands on the outside of the ● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions have the vehicle under control at all times. ››› page 53. to reduce injuries when the driver's front air- ● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly bag deploys. ››› page 53. ● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 Adjusting the steering wheel position o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. Valid for the passenger: in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you may ● Adjust the seat backrest to an upright posi- Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 14. sustain injuries to your arms, hands and tion so that your back rests completely head. against it. Adjust the steering wheel before your trip ● Move the front passenger seat back as far and only when the vehicle is stationary. as possible for optimum protection should Adjust the correct distance between the driv- the airbag deploy. er and the steering wheel ››› Fig. 64 using the ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while controls on the driver seat ›››  page 12. the vehicle is in motion. 50 Safe driving

Danger of injuries due to an incorrect ● Never lie on the rear seats. put your feet on the surface of a seat or on sitting position ● Never sit on the front edge of a seat. the dash panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt ● Never sit sideways. Number of seats offer insufficient protection and the risk of in- ● Never lean out of a window. jury in the event of an accident is increased. The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is equipped ● Never put your feet out of a window. data Technical with a seat belt. ● Never put your feet on the dash panel. WARNING If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at ● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat all, the risk of severe injuries increases. Seat or seat backrest. belt and the head restraints and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts proper- belts can provide optimal protection only if ● Never travel in a footwell. Advice ly. the belt web is properly worn. Being seated ● Never travel on a seat without wearing the in an incorrect position means the seat belt ● Move the front passenger seat back as far seat belt. cannot offer its full protection. This could re- as possible. sult in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk ● Never carry any person in the luggage com- ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at of severe or fatal injuries is especially height- partment. least 25 cm distance between your chest and ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehi- the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the WARNING driver seat so that you are able to press the

cle occupant who has assumed an incorrect Operation accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the sitting position. The driver is responsible for An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle floor with your knees slightly angled and that all passengers in the vehicle, particularly can lead to severe injuries or death in the the distance between your knees and the children. event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, colli- dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical sion or accidents or if the airbag deploys. The following list shows just some examples constitution prevents you from meeting these ● of incorrect sitting positions which can be Before the vehicle moves, assume the prop- requirements, contact a specialised work- er sitting position and maintain it throughout dangerous to all vehicle occupants. shop to make any modifications required. the trip. This also includes fastening the seat ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted far Emergencies belt. When the vehicle is in motion: back. The further the seat backrests are tilted ● Never transport more people than there are to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due ● Never stand in the vehicle. seats with a seat belt available in the vehicle. to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to ● Never stand on the seats. ● Children must always be protected with an the incorrect sitting position! approved child restraint system suited to ● Never kneel on the seats. ● Never drive with the seat backrest tilted Safety their height and weight ››› page 65, forwards. Should a front airbag deploy, it ● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the ››› page 60. could throw the seat backrest backwards and rear. ● Always keep your feet in the footwell while injure the passengers of the rear seats. » ● Never lean against the dash panel. the vehicle is in motion. Never, for example, 51 Safety

● Sit as far away as possible from the steer- Adjusting the rear head restraints of your neck as close as possible to the head ing wheel and the dash panel. restraint. ● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the seat backrest and the Adjusting the head restraint for short people front seats correctly adjusted. Never place Set the head restraint in the first anchorage any part of your body in the area of the airbag position, even if your head is below its upper or very close to it. edge. When the head restraint is at its low- ● If passengers on the rear seats are not sit- est, it is possible that a small gap remains ting in an upright position, the risk of severe between it and the seat backrest. injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases. Adjusting the head restraint for tall people Raise the head restraint completely. WARNING Fig. 66 Adjusting the rear head restraints

Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci- All seats are equipped with a head restraint. WARNING dents and severe injuries. Travelling with the head restraints removed The front seat head restraints are integrated ● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is or improperly adjusted increases the risk of stationary, as the seats could move unex- in the backrests and adjusting them is not severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and possible. dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. you could lose control of the vehicle. Further- ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint more, an incorrect position is adopted when Adjusting height properly whenever a person is occupying a adjusting the seat. ● Push the head restraint up or down in the seat. ● Only adjust the height, seat backrest and direction of the arrow with the button press- ● All vehicle occupants must correctly adjust forwards or backwards position of the seat ed ››› Fig. 66 1 ››› . the head restraint according to their height to when there is nobody in the seat adjustment reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of area. ● The head restraint must engage securely in position. an accident. The upper edge of the head re- ● There must be no objects blocking the front straint must be as close as possible to the seat adjustment area. same level as the top of your head and under Correct adjustment of head restraints no circumstances below eye level. Keep the Adjust the head restraint so that its upper back of your neck as close as possible to the edge is at the same level as the top of your head restraint. head, or as close as possible to the same lev- ● Never adjust the head restraint while the el as the top of your head and under no cir- vehicle is in motion. cumstances below eye level. Keep the back

52 Seat belts

Pedal area pedal will need to be pressed further to stop Seat belts the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down Pedals further will require more force than usual. Why wear a seat belt? Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the pedals. Introduction data Technical Floor mats should leave the pedal area free Check the condition of all the seat belts at and unobstructed and be correctly secured in regular intervals. If you notice that the belt the footwell zone. webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or

buckle of any of the belts is damaged, the Advice In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the belt must be replaced immediately by a spe- brake pedal must be pressed harder than cialised workshop . The specialised normal to brake the vehicle. ››› workshop must use the appropriate spare parts corresponding to the vehicle, the WARNING equipment and the model year. SEAT recom- Objects falling into the driver's footwell could mends taking your car in for technical serv- prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the ice. driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas- Operation ing the risk of a serious accident. WARNING ● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling underneath Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts in- them. crease the risk of severe or even fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protec- ● Always secure the mat in the footwell. tion if it is not fastened and used correctly. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of ● Seat belts are the most effective way of re- Emergencies the original mat supplied by the factory. ducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal ● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driv- injuries in the event of an accident. Seat belts er's footwell while the vehicle is in motion. must be correctly fastened when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all vehicle occupants.

CAUTION Safety ● Before each trip, every occupant in the ve- The pedals must always have free and unob- hicle occupants must sit properly, correctly structed passage to the floor. For example, in fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake seat and keep it fastened throughout the trip. »

53 Safety

This also applies to other vehicle occupants ● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it when driving in town. in the door or the seat mechanism. ● When travelling, children must be secured ● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt in the vehicle with a child restraint system are damaged, the seat belts could break in suitable for their weight and height and with the event of an accident or sudden braking. the seat belts correctly fastened ● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced ››› page 65. immediately by seat belts approved for the ● Instruct your passengers to fasten their vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which seat belts properly before driving off. have been worn in an accident and stretched ● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the must be replaced by a specialised workshop. appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no Fig. 68 Indication of seat belt status in the Using the latch plate in the buckle of another apparent damage. The belt anchorage should rear seats on the instrument panel display seat will not protect you properly and may also be checked. cause severe injuries. ● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a  It lights up or flashes on ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, re- the instrument panel ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage tractors and buckles must be carried out by a the buckles and seat belts. specialised workshop. Driver's seat belt not fastened or front ● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the ve- passenger seat belt Fasten seat belts! hicle is moving. not fastened if the ● Never allow more than one passenger to Warning lamp front passenger seat share the same seat belt. is occupied. ● Never hold children or babies on your lap Remove any objects from the Objects on the front sharing the same seat belt. front passenger seat and store passenger seat. ● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) im- them safely. pairs the proper fit and function of the seat belt.  On the instrument panel display

WARNING A passenger in the It is extremely dangerous to drive using dam- rear seats has not aged seat belts and could result in serious in- fastened their seat Fasten seat belts! jury or loss of life. belt, if the seat is oc- Fig. 67 Warning lamp on the instrument pan- cupied.* el

54 Seat belts

The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of the front part of your vehicle and other pas-  On the instrument panel display 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats sive safety features (such as the airbag sys- is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. tem) are designed to absorb the kinetic ener- A passenger in the rear seats has fastened their seat An audible warning will also be heard if the gy released in a collision. Taken together, all belt, if the seat is occupied.* vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h these features reduce the releasing kinetic

(15 mph). energy and consequently, the risk of injury. data Technical Several warning and control lamps light up This is why it is so important to fasten seat for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- belts before every trip, even when "just driv- ed on, signalling that the function is being The protective function of seat belts ing around the corner". verified. They will switch off after a few seconds. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat belts as well. Accident statistics have shown Advice An audible warning will be heard if the seat that wearing seat belts is an effective means belts are not fastened as the vehicle drives of substantially reducing the risk of injury off and reaches a speed of more then and improving the chances of survival when 25 km/h (15 mph) or if the seat belts are un- involved in a serious accident. Furthermore, fastened while the vehicle is in motion. The properly worn seat belts improve the protec- seat belt warning lamp  will also flash. tion provided by airbags in the event of an The warning lamp  does not switch off until accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt Operation the driver and front passenger fasten their is required by law in most countries. seat belts while the ignition is switched on. Although your vehicle is equipped with air- Fig. 69 Drivers with properly worn seat belts bags, the seat belts must be fastened and will not be thrown forward in the event of sud- Seat belt status display for rear seats worn. The front airbags, for example, are only den braking. The seat belt status display on the instru- triggered in some cases of head-on collision. ment panel informs the driver, when the igni- Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants The front airbags will not be triggered during Emergencies tion is switched on, whether any passengers in the proper position. They also help prevent minor frontal or side collisions, rear-end colli- in the rear seats have fastened their seat uncontrolled movements that may result in sions, rollovers or accidents in which the air- belts. The symbol  indicates that the pas- serious injury and reduce the risk of being bag trigger threshold value in the control unit senger in this seat has fastened “his or her” thrown out of the vehicle in case of an acci- is not exceeded. seat belt ››› Fig. 68. dent. Therefore, you should always wear your seat Safety The seat belt status is displayed for around Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts belt and ensure that all vehicle occupants 30 seconds when a seat belt in the rear seats correctly benefit greatly from the ability of the have fastened their seat belts properly before is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition, you drive off! this display by pressing the 0.0 / SET button. 55 Safety

Using seat belts Head-on collisions and the laws of called “kinetic energy” is created both in the physics passengers and inside the vehicle. Twisted seat belt The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the speed of the vehicle and the weight of the guide, the seat belt may have become the vehicle and its passengers. The higher twisted inside the side trim after being the speed and the greater the weight, the wound too quickly on unfastening: more energy there is to be “absorbed” in an accident. ● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate. The most significant factor, however, is the ● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assist- speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles ing it by hand. from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example, the corresponding ki- The seat belt must be fastened even if it is netic energy is multiplied by four. Fig. 70 A driver not wearing a seat belt is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the thrown forward violently. Because the vehicle occupants in our exam- twisted area must not be in an area in direct ple are not restrained by seat belts, in the contact with your body. Have the seat belt event of crashing against a wall, all of the oc- untwisted urgently by a specialised work- cupants' kinetic energy will be absorbed shop. solely by said impact.

WARNING Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on bod- An improperly handled seat belt increases ies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. (1000 kg). At greater speed these forces are ● Regularly check that the seat belts and even higher. their components are in perfect condition. ● Always keep your seat belt clean. Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on ● Fig. 71 The unbelted passenger in the rear Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it collision, they will move forward at the same with sharp edges. seat is thrown forward violently, hitting the driver who is wearing a seat belt. speed their vehicle was travelling just before ● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign the impact. This example applies not only to bodies on the latch plate and in the buckle. It is easy to explain how the laws of physics head-on collisions, but to all accidents and work in the case of a head-on collision: when collisions. a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy

56 Seat belts

Even at low speeds the forces acting on the How to properly adjust your body in a collision are so great that it is not possible to brace oneself with one's hands. seatbelt In a frontal collision, unbelted passengers are thrown forward and will make violent con- Fastening and unfastening seat belt tact with the steering wheel, dash panel, data Technical windscreen or whatever else is in the way ››› Fig. 70. It is also important for rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as they could otherwise be thrown forward violently through the Advice vehicle interior in an accident. Passengers in Fig. 73 Position of seat belt during pregnan- the rear seats who do not use seat belts en- cy. danger not only themselves but also the front occupants ››› Fig. 71. Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden Operation braking ››› .

Fastening the seat belt Fasten your seat belt before each trip.

● Correctly adjust the front seat ››› page 49.

● Engage the seat backrest in the upright po- Emergencies Fig. 72 Positioning and removing the seat sition and correctly adjust the hear restraint belt buckle. ››› . ● Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not

twist the seat belt when doing so ››› . Safety ● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ››› Fig. 72 A. »

57 Safety

● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the securely engaged in the buckle. the pelvis, never across the stomach. stomach). ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie Unfastening the seat belt bly. Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up on the centre of the shoulder, never across The seat belt must not be unfastened until any slack. the neck or the arm. the vehicle has come to a standstill ››› . ● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta- In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt bly on the torso ● Press the red button on the buckle must lie evenly across the chest and as low ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across ››› Fig. 72 B. The latch plate is released from as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach and must be worn properly at all the pelvis, never across the stomach. The the buckle. seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on times during the pregnancy Fig. 73. ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls ››› the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to up easily and the trim will not be damaged. take up any slack. Adapting the position of the belt webbing to ● For pregnant women, the lap part of the your size Correct seat belt position seat belt must lie as low as possible over the The seat belt can be adapted using the fol- Seat belts offer their maximum protection in pelvis and always lie flat, “surrounding” the lowing equipment: stomach. the event of an accident and reduce the risk ● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas- of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only ● Front seat height adjustment. when they are properly positioned. Further- tened. ● more, if the webbing is correctly positioned, WARNING Never pull the seat belt away from your the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants body using your hand. An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause in the optimum position to ensure the airbag ● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag- severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- provides the maximum protection. The seat ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys. dent. belt must therefore always be worn and the ● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or ● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection webbing correctly positioned. similar instruments to alter the position of unless the seat backrest is in an upright posi- the belt webbing. Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe tion and the seat belt is worn correctly, ac- or even fatal injuries ››› page 49, Correct po- cording to your size. sition of the vehicle occupants. ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle Note is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries ● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie If your physical constitution prevents you in the event of an accident or sudden braking. from maintaining the correct position of the on the centre of the shoulder, never across belt webbing, contact a specialised workshop the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind ● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the belt moves from for help with any special devices to ensure the shoulder. the optimum protection of the seat belt and

58 Seat belts

airbag. SEAT recommends taking your car in in the direction of the collision. The belt ten- So that the effectiveness of the belt tensioner for technical service. sioner works in combination with the airbag is not reduced and that removed parts do not system. The belt tensioner will not be trig- cause any injuries or environmental pollu- gered in the event of the vehicle overturning tion, regulations must be observed. These re- if the side airbags are not deployed. quirements are known to specialised work-

shops. data Technical Seat belt tensioners If the belt tensioner is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it is not an indi- WARNING Automatic belt retractor, belt tension- cation of fire in the vehicle. er, belt tension limiter ● Improper use or repairs not carried out by Belt tension limiter qualified mechanics increase the risk of se- Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety con- vere or fatal injuries. The belt tensioners may Advice cept ››› page 60 and consist of the follow- The belt tension limiter reduces the force of fail to trigger or may trigger in the wrong cir- ing important functions: the seat belt on the body in the event of an cumstances. accident. ● Never attempt to repair, adjust, remove or Automatic belt retainer install parts of the belt tensioners or seat Note belts. Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder belt. If the belt The relevant safety requirements must be ob- ● The seat belt tensioner, seat belt and auto-

served when the vehicle is dismantled or sys- Operation is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the matic retractor cannot be repaired. tem components are removed. These require- ● Any work on the belt tensioners and seat system allows for total freedom of movement ments are known to specialised workshops belts, including the removal and refitting of on the shoulder belt. However, during sud- ››› page 59. den braking, during travel in mountains or system parts in conjunction with other repair bends and during acceleration, the automat- work, must be performed by a specialised ic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is workshop only. pulled quickly. Service and disposal of belt tension ● The belt tensioners will only provide pro- devices tection for one accident and must be changed Emergencies Belt tensioners if they have been activated. If you work on the belt tensioners or remove The seat belts for the occupants in the front and install other parts of the vehicle when For the sake of the environment seats are equipped with belt tensioners. performing other repair work, the seat belt Airbag modules and belt tensioners may con- Sensors trigger the belt tensioners during se- may be damaged. The consequence may be Safety that, in the event of an accident, the belt ten- tain perchlorate. Observe the legal require- vere head-on, lateral and rear collisions and ments for their disposal. retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat sioners function incorrectly or not at all. belt is loose, it is retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or movement 59 Safety Airbag system as swelling, bruising and skin injuries can be cle collides, the collision angle and the vehi- ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, cle speed. friction can cause the generation of heat. Brief introduction Airbags act in conjunction with the three- Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower point seat belts in certain accident situa- part of the body. tions, when the vehicle deceleration rate is Introduction severe enough to trigger the airbags. Airbags The most important factors for triggering the only deploy once and only under certain cir- Front airbags have been installed for both airbag are the type of accident, the angle of cumstances. Seat belts remain present to of- driver and passenger. The front airbags can impact, the vehicle speed and the character- fer protection in situations where airbags are also protect the chest and head of driver and istics of the object the vehicle hits. Therefore, not triggered or where they have already de- passenger if the seats, seat belts head re- airbags are not triggered every time the vehi- ployed. For example, when a vehicle hits an- straints and, for the driver, the steering cle is visibly damaged. wheel are correctly adjusted and used. Air- other after an initial collision or is hit by an- The activation of the airbag system depends bags are considered as additional safety other vehicle. on the magnitude of the deceleration of the equipment. An airbag cannot replace the The airbag system is an integral part of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers seat belt, which must be worn at all times, car's passive safety system. The airbag sys- through an electronic control unit. If the de- even in front seats where front airbags have tem can only work effectively when the vehi- celeration magnitude value is below the ref- been installed. cle occupants are wearing their seat belts erence value programmed in the control unit, correctly and have adjusted the head re- The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the airbags will not deploy even though seri- straints properly  ››› page 49. the event of an accidents, cushioning the ous damage might be caused to the vehicle movement of the occupants in the direction as the result of an accident. Damage suffered WARNING of the collision in frontal and side accidents. by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. damage suffered from the accident are not means of protection. This causes the airbag covers to break and indications of whether an airbag should have the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in been deployed. Due to the varying nature of ● Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary. their entire deployment space within frac- collision situations, it is impossible to define tions of a second. When an occupant with the a speed range of the vehicle and reference ● The airbags provide the best protection seat belt properly fastened puts pressure on values. For this reason, it is not possible to when the seat belts are properly fastened, the inflated airbag, the propellant gas es- cover all types of collisions and collision an- thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries capes to absorb the force of the impact and gles resulting in the deployment of the air- ››› page 53, Why wear a seat belt?. slow the movement. This reduces the risk of bag. Factors necessary for the airbag to be severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment deployed can be, the characteristics of the does not mean that other types of injury such object (hard or soft) against which the vehi-

60 Airbag system

● Before each trip, every occupant must sit ● Ensure deployed airbags and the system WARNING properly, correctly fasten the seat belt be- components involved are immediately re- Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag longing to his or her seat and keeping it fas- placed with new, SEAT-approved components modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- tened throughout the trip. This rule is valid for the vehicle. cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- for all vehicle occupants. ● Have any repairs or modifications carried tic parts could cause serious injury. out at a specialised workshop. Specialised data Technical ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- workshops have the necessary tools, diag- WARNING ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- nostics equipment, repair information and taining solvents. Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle qualified personnel. must never carry any objects in the deploy- ● ment space between them and the airbags, Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle. Advice as this increases the risk of sustaining inju- Description of airbag system ries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies ● Never modify the airbag system components. the airbag deployment space or the objects Vehicle safety components may fly uncontrollably and hit your body. The following safety equipment makes up the ● Never carry objects in your hand or on your WARNING lap while the vehicle is in motion. vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of se- If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is pro- vere and fatal injuries. Depending on the ve- ● Never transport objects on the front pas-

duced. This is normal and it is not an indica- hicle equipment, some equipment may not Operation senger seat. In the event of sudden braking tion of fire in the vehicle. be fitted in the vehicle or may not be availa- and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in ● the airbag deployment space and fly uncon- This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes ble in some markets. trollably around the interior if the airbag is and cause breathing difficulties, particularly ● Optimised seat belts for all seats. activated. in people suffering from or who have suffered from asthma or other illnesses of the respira- ● Seat belt tension devices for driver and ● Occupants of the front and rear seats must tory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties, passenger. never carry any other people, pets or objects get out of the vehicle and open and doors and Emergencies in the deployment space between them and windows to breath in fresh air. ● Seat belt force limiters for driver and pas- the airbags. Make sure children and other senger. ● passengers also respect this recommenda- Should you touch the dust, wash your ● Seat belt warning lamp tion. hands and face using a mild soap and water before you eat. ● Front airbags for driver and passenger. ● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or WARNING ● Side airbags for driver and passenger. Safety open wounds. ● Airbag control lamp . The airbag system provides protection for ● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust one accident only. If they have been de- in them. ● Control units and sensors. » ployed, they must be replaced.

61 Safety

● Head restraints optimised for rear-end colli- WARNING cle hits (hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle sion. speed, etc. ● The seat belts and airbags can only provide ● Adjustable steering column. maximum protection if the occupants are Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag acti- ● If necessary, anchor points for child seats seated correctly ››› page 49. vation. for the rear seats. ● If a fault has occurred in the airbag system, The control unit analyses the collision trajec- ● Where applicable, mountings for the child have the system checked immediately by a tory and activates the respective restraint seat upper retaining strap. specialised workshop. Otherwise, during a system. frontal collision the system might not trigger correctly or may fail to trigger at all. If the deceleration rate is below the prede- Situations in which the front and side air- fined reference value in the control unit the bags do not deploy: airbags will not be triggered, even though ● If the ignition is switched off during the col- Airbag activation the accident may cause extensive damage to lision. the car. ● In frontal collisions, when the deceleration The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within measured by the control unit is too low. thousandths of a second, to provide addi- The following airbags are triggered in serious head-on collisions ● In minor side collisions. tional protection in the event of an accident. A fine dust may develop when the airbag de- ● In rear collisions. ● Driver airbag. ploys. This is normal and it is not an indica- ● Front passenger front airbag ● In the event of the vehicle overturning. tion of fire in the vehicle. ● When the impact speed is lower than the The airbag system is only ready to function The following airbags are triggered in seri- ence value set in the control unit. refer when the ignition is on. ous side-on collisions There is a fault in the system if the control In special accidents instances, several air- ● Front side airbag on the side of the acci- lamp : bags may activate at the same time. dent. ● does not light up when the ignition is In the event of minor head-on and side colli- ● Rear side airbag on the side of the acci- switched on, sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or roll- dent. ● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition over of the vehicle, airbags do not activate. In an accident with airbag activation: is switched on, Activation factors ● the interior lights switch on (if the interior ● turns off and then lights up again after the light switch is in the courtesy light position); ignition is switched on, The conditions that lead to the airbag system activating in each situation cannot be gener- ● the hazard warning lights switch on; ● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is alised. Some factors play an important role, moving. ● all doors are unlocked; such as the properties of the object the vehi- 62 Airbag system

● the fuel supply to the engine is cut. WARNING ● Do not mount accessories on the doors. Front airbags are deployed in front of the ● Only used protective covers for the seats steering wheel and the instrument panel. that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when de- Airbag safety instructions ● When driving, always hold the steering ployed. wheel on the outer edge of the ring with both Technical data Technical Front airbags hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position. ● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a dis- WARNING Read the additional information carefully tance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) between Incorrect handling of the driver's and front ›››  page 14. the centre of your chest and the hub of the passenger seat could prevent the side airbag steering wheel. If your physical constitution

from deploying properly and cause severe in- Advice WARNING prevents you from meeting these require- juries. ments, make sure you contact a specialised ● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- workshop. tions of a second. or modify any of their components. ● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is ● ● Great forces must not be exerted on the Always keep the deployment areas of the as much distance as possible between the seat backrest bolsters because the side air- front airbags vacant. front passenger and the dash panel. ● Never secure objects to the covers or in the bags might not deploy correctly, might not

deployment area of the airbag modules, e.g. deploy at all or might deploy unexpectedly. Operation drink holders or phone supports. ● Any damage to the original seat upholstery Side airbags* ● The deployment space between the front or around the seams of the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a special- passengers and the airbags must not in any Read the additional information carefully case be occupied by other passenger, pets ised workshop. ›››  page 16. and objects. ● Never fix any object to the windscreen WARNING above the front airbag on the front passenger Emergencies side. The airbag is deployed at high speed in frac- tions of a second. ● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the surface of the air- ● Always keep the deployment areas of the bag module on the passenger side of the side airbags vacant.

dash panel. ● The deployment space between the front Safety passengers and the airbags must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.

63 Safety

Deactivating airbags ed on, signalling that the function is being Manual disabling and enabling of the verified. They will switch off after a few sec- front passenger front airbag with the Control lamps onds. key switch If the front passenger airbag is deactivated, the lamp      does not remain lit, or if it is lit together with the control lamp  on the dash panel, there may be a fault in the airbag system ››› .

WARNING In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to severe or fatal injuries. Fig. 74 Control lamp for disabling the front ● Have the airbag system checked immedi- Fig. 75 On front passenger side: Key switch passenger front airbag on the dash panel ately by a specialised workshop. for enabling and disabling the front passenger front airbag. ● Never mount a child seat in the front pas- It lights up on the combi-in- senger seat or remove the mounted child  Read the additional information carefully strument seat! The front passenger front airbag may deploy during an accident in spite of the ›››  page 15 Fault in airbag sys- Have the system checked immedi- fault. tem and seat belt ately by a specialised workshop. Activating the front passenger front airbag tensioners. CAUTION ● Switch the ignition off.   It lights up on the dash panel Always pay attention to any lit control lamps ● Open the door on the front passenger side. and to the corresponding descriptions and in- ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. Fault in the airbag Have the system checked immedi- structions to avoid damage to the vehicle. system. ately by a specialised workshop. ● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ››› Fig. 75. Front passenger Check whether the airbag should ● front airbag disa- remain disabled. Close the door on the front passenger side. bled. ● Check that, with the ignition switched on, the control lamp      on the Several warning and control lamps light up dash panel is not lit ››› page 64. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- 64 Transporting children safely

How to know whether the front passenger Transporting children safely ● Children must always be protected with an front airbag is disabled approved child restraint system suited to The only indication of the front passenger air- Safety for children their height and weight. bag being disabled is that the    ● Children must assume the proper sitting   control lamp on the dash panel re- position and be properly belted in while trav- mains lit (  stays yellow) ››› page 64. Introduction elling. data Technical ● Ensure the seat backrest is upright when a If the control lamp   on the dash panel Before transporting babies and children in a child seat is being used on it. does not remain lit or is lit in combination child seat placed in the front passenger seat, with the control lamp  on the instrument first completely read the information regard- ● Do not allow the child's head or other part panel, a child restraint system cannot be of his or her body to enter the deployment ing the airbag system. Advice mounted on the front passenger seat for area of the side airbags. This information is extremely important for safety reasons. The front passenger front air- ● Make sure the belt webbing is correctly driver and passenger safety, particularly that bag may deploy during an accident. positioned. of babies and children. ● Never hold children or babies on your lap or WARNING SEAT recommends the use of child seats from in your arms. The front passenger front airbag must only be the SEAT accessory programme. These child ● Only one child may occupy a child seat. seats have been designed and tested for use disabled in special cases. ● Please read and observe the child seat Operation in SEAT vehicles. You can purchase child ● Disable and activate the front passenger manufacturer's handling instructions. seats with different mountings from a SEAT front airbag when the ignition is switched off dealership. to avoid damage to the airbag system. WARNING ● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure WARNING An empty or loose child seat could fly uncon- that the key operated switch is set to the cor- trollably around the vehicle interior and rect position. Make sure children are properly belted in and cause injuries in the event of an accident or correctly secured to avoid severe or fatal inju- Emergencies ● Only disable the front passenger front air- sudden braking. bag when a child seat is to be mounted under ries while the vehicle is in motion. ● When not in use while the vehicle is in mo- exceptional circumstances. ● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the tion, always safely secure the child seat or front passenger seat if the front passenger ● As soon as the child seat is no longer nee- store it in the luggage compartment. ded on the front passenger seat, reconnect front airbag is enabled.

the front passenger front airbag. ● Children up to 12 years old should always Safety travel on the rear seat. Note Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.

65 Safety

Important information regarding the ing critical or fatal injuries in the event of an ● If children assume an improper sitting posi- front passenger's airbag accident increases. tion when the vehicle is moving, they expose ● An inflating front passenger airbag can themselves to greater risk of injury in the Read the additional information carefully strike the rear-facing child seat and project it event of a sudden braking manoeuvre or in an ›››  page 16. with great force against the door, the roof or accident. This is particularly important if the the backrest. child is travelling on the front passenger seat Read and always observe the safety informa- and the airbag system is triggered in an acci- ● tion included in the following chapters: Never install a child seat facing backwards dent; as this could cause serious injury or on the front passenger seat unless the front even death. ● passenger front airbag has been disabled. Safety distance with respect to the passen- ● A suitable child seat can protect your child! ger airbag ››› in Introduction on page 60. Risk of potentially fatal injuries to the child! However, if it is necessary, in exceptional ca- ● Never leave a child alone in the child seat ● Objects between the passenger and the ses, to transport a child in the front passen- or inside the vehicle because depending on passenger side airbag ››› in Front airbags ger seat, the front passenger front airbag the season, very high temperatures may be on page 63. must always be disabled ››› page 64. If the reached inside a parked vehicle, which could passenger seat has a height adjustment op- be fatal. The passenger side front airbag, when ena- tion, move it to the highest, most upright po- ● Children who are less than 1.5 metres tall bled, is a serious risk for a child that is facing sition. If you have a fixed seat, do not install must not wear a normal seat belt without a backward since the airbag can strike the seat any child restraint system in this location. child seat, as this could cause injuries to the with such force that it can cause serious or ● For those vehicles that do not include a key abdominal and neck areas during a sudden fatal injuries. Children up to 12 years old lock switch to deactivate the airbag, the vehi- braking manoeuvre or in an accident. should always travel on the rear seat. cle must be taken to a technical service. ● Do not allow the seat belt to become twis- Therefore we strongly recommend you to ● All vehicle occupants, especially children, ted and the seat belt should be properly in transport children on the rear seats. This is must assume the proper sitting position and place ››› page 53. the safest location in the vehicle. Alternative- be properly belted in while travelling. ● Only one child may occupy a child seat ly, the front passenger airbag can be disa- ● Never hold children or babies on your lap, ››› page 68. bled with a key-operated switch ››› page 64. this can result in potentially fatal injuries to ● When a child seat is mounted in the rear When transporting children, use a child seat the child! seats, the door child-proof lock should be ac- suitable for the age and size of each child ● Never allow a child to be transported in a tivated ››› page 99. ››› page 68. vehicle without being properly secured, or to stand up or kneel on a seat while travelling. WARNING In an accident, the child could be flung through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal in- ● If a child seat is secured to the front pas- juries to themselves and to the other vehicle senger seat, the risk to the child of sustain- occupants.

66 Transporting children safely

Child seats the most protection possible for babies and children up to 12 years in most accidents. Safety instructions WARNING Read the additional information carefully

Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is data Technical ›››  page 16. in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking. WARNING ● The seat belt must not be unfastened until The lower anchor points for child seats do not the vehicle has come to a standstill. include rings. Only secure booster seats to lower anchor points. Advice CAUTION

WARNING ● To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary introduction Child seats with lower anchor points and with elements from the anchor points when the an upper retaining strap must be installed in child seat is not installed in the vehicle an- line with the manufacturer's instructions. chor points.

Failure to comply could result in severe inju- Operation ● To prevent damage being done to the up- ries. holstery, the padding or the auxiliary intro- ● Always secure just one retaining strap to a duction elements, always remove the auxili- child seat with the luggage compartment re- ary introduction elements from the anchor taining ring. points before folding the rear seat bench. ● Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.

● Never secure the retaining strap to a retain- Emergencies er.

WARNING In general, the rear seat is always the safest Safety place for children, who are belted correctly, in the event of an accident. ● A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the rear seats offer 67 Safety

General information on transporting the use of approved seat systems for trans- Categorisation of child seats according to children in the vehicle porting babies and children. ECE-R 44 Only used authorised, approved child seats Weight cat- Weight of Read the additional information carefully Age that are suitable for the vehicle. Always con- egory the child ›››  page 17. sult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised up to approximately. Legal regulations and provisions will always workshop should you have any doubts. Group 0 up to 10 kg 9 months take priority over the descriptions of this instruction manual. There are different regula- Specific child seat regulations for each coun- up to approximately. Group 0+ up to 13 kg tions and provisions for the use of child seats try (selection) 18 months and their mountings (››› table on page 68). 1) Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 44 approx. 8 months to 3 In some countries, for example, the use of Group 1 9 to 18 kg 1 regulation. You can get additional informa- /2 years child seats on certain seats in the vehicle tion by consulting your SEAT dealership or at may be forbidden. the internet address www.seat.es. Group 2 15 to 25 kg approx. 3 to 7 years The physical principles and the forces acting Group 3 22 to 36 kg approx. 6 to 12 years on the vehicle in the event of a collision or other type of accidents also apply to children Not all children fit in the seat of their weight ››› page 53. However, unlike adults and group. Nor do all seats adapt to the vehicle. youngsters, children do not have fully devel- Therefore, always check whether the child fits oped muscle and bone structures. In the properly in the child seat and whether the event of an accident, children are subject to a seat can be installed safely in the vehicle. greater risk than adults of sustaining severe Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 reg- injuries. ulation are fitted with the corresponding ap- Given that children's bodies are not yet fully proval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in developed, child restraint systems must be a circle with the identification number below used that are especially adapted to their it. height, weight and constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that indicate

1) ECE-R: Economic Comission for Europe Regulation. 68 Transporting children safely

Use of the child seat on the front pas- bag and it remains activated, it is forbidden vere or fatal injuries in the event of an acci- senger seat1) to transport children on the front passenger dent increases. Rear-facing child seats must seat ››› . never be mounted on the front passenger Transporting children on the front passenger seat when the front passenger front airbag is seat is not permitted in all countries. Further- Things to note if using a child seat on the enabled. This is life-threatening to the child more, not all child seats are approved for use front passenger seat: should the front airbag deploy, as the child data Technical seat would be struck by the inflated airbag on the front passenger seat. Your SEAT deal- ● The front passenger front airbag must be and thrown against the seat backrest. ership has an updated list of all approved disabled  when using a rear-facing child child seats. Only used child seats that are ap- seat ››› page 60. proved for each vehicle. WARNING ● The seat backrest of the front passenger Advice The front airbag on the front passenger side seat must be upright. If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must is highly dangerous for a child. The front pas- be transported in a rear-facing child seat on ● The front passenger seat must be moved as senger seat is life-threatening to a child if he the front passenger seat, strictly observe the far back as possible. or she is transported in a rear-facing child following: seat. ● A height-adjustable front passenger seat ● Always disable the front passenger front must be raised to its highest point. airbag and leave it disabled. If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the ● The child seat must be approved by the front passenger seat, an inflating front airbag Operation Suitable child seats manufacturer for use on a front passenger can strike it with such great force that severe seat with front and side airbag. or fatal injuries may result ››› . Therefore, The child seat must be authorised by the rear-facing child seats must never be placed manufacturer especially for use on a front ● Follow the installation instructions of the on the front passenger seat when the front passenger seat with a front or side airbag. child seat manufacturer and observe the warnings. passenger front airbag is enabled. Universal seats for children can be fitted in ● the front passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, Move the front passenger seat as far back Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front as possible and adjust it to its highest posi- 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation. Emergencies passenger seat if the front passenger front tion to keep as far away as possible from the airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the front airbag. WARNING yellow      ››› page 60 con- ● Move the seat backrest to the upright posi- trol lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you If a child seat is mounted on the front passen- tion. » cannot disable the front passenger front air- ger seat, the risk of the child sustaining se- Safety

1) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats. 69 Safety

● Children must always be protected with an ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “univer- approved child restraint system suited to sal”, it must be supported by the lower an- their height and weight. chor points and the Top Tether retaining strap. ● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi- Use of the child seat on the rear seat universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”, check that the child seat is certified If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, for the vehicle before employing it. The child adapt the position of the front passenger seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to seat so that the child has enough space. the ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for Therefore, adapt the front passenger seat to which the corresponding ISOFIX child seat the size of the child seat and the height of has been certified. If necessary, contact the the child. Ensure the passenger is in the cor- child seat manufacturer for an updated list of rect position  ››› page 49. vehicles.

Suitable child seats The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with side airbags. Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation. The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.

ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats ISOFIX child seats are divided into the following certified categories: “universal”, “semi- universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”. 70 Self-help Emergencies First-aid kit Vehicle tool kit The first aid kit must comply with legal re- For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel quirements. Check the expiry date of the con- or temporary spare wheel, in addition to win- Self-help tents of the first aid kit. ter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional vehicle tools ››› page 72. In case of emergency Fire extinguisher data Technical WARNING A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder First aid kit, warning triangle and fire in the passenger seat footwell. When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set extinguishers* and spare wheel are loose in the interior they The fire extinguisher must conform to legal can be violently thrown in case of a sudden requirements, be ready for use and be manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci- Advice checked regularly. Check the certification dents, causing serious injury. seal on the extinguisher. ● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre mobility set and the spare wheel or tempora- WARNING ry spare wheel are safely secured in the lug- Loose objects in the vehicle interior can be vi- gage compartment. olently thrown in case of a sudden manoeu- Operation vre or braking and especially in accidents WARNING causing serious injury. Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can ● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid cause injury or accidents. kit, reflective vests and warning triangle se- Fig. 76 In the luggage compartment: storage curely in the vehicle. ● Never work with inappropriate or damaged compartment for the warning triangle tools.

Warning triangle Emergencies In some vehicle equipment it is possible to Vehicle tool kit* store the warning triangle model shown in a storage compartment of the luggage com- Introduction partment ››› Fig. 76.

When securing the vehicle in case of a break- Safety down, please note the legal requirements for each country.

71 Emergencies

Location Accessing the vehicle tool kit and tyre Components mobility system in vehicles fitted with the SEAT SOUND 7 speaker system (with subwoofer)*

● Open the boot hatch and lift the shelf. ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor ››› page 125. ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage compartment. ● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable. Fig. 77 In the luggage compartment: Raised ● Completely remove the hand-controlled carpet. wheel from the centre of the subwoofer Fig. 78 Components of the vehicle tool kit speaker by turning it anti-clockwise. The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary The vehicle tool kit depends on the vehicle ● Take out the subwoofer, which is on top of spare wheel and the tyre mobility set are equipment. The following is a description for the tools and tyre mobility system. stored in the luggage compartment under the a vehicle with all options. carpeted floor panel ››› Fig. 77. ● When finished, place the tools and system back in the same way and place as before to The individual elements of the vehicle tool ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor ensure the speaker sits properly in its hous- kit ››› Fig. 78 ››› page 123. ing. 1 Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the ● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) ● Place the subwoofer in the direction of the handle for screwing and unscrewing the ››› Fig. 77. arrow and with the word “FRONT” facing for- wheel bolts. The screwdriver bit is inter- ward. changeable. The screwdriver may be Note found underneath the wheel spanner. ● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly ro- After use, return the jack to its initial position tate the securing wheel clockwise so that the 2 Adapter for anti-theft bolt. SEAT recom- using the handle in order to securely store it subwoofer is firmly in place. mend you carry the wheel bolt adapter in in the vehicle. the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the anti-theft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In

72 Self-help

case it is lost, another adapter can be or- You should only change the wheels yourself if gearbox to reduce the risk of the vehicle mov- dered using this number. Note the anti- the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are ing accidentally. theft bolt code for the wheels and keep it familiar with the procedure and safety stand- ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel in a place other than the vehicle. ards and you have all the necessary tools! bolts checked as soon as possible with a reli- 3 Towline anchorage, removable. Otherwise, you should seek professional as- able torque wrench.

sistance. data Technical 4 Wire hook for pulling off the wheel cover, integral hubcaps and the wheel bolt WARNING WARNING caps. Changing a wheel can be dangerous, espe- If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not 5 Jack. Before storing the jack in the tool cially on the hard shoulder. Please observe fitted correctly, they could cause major acci-

kit, fold its hook. The crank must then be the following rules to minimise the risk of in- dents or damage. Advice folded tight against the side of the jack in jury: ● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come order for it to be safely stored. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. off while driving and endanger other road 6 Wheel spanner. Park at a safe distance from surrounding traf- users. ● 7 Wheel bolt cap clips. fic to change a wheel. Damaged trims must never be mounted on ● When changing a wheel, keep all passen- the wheels. Note gers, and particularly children, a safe dis- ● Always ensure that the brake ventilation

tance away from the work area. and cooling is not cut off or blocked. This is Operation The jack does not generally require any main- also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there tenance. If required, it should be greased us- ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users. is not enough air, you may require signifi- ing universal type grease. cantly longer braking distances. ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary, support the jack on a wide solid base. CAUTION Changing a wheel ● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you Remove and remount wheel trims taking care Emergencies should be familiar with the required proce- to avoid damage to the vehicle. Introduction dure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance. Read the additional information carefully ● Only use suitable tools that are not dam- ›››  page 37 aged when changing a wheel. Tyre repair Safety Some vehicle versions and models do not ● Always stop the engine, apply the hand- have a factory-fitted jack or box spanner. In brake lever firmly and place the selector lever TMS (Tyre Mobility System)* this case, we recommend consulting a Speci- in position N, or engage a gear for a manual Read the additional information carefully alised workshop to change the wheel. ›››  page 36 » 73 Emergencies

The Anti-puncture kit* (Tyre Mobility System) ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. WARNING will reliably seal punctures caused by the Park it at a safe distance from surrounding A tyre filled with sealant does not have the penetration of a foreign body of up to about traffic to fill the tyre. same performance properties as a conven- 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign ob- ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat tional tyre. jects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre. and solid. ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, ● All passengers and particularly children ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and you must again check the tyre pressure about must keep a safe distance from the work area. fast cornering. 10 minutes after starting the engine. ● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn ● Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum other road users. You should only use the tyre mobility set if speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check the vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are ● Use the tyre mobility system only if you are the tyre. familiar with the procedure and you have the familiar with the necessary procedures. Oth- erwise, you should seek professional assis- necessary tyre mobility set! Otherwise, you For the sake of the environment should seek professional assistance. tance. ● The tyre mobility set is intended for tempo- Dispose of used or expired sealant observing The tyre sealant must not be used in the fol- rary emergency use only until you can reach any legal requirements. lowing cases: the nearest specialised workshop. ● Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre mo- ● If the wheel rim has been damaged. Note bility set as soon as possible. ● In outside temperatures below -20°C (-4°F). ● A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at ● The sealant is a health hazard and must be SEAT dealerships. ● In the event of cuts or perforations in the cleaned immediately if it comes into contact ● Take into account the separate instruction tyre greater than 4 mm. with the skin. manual of the tyre mobility set* manufactur- ● If you have been driving with very low pres- ● Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the er. sure or a completely flat tyre. reach of small children. ● If the sealant bottle has passed its use by ● Never use an equivalent jack, even if it has date. been approved for your vehicle. ● Always stop the engine, apply the hand- WARNING brake lever firmly and engage gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of Using the tyre mobility system can be dan- vehicle involuntary movement. gerous, especially when filling the tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:

74 Self-help

Contents of the tyre mobility system* 6 Warning provided by tyre pressure moni- CAUTION toring system1) Switch off the air compressor after a maxi- 2) 7 Air bleed screw mum of 8 operational minutes to avoid over- 8 ON/OFF switch heating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool for several minutes.

9 12 volt connector data Technical 10 Bottle of sealant 11 Spare tyre valve Check after 10 minutes of driving The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the Screw in the inflator tube ››› Fig. 79 5 again lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert Advice can only be screwed or unscrewed in this and check the pressure on the gauge 6 . way. This also applies to its replacement part 11 . 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower: ● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed Fig. 79 Standard representation: contents of WARNING sufficiently with the tyre mobility set. the anti-puncture kit. When inflating the wheel, the air compressor ● You should obtain professional assistance The anti-puncture kit is located underneath and the inflator tube may become hot. ››› . Operation the floor covering in the luggage compart- ● Protect hands and skin from hot parts. ment. It includes the following components ● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or 1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher: ››› Fig. 79: hot air compressor on flammable material. ● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value ● Allow them to cool before storing the de- again ››› page 200. 1 Tyre valve remover vice. ● Carefully resume your journey until you 2 Sticker indicating maximum speed “max.

● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at reach the nearest specialised workshop with- Emergencies 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph” least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is out exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph). 3 Filler tube with cap too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a ● good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con- Have the damaged tyre replaced. » 4 Air compressor tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance. 5 Tube for inflating tyres Safety

1) It can also be integrated in the compressor. 2) In its place, the compressor may have a button. 75 Emergencies

WARNING WARNING move wax deposits with a special product or cleaning cloths. Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and can cause accidents and serious injury. and increase the risk of accident and serious ● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure injury. is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower. ● Always replace damaged or worn blades or Tow-starting and towing ● Seek specialist assistance. blades which do not clean the windscreen correctly. Instructions for tow-starting

CAUTION Changing the windscreen wiper Read the additional information carefully ● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could ›››  page 43. blades scratch the glass. When towing or tow starting, respect the le- ● If products containing solvents, rough gal requirements. Changing the windscreen and rear sponges or sharp objects are used to clean window wiper blades the blades, the graphite layer will be dam- For technical reasons, it is not possible to aged. tow a vehicle if the battery is flat. Read the additional information carefully ● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint In general, the vehicle should not be started ›››  page 47. thinner or similar products to clean the win- by towing. Jump-starting is much more pref- dows. erable ›››  page 44. The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is For technical reasons, the following vehicles responsible for ensuring that the wipe is si- CAUTION can not be tow started: lent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the ● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the ● noise of the water as it is wiped across the wiper arms, only leave them in the service Vehicles with an automatic gearbox. windscreen will be louder. position. ● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible ● Before driving, always lower the wiper that the engine control unit does not operate Check the condition of the wiper blades regu- arms. correctly. larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, However, if your vehicle must absolutely be or cleaned if they are dirty ››› . Note tow-started (manual gearbox): If wax deposits, other cleaning products from Damaged wiper blades should be replaced ● Put it into second or third gear. immediately. These are available from quali- the automatic car wash, or other care prod- fied workshops. ucts, are left on the windscreen and the rear ● Keep the clutch pressed down. window, the blades can scratch the glass. Re-

76 Self-help

● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warn- ● As the driver of the towing vehicle: ● If a breakdown truck is used, the vehicle ing lights. must be towed with the front wheels raised. – Accelerate gently and carefully. ● Release the clutch when both vehicles are – Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. moving. Situations in which the vehicle should not be – Brake well in advance than usual and towed ● As soon as the engine starts, press the brake gently. data Technical clutch and move the gear lever into neutral. In the following cases, the vehicle should not This helps to prevent a collision with the tow- be towed but transported on a trailer or spe- ing vehicle. CAUTION cial vehicle: ● When tow-starting, fuel could enter the cat- ● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lu- WARNING alytic converter and damage it. bricant due to a fault. Advice A vehicle with a flat battery should never be ● Carefully fit and remove the towline anchor- ● If the battery is flat and the steering cannot towed. age and its cover to avoid damage to the vehicle (e.g. paintwork). be unlocked as a result, the electronic steer- ● Never remove the key from the ignition ing lock and electronic parking brake cannot ● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic lock. Otherwise, the steering wheel lock be disengaged. could suddenly lock. The vehicle would not converter and cause damage! be controlled and a serious accident could ● If the vehicle to be towed has an automatic ensue. gearbox and the distance to be covered is Note Operation greater than 50 km (30 miles). Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bump- WARNING er is not possible. The vehicle is not suitable Note When towing the vehicle, the handling and for towing other vehicles. braking efficiency change considerably. The vehicle can only be towed if the steering Please observe the following instructions to lock electronic gearbox lock is deactivated. If minimise the risk of serious accidents and in- the vehicle has no power supply or there is Advice for towing the vehicle an electric system fault, the engine must be jury: Emergencies started using jump leads to deactivate the ● As the driver of the vehicle being towed: Towing vehicles with an automatic gearbox steering column electronic gearbox lock. – The brake must be depressed must hard- Note the following for a towed vehicle: er as the brake servo does not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision ● Make sure the gear selector lever is in the N

with the towing vehicle. position. Safety – More strength is required at the steering ● Do not drive faster than 50 km/h (30 mph) wheel as the power steering does not op- when towing a vehicle. erate when the engine is switched off. ● Do not tow further than 50 km (30 miles). 77 Emergencies

Fitting the front towline anchorage Note the instructions for towing ››› page 77. Emergency locking and unlock-

Fitting the towline anchorage ing ● Take the towline anchorage from the vehi- Introduction cle tool kit in the luggage compartment ››› page 71. The doors and rear lid can be locked manual- ● Press the upper part of the cover ››› Fig. 80 ly and partially opened, for example if the key (arrow) to disengage and release the cover. or the central locking is damaged. ● Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle. WARNING ● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anti- Opening and closing doors carelessly can Fig. 80 On the right-hand side of the front clockwise as far as it will go ››› Fig. 81 ››› . cause serious injury. bumper: Remove the cover. Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow- ● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the line anchorage in its location. doors and windows cannot be opened from the inside. ● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise. ● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the car. They could be trapped in the ● Place the cover's upper tab on the opening car in an emergency and will not be able to of the bumper and carefully guide the lower get themselves to safety. tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, ● Depending on the time of the year, temper- press the lower tab from below. atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can ● Press the lower area of the cover until the be extremely high or extremely low resulting lower tab engages in the bumper. in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children. CAUTION Fig. 81 On the right-hand side of the front bumper: Screw in the towline anchorage. The towline anchorage must always be com- WARNING pletely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it Getting in the way of the doors and the rear The location for the removable tow ring is on could be released while towing and tow-start- lid is dangerous and can lead to serious in- the right-hand side of the front bumper being. jury. hind a cover ››› Fig. 80. ● Open and close the doors and the rear lid The towline anchorage should always be kept only when there is nobody in the way. in the vehicle.

78 Fuses and bulbs

CAUTION Fuses and bulbs ● Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system. When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble components and then Fuses reassemble them carefully to avoid damage WARNING to the vehicle.

Introduction Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or data Technical bridging a current circuit without fuses can Due to the constant updating of vehicles, cause a fire and serious injury. fuse assignments based on equipment and ● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only the use of the same fuse for various electrical replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper-

components, it is not possible to provide an age (same colour and markings) and size. Advice up-to-date summary of the fuse positions for ● Never repair a fuse. the electrical components at the time of ● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple printing this manual. For detailed information or similar. about the fuse positions, please consult a technical service. CAUTION In general, a fuse can be assigned to various ● electrical components. Likewise, an electrical To prevent damage to the vehicle's electric Operation system, before replacing a fuse always turn component can be protected by several off the ignition, the lights and all electrical fuses. elements and remove the key from the igni- Only replace fuses when the cause of the tion. problem has been solved. If a newly inserted ● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse blows after a short time, you must have fuse, you could cause damage to another part the electrical system checked by a special- of the electrical system. Emergencies ised workshop as soon as possible. ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to prevent the entry of dust or humidity as they can WARNING damage the electrical system. The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical shocks, causing burns Note Safety and even death! ● One component may have more than one ● Never touch the electrical wiring of the igni- fuse. » tion system.

79 Emergencies

● Several components may run on a single Read the additional information carefully ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid fuse. ›››  page 35 the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid- Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to amperage (same colour and markings) and the electrical system. Vehicle fuses size. Note Opening and closing the fuse box situated In the vehicle, there are more fuses than below the dash panel those indicated in this chapter. These should ● Opening: Press the unlock button only be changed by a specialised workshop. ››› Fig. 82 1 until it is possible to open the cover. Fold the cover down. ● Closing: Fold the cover up in the opposite Changing bulbs direction to the arrow until it clicks into the locking lever 1 . Introduction To open the engine compartment fuse box Fig. 82 Below the driver side dash panel: Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of fuse box cover. ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. manual skill. If you are unsure, SEAT recom- ● Press the attachment tabs in the direction mends that you consult a technical service or indicated by the arrow (thin arrows) to re- request assistance from a specialist. In gen- lease the fuse box cover ››› Fig. 83. eral a specialist is needed if, in addition to the bulbs, other vehicle components require ● Then lift the cover out. removal. ● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. You should store spare light bulbs in the ve- Push the attachment tabs down, in the oppo- hicle for safety-relevant lights. Spare bulbs site direction indicated by the arrow until may be obtained from the technical services. they click audibly into place. In some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle. CAUTION Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the ● Always carefully remove the fuse box cov- Fig. 83 In the engine compartment: fuse box vehicle exterior lighting is against the law. cover. ers and refit them correctly to avoid problems with your vehicle.

80 Fuses and bulbs

Additional bulb specifications operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflec- Replacing the bulbs in the headlights The specifications of some headlamp bulbs tor. and bulbs for the rear lamps fitted at the fac- ● The headlamp frameworks in the engine tory may be different to those of conventional compartment and the rear lamps contain bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the sharp elements. Always protect your hands bulb socket or on the bulb itself. when changing bulbs. data Technical

WARNING CAUTION If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is ● After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers not clearly visible to other drivers, there is a

are not replaced correctly on the headlamp Advice risk of accident. framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is allowed to enter. Fig. 84 In the engine compartment: Rear view WARNING of the front left headlight with rubber cover: ● Remove the ignition key before working on Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause A dipped beam and main beam headlights, the electric system. Otherwise, a short circuit serious accidents. B side lights and daytime driving lights and could occur. ● Before carrying out any work in the engine C turn signal ●

Switch off the lights and the parking light Operation compartment please read and observe the before changing a bulb. warnings ››› page 187. In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and ● Take good care to avoid damaging any com- could cause severe injury. ponents. ● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on changing them. ● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled. Emergencies ● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a specialised workshop to carry out the neces- Fig. 85 Left headlight

sary work. Safety ● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Finger- There is no need to remove the headlight to prints will be evaporated by the heat of the replace bulbs. »

81 Emergencies

Complete operations only in the sequence Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / given: Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C

Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it Dipped beam and main beam headlights Fig. 84 5. A clockwise as far as the stop.

 1. Open the bonnet ››› page 187. Note Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove the rub- The images show the left hand headlight ber cover using the tabs. from behind. The structure of the right hand 2. Press the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85 D downwards side headlight is symmetric. in the direction of the arrow, unclip sideways, and remove it.

Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, Replacing the front bumper bulbs Fig. 87 Changing the bulbs in the headlights 3. press the lock on the bulb holder.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. Complete operations only in the sequence given: Insert the bulb, return it to its position and insert 5. the retaining clip ››› Fig. 85 D Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch 1. trim ››› Fig. 86 (arrows) with the screwdriver from Place the rubber cover and check that is in the the vehicle took kit ››› page 71. 6. correct position. Insert the connector to the bulb H4. Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch trim A with the screwdriver 2. from the vehicle tool kit and completely remove it Side light and daytime lights Fig. 84 B / ››› page 71. Front turn indicator Fig. 84 C 3. Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side. 1. Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. Release the connector ››› Fig. 87 1 and remove 4. Turn the bulb holder in an anticlockwise direction Fig. 86 In the front right wheel arch: Remove it. 2. as far as it will go and remove it, along with the the retaining screws (arrows) and take out the bulb, pulling backwards. expansive rivet A . Turn the bulb holder ››› Fig. 87 in the direction of the arrow, in an anticlockwise direction as far as it Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, 5. 3. will go and remove it, along with the bulb, pulling press the lock on the bulb holder. backwards.

4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. 6. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. 82 Fuses and bulbs

Complete operations only in the sequence giv- Changing the bulbs in the rear lights en:

Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it 7. clockwise as far as the stop.

Plug the connector 1 into the bulb holder. The data Technical 8. connector must audibly click into place.

9. Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.

Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim

10. and bumper and press it completely inwards Advice ››› Fig. 86 A .

Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ››› Fig. 86 11. (arrows) with a screwdriver.

Fig. 89 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb Operation holder, D: Remove the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Fig. 88 On the side of the luggage compartment: A: Remove the cover, B: Removing the Removing the rear light units

tail light units 1. Open the rear lid ››› page 99. Emergencies

Carefully remove the cover 1 towards the lever 2. ››› Fig. 88 A.

Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the di-

3. rection of the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B. Use the screwdriv- Safety er in the vehicle tool kit.

Press position 4 and remove the connector 2 4. ››› Fig. 88 B. »

83 Emergencies

5. Unscrew the wing nut 5 ››› Fig. 88 B. Changing the number plate light Complete operations only in the sequence given: Remove the tail light from the bodywork by careful- 6. ly pulling backwards. Detach the number plate light carefully from the 2. bumper. Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a 7. flat, clean surface. Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anticlockwise 3. and remove it in the direction of the arrow To change the bulb ››› Fig. 91. 4. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb. Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) 8. ››› Fig. 89 C and remove the bulb holder from the Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and tail light. 5. press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far as possible Fig. 91. Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb ››› 9. Fig. 90 On the rear bumper: Remove the ››› Fig. 89 D. number plate light. Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the opening on the bumper. During this Place the bulb holder in the tail light unit. The at- 6. process, check that the assembly direction of the 10. tachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must place ››› Fig. 89 C. be on the right.

Insert the number plate light into the bumper until Assembling the rear light units 7. it audibly clicks into place. Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening 11. in the bodywork.

Support the tail light with one hand in the assem- 12. bly position and securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 ››› Fig. 88 B.

Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly Fig. 91 Number plate light: Remove the bulb 13. fitted and is firmly secured. holder.

Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and Complete operations only in the sequence giv- 14. press the lock 3 on the connector in the opposite direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 88 B. en:

15. Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place. With one hand, press on the number plate light 1. from left to right and remove it from the bumper 16. Close the rear lid ››› page 99. ››› Fig. 90. 84 Fuses and bulbs

Changing the side turn signal bulb Complete operations only in the sequence given:

Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direc- 3. tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 93 1 .

Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direc- data Technical 4. tion.

5. Replace the faulty bulb with a new identical bulb.

6. Install the bulb holder. Advice Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until 7. Fig. 92 Removing the side turn signal the spring clicks into the other side of the side turn signal. Operation Emergencies Fig. 93 Side turn signal: Changing the bulbs.

Complete operations only in the sequence given:

With one hand move the side turn signal back- Safety 1. wards ››› Fig. 92 1 .

Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by 2. leverage 2 .

85 Operation

Fig. 94 Dash panel

86 General instrument panel

– Lever with buttons for controlling 14 In the side of the dash panel: Key Operation the SEAT information system - , switch for switching off the front / ...... 22 passenger airbag1) ...... 60 General instrument panel 8 Controls for: 15 Position of passenger front airbag – Start-Stop system button  . . . 160 on the dash panel ...... 60 Instrument panel data Technical – Rear window heating button  . . 129 16 Ashtray* ...... 120 – Left seat heating controls  . . . . . 113 17 12 volt socket or cigarette light- Key to Fig. 94: er* ...... 120, . . 120 9 Switches for: 1 Door release lever ...... 98 18 Lever for: – Heating and ventilation system . 129 Advice 2 Turn switch for adjusting the exteri- – Manual gearbox ...... 144 – Manual air conditioning ...... 129 or mirrors ...... 110 – Automatic gearbox ...... 145 – Climatronic ...... 129 – Exterior mirror adjustment      19 Handbrake ...... 137 10 Radio (factory fitted) ››› Booklet Ra- – Heated exterior mirrors  dio 20 Button for: 3 Air outlets ...... 129 11 Controls for: – City Safety Assist function 4 Lever for ...... 103   ...... 156 – Hazard warning lights switch Operation – Turn signals  and main beam  ...... 71 21 Ignition lock ...... 134 headlights  – Passenger front airbag off warn- 22 Pedals ...... 143 – Cruise control system (CCS)  – ing lamp      . . 60 23 Storage compartment ...... 115  –  – /+ – /- ...... 155 – Right seat heating controls  24 Steering column adjustment lev- 5 Steering wheel with horn and or rear window heating button  er ...... 49 (alternative position) ...... 113, . . 129 – Driver airbag ...... 14 25 Open bonnet lever ...... 187 Emergencies 12 6 Dash panel ...... 88, 24 Storage compartment with drink 26 Headlight range control  ...... 103 holder in the centre console ...... 119 7 Windscreen wiper/ windscreen 27 Light switch  ...... 103 wash lever ...... 108 13 Handle of the storage compartment 28 Central lock button    ...... 94 or storage compartment open1) . . . 115 – Windscreen wipers

29 Buttons for operating the front elec- Safety – Rear window wiper tric windows  ...... 101

1) According to version 87 Operation

Instruments

View of instrument panel

Fig. 95 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1 (A) and variant 2 (B).

Details of the instruments ››› Fig. 95: – Press the 0.0/SET for 5 seconds to mum speed in any gear after run- 1 Speedometer. Depending on the reset the odometer to zero and, ning-in and with the engine hot. vehicle in km/h or in mph. where necessary, other indicators However, it is advisable to change on the multifunction display. . . . . 22 up a gear or move the selector lever 2 Displays on the screen...... 89 4 Fuel reserve display...... 183 to D (or lift your foot off the acceler- 3 Reset knob for trip recorder (trip). ator) before the needle reaches the 5 Revolution counter (with the engine 0.0/SET red zone ››› . – Press the button briefly to running, in thousands of revolu- switch the trip odometer and od- tions per minute). 6 Clock set button. ometer. The beginning of the red zone of – If necessary, change the time dis- the rev counter indicates the maxi- play by pressing the top and 88 General instrument panel

bottom buttons of the rocker Indications on the display Priority 1 warning (red symbols) switch ›››  Fig. 33 B . – Press the button  to change A variety of information can be viewed on the Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible warnings. the hour, so that it is flashing. instrument panel display ››› Fig. 95 2 , depending on the vehicle equipment:  Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ››› ! – To continue setting the time, Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If necessa- Technical data Technical press button 0.0/SET . Hold button ● Warning and information messages. ry, request assistance from specialised personnel. down to scroll through the num- ● Odometer. bers quickly. Priority 2 warning (yellow symbols) ● Time. – Press the  button again to ● Outside temperature. Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with audible

change the minutes, so that it warnings. Advice flashes. ● Selector lever positions ››› page 143. A faulty function, or fluids which are below the correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ››› – To continue setting the time, ● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) Check the faulty function as soon as possible. If neces- press button 0.0/SET . Hold button ››› page 143. sary, request assistance from specialised personnel. down to scroll through the num- ● Multifunction display (MFI) ›››  page 22 bers quickly. ● Service interval display ››› page 90. Odometer – Press button  again to end the

● Operation clock setting. Start-Stop system status display The odometer registers the total distance ››› page 160. travelled by the car. CAUTION ● Fuel gauge ››› page 183. The odometer (trip) shows the distance ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs ● Seat belt status display for rear seats travelled since the last odometer reset. The and heavy acceleration and do not make the ››› page 53. last figure indicates 100 m. engine work hard. ● Warning and information messages Outside temperature indicator!

To prevent damage to the engine, the rev Emergencies counter needle should only remain in the red The system runs a check on certain compo- When the outside temperature is below +4°C zone for a short period of time. nents and functions when the ignition is (+39°F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of switched on and while the vehicle is moving. risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the For the sake of the environment Faults in the operation are displayed on the temperature. At first this symbol flashes and screen using red and yellow symbols on the then it remains lit until the outside tempera- Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel con- Safety ture rises above +6°C (+43°F) . sumption and noise. instrument panel display (›››  page 24) ››› and, in some cases, with audible warnings. When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at The display may vary according to the type of very low speeds, the temperature displayed instrument panel fitted. may be slightly higher than the actual » 89 Operation

outside temperature as a result of heat com- WARNING Note ing from the engine. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ● Different versions of the instrument panel The temperatures measured range from may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents are available and therefore the versions and -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F). and severe injuries. instructions on the display may vary. ● Never ignore the warning lamps. ● When several warnings are active at the Selector lever position ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. same time, the symbols are shown succes- sively for a few seconds and will stay on until The range of engaged gears of the selector ● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of acci- the fault is rectified. lever is shown on the side of the lever, and dent for the driver and for other road users. If on the instrument panel display. In positions necessary, switch on the hazard warning D and M, and with the Tiptronic, the corre- lamps and put out the warning triangle to ad- sponding gear is also indicated on the dis- vise other drivers. Service interval display play. ● Park the vehicle away from traffic and ensure that no highly flammable materials are The inspection message appears on the in- Recommended gear* (manual gearbox) under the vehicle that could come into con- strument panel display ››› Fig. 95 2 . The recommended gear to save fuel can be tact with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, SEAT distinguishes between services with en- fuel). displayed on the instrument panel display gine oil change (Oil Change Service) and while you are driving ››› page 143. services without engine oil change (Inspec- WARNING tion Service). The service interval display only Seat belt status display for the rear seats* Even though outside temperatures are above gives information for service dates which in- volve an engine oil change. The dates of the The seat belt status display on the instru- freezing, some roads and bridges may be icy. remaining services (e.g. the next Inspection ment panel display informs the driver, when ● At outside temperatures above +4°C Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the ignition is switched on, whether any pas- (+39°F), even when the “ice crystal symbol” the label attached to the door strut, or in the sengers in the rear seats have fastened their is not visible, there may still be patches of ice Maintenance Programme. seat belts ››› page 53. on the road. ● Do not rely on the outside temperature in- The set service intervals have been specified Start-Stop system status display dicator! with the service dependent on time/distance travelled. The instrument panel display shows information on the current status ››› page 160. CAUTION Inspection reminder Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in the vehicle. If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder appears when starting the ignition abbreviated to  and a 90 General instrument panel warning in km. The number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven until the next service.

Service due After the service date, an audible warning is data Technical given when the ignition is switched on and the abbreviation  displayed on the screen flashes for a few seconds.

Note Advice The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.

Note

In vehicles whose batteries have been dis- Operation connected for a long period of time, it will not be possible to calculate the next service date. Therefore the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, bear in mind the maximum service intervals permitted in the ››› Booklet Maintenance Programme. Emergencies Safety

91 Operation

Opening and closing Different keys belonging to the vehicle may boot hatch, start the engine or turn on the ig- be used. nition, activating electrical systems, the elec- Vehicle key set tric windows, for example. Folding the key shaft in and out ● Never leave children or disabled people When the button is pressed ››› Fig. 96 A , the alone in the car. They could be trapped in the Remote control vehicle key* key shaft is released and unfolds. car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de- To fold it press the button and fold the key pending on the time of the year, tempera- shaft in until it locks in place. tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting Spare key in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children. To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is required. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The steering may Each new key must contain a microchip and lock and it will not be possible to turn the be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- steering wheel. tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- Fig. 96 Remote control key CAUTION crochip has not been encoded. This is also true for keys cut for the vehicle. The remote control key contains electronic Remote control key components. Protect them from damage, im- With the vehicle key the vehicle may be The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be pacts and humidity. locked or unlocked remotely ››› page 94. obtained from a SEAT dealership, a Special- ised workshop or approved key service quali- Note The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat- fied to create this kind of key. tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehi- ● Only use the key button when you require cle. The range of the vehicle key with remote New keys or spare keys must be synchron- the corresponding function. Pushing the but- control and new battery is several metres ised before use ››› page 94. ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock around the vehicle. the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos- WARNING sible even when you are outside the radius of If it is not possible to open or close the vehi- action. cle using the remote control key, this should Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and accident. ● Remote control key operation can be great- be re-synchronised or the bat- ››› page 94 ly influenced by overlapping radio signals tery changed ››› page 93. ● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. Children and unauthor- around the vehicle working in the same range ised individuals could lock the doors or the 92 Opening and closing

of frequencies (for example, radio Duplicate keys example: for the convenience opening func- transmitters, mobile telephones). To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, tion. ● Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle chassis number is required. When the control lamp does not light upon the vehicle, bad weather conditions and Each new key must contain a microchip and pushing a button, the vehicle key batteries draining batteries can considerably reduce must be changed ››› page 93. the range of the remote control. be coded with the data from the vehicle elec- data Technical tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work ● If the buttons of the vehicle key are press- if it does not contain a microchip or the mi- ed ››› Fig. 96 or one of the central locking but- crochip has not been encoded. This is also Replacing the battery tons ››› page 94 is pressed repeatedly in true for keys cut for the vehicle. quick succession, the central locking briefly

disconnects as protection against overload- The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be Advice ing. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock it if obtained from a SEAT dealership, a special- necessary. ised workshop or an approved locksmith qualified to create them.

Mechanical vehicle key Control lamp on the vehicle key Operation

Fig. 99 Vehicle key: battery compartment cover Emergencies

Fig. 97 Vehicle mechanical key

The vehicle key set may include a mechanical Fig. 98 Control lamp on the vehicle key Safety key ››› Fig. 97. When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes ››› Fig. 98 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and Fig. 100 Vehicle key: removing the battery » held, the indicator blinks several times, for 93 Operation

SEAT recommend having the batteries For the sake of the environment Central locking functions correctly when all changed in a specialised workshop. the doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. Please dispose of your used batteries correct- If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot The battery is located to the rear of the vehi- ly and with respect for the environment. be locked with the key. cle key, under a cover. The battery of an unlocked vehicle parked for Changing the battery Synchronising the vehicle key a long period (e.g. in a private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor. ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. If the button  is pressed frequently outside ● Remove the cover from the back of the ve- WARNING hicle key ››› Fig. 99 in the direction of the ar- of the vehicle range, it is possible that the ve- row ››› . hicle can no longer be locked or unlocked us- The incorrect use of the central locking sys- ing the key. In this case, the vehicle key must tem may cause serious injuries. ● Extract the battery from the compartment be synchronised once more as follows: ● The central locking system will lock all using a suitable thin object Fig. 100. ››› doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can ● Place the new battery in the compartment, ● Unfold the vehicle key blade ››› page 92. prevent any non-authorised individual from pressing in the direction of the arrow as ● Press the button  on the vehicle key. For opening the doors and accessing the vehicle. shown ››› Fig. 100 ››› . this, it must remain with the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or accident, locked doors will complicate access to ● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing ● Open the vehicle within one minute using the vehicle interior to help the passengers. in the direction of the arrow as shown the key shaft. ››› Fig. 99 until it clicks into place. ● Never leave children or disabled people ● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. alone in the vehicle. The central locking but- The key has been synchronised. ton can be used to lock all the doors from CAUTION ● If necessary, fit the cap. within. Therefore, passengers will be locked ● If the battery is not changed correctly, the inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle key may be damaged. vehicle can be exposed to very high or very ● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage low temperatures. the vehicle key. For this reason, always re- Central locking* and locking ● Depending on the time of the year, temper- place the dead battery with another of the system atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can same voltage, size and specifications. be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, ● When fitting the battery, check that the po- Introduction larity is correct. particularly for young children. ● Read the additional information carefully Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case of emergency, ›››  page 8 they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or get help. 94 Opening and closing

Description of the central locking sys- Function Necessary operations Unlocking and locking the vehicle tem from outside Use the key to – Turn off the ignition and turn it on The central locking system allows all doors lock the vehicle: again. OR: Remove the key from the igni- and the rear lid to be locked and unlocked tion. centrally. – Open any door just once. data Technical – Lock the vehicle with the key. ● From outside, using the vehicle key. ● From inside, by pushing the central locking Note button ››› page 97. If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed Advice The central locking system can be activated ››› page 92 or one of the central locking but- or deactivated at a specialised workshop. tons ››› Fig. 103 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking briefly In case of a vehicle key fault or central lock- disconnects as protection against overload- Fig. 101 Buttons on the vehicle key ing system fault, all doors can be locked or ing. In this case, the vehicle remains un- unlocked manually. locked for about 30 seconds. If neither the door or the boot is opened during this time,

Locking the vehicle after the airbags have the vehicle will then automatically lock. Operation been deployed If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automatically and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, it can be locked following an accident in the following ways: Emergencies

Function Necessary operations Fig. 102 Vehicle mechanical key

Lock the vehicle, – Turn off the ignition and turn it on Central locking by pushing the again. central locking – Push the central locking button  . Function Handling the buttons on the Safety button: vehicle ››› Fig. 101

Unlocking the Press button  . » vehicle.

95 Operation

Function Handling the buttons on the doors and the rear lid, press the button  Mechanical locking twice. vehicle ››› Fig. 101 Using the vehicle's mechani- The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the Lock the vehi- Press button  . Function cal key ››› Fig. 102 in the lock cle. vehicle if it is within range of the vehicle and cylinder if the battery has enough power. Unlocking the Press button  . To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- rear lid. ● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals to the lock cylinder of the driver will flash once in confirmation. door and turn the key in an anti- Locking the rear Press button  . Locking the driv- clockwise direction. lid. ● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirmation. er door manually. To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door Function Handling the vehicle key If the turn signals do not flash in confirma- and turn the key in a clockwise di- ››› Fig. 101 in the lock cylinder tion, at least one of the doors or the rear lid rection. or with the vehicle mechanical has been left unlocked. key ››› Fig. 102. To unlock, insert the vehicle key in- If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot to the lock cylinder of the driver Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock be locked with the key. If you unlock the vehi- door and turn the key in an anti- Locking and un- clockwise direction. vehicle. cylinder of the driver door and turn cle without opening any doors or the rear lid, the key in an anticlockwise direc- locking the rear To lock, insert the vehicle key into tion. it will lock again automatically after a few lid. seconds. This function prevents the vehicle the lock cylinder of the driver door Lock the vehicle. Insert the vehicle key into the lock from remaining unlocked if the unlocking and turn the key in a clockwise di- . cylinder of the driver door and turn button is pressed by mistake. rection the key in a clockwise direction. If the driver's door is open, it cannot be Unlocking the Insert the vehicle key into the lock locked with the vehicle key. rear lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anticlockwise direction.

Locking the rear Insert the vehicle key into the lock lid. cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.

Please note: depending on the operation of the central locking feature set by a specialised workshop, in order to unlock all the

96 Opening and closing

Locking or unlocking the vehicle from Central locking Mechanical locking the inside Push the button ››› Fig. 103: The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible  Unlocking the vehicle. ››› Fig. 104 1 .

 Locking the vehicle. To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door data Technical lever. The central locking button is still operative If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of when the ignition is switched off. the following: If the vehicle has been locked with the vehi-

● The "Safe" security system activate Advice cle key, the central locking button does not will not . operate. ››› page 97 ● It will not be possible to open the doors Please note the following when you use the Fig. 103 In the driver door: central locking from the outside, when stopped at traffic central locking button to lock your vehicle: button lights for example. ● The "Safe" security system will not activate ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- ››› page 97. dividually from the inside by pulling the door Operation ● It will not be possible to open the doors or handle. the rear lid from the outside. This may offer ● The driver door cannot be locked using the extra safety, for example when stopped at central locking system when it is still open. traffic lights. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the ● The doors can be opened and unlocked in- vehicle when there is nobody inside. dividually from the inside by pulling the door

handle. If necessary, pull the door release Emergencies lever twice. “Safe” security system*

Fig. 104 In the passenger door: door handle ● The driver door cannot be locked when for mechanical locking. open. This avoids locking the vehicle key in- Function Necessary operations side the vehicle when there is nobody inside. Lock the vehicle and  Press the button once on Safety activate the “Safe” se- the vehicle key. » curity system.

97 Operation

Function Necessary operations When the vehicle is Meaning Doors locked: Press the  button twice on Introduction Lock the vehicle with- the vehicle key. The red LED flashes for about The "Safe" security out activating the two seconds then turns off. Af- system is switched off. Press the central locking but- ter 30 seconds, the LED flash- WARNING “Safe” security system.  ton on the driver door es again. once. If a door is not correctly closed, it could open The red LED flashes for about There is a fault in the unexpectedly when driving and cause serious When the vehicle is locked, the “Safe” secur- two seconds at short inter- locking system. Con- injuries. ity system deactivates the door handles, pre- vals. Subsequently, the light tact a specialised ● Always stop immediately and close the will remain switched on for workshop. venting people from opening the vehicle. The door. about. 30 seconds. doors cannot be opened from inside ››› . ● When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed door should be Upon switching off the ignition, the instru- WARNING ment panel display will show that the “dead- flush with the corresponding parts of the Careless use of the "Safe" security system bodywork. lock” is activated or (SAFELOCK or SAFE- can cause serious injury. LOCK). ● Open and close doors only when nobody is ● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if it in the way of the door. When the “Safe” security system is deactiva- has been locked using the key. When the "Safe" security system is activated, doors ted, the following occurs: WARNING cannot be opened from the inside! ● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked ● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to A door held open by its retainer could be from the inside using an inside door handle. get to passengers in the vehicle interior in blown closed by the wind or close if the vehi- case of an emergency. Passengers could re- cle is on a hill, causing injury. Control lamp on the driver door main trapped inside and unable to unlock the ● When opening and closing doors, always doors in case of an emergency. use the door handle. When the vehicle is Meaning locked:

The red LED flashes for ap- The "Safe" security proximately 2 seconds at system is switched on. short intervals and then more slowly.

98 Opening and closing

Childproof lock and clockwise for the right-hand side ● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down doors. with your hand on the rear window. This could break and cause injury. Deactivating the childproof lock ● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing, – Unlock the vehicle and open the door otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while whose childproof lock you want to deacti- driving. A closed rear lid should be flush with data Technical vate. the corresponding parts of the bodywork. ● Always keep the rear lid closed while driv- – With the door open, rotate the groove in ing to avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- interior.

wise for the right-hand side doors, and Advice ● Do not open the rear lid when there is a clockwise for the left-hand side doors load installed, for example a carrier system. ››› Fig. 105. Fig. 105 Childproof lock on the left hand side Likewise, the boot hatch cannot be opened door Once the childproof lock is activated, the when a load is attached to it, for example bicycles. An open rear lid could close itself if door can only be opened from the outside. there is an additional weight on it. If necessa- The childproof lock prevents the rear doors The childproof lock can be activated or deac- ry, press down on the rear lid and remove the from being opened from the inside. This sys- tivated by inserting the key in the groove

load. Operation tem prevents minors from opening a door ac- when the door is open, as described above. cidentally while the vehicle is running. ● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are not using the vehi- This function is independent of the vehicle cle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the electronic opening and locking systems. It vehicle. only affects rear doors. It can only be activa- Rear lid ● Never allow children to play inside or ted and deactivated manually, as described around the vehicle without supervision, espe- below: Introduction

cially if the rear lid is open. Children could Emergencies enter the luggage compartment, close the Activating the childproof lock WARNING rear lid and become trapped. Depending on – Unlock the vehicle and open the door in Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and the time of the year, temperatures inside a which you wish to activate the childproof closing of the rear lid can cause accidents locked and closed vehicle can be extremely lock. and serious injury. high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly Safety ● Open and close the rear lid only when no- – With the door open, rotate the groove in for young children. body is in the way. the door using the ignition key, anti-clock- ● Never leave children or disabled people wise for the left-hand side doors ››› Fig. 105 alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the »

99 Operation

central locking button is used, they may be Opening with central locking Closing the rear lid locked in the vehicle. ● Press the button  on the vehicle key ››› Fig. 106 for about one second to unlock CAUTION the boot hatch. Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there ● OR: Press the button  on the vehicle key is sufficient free space to open and close it, until the rear lid opens automatically several for example if you are in a garage. centimetres. ● Opening the rear lid with the button.

Opening the rear lid Opening with the vehicle mechanical key ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an anti- Fig. 107 Rear lid open: hand grip clockwise direction ››› page 94. ● Opening the rear lid with the button. Closing the rear lid ● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid WARNING ››› Fig. 107 (arrow). Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening ● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks of the rear lid could cause serious injuries. into place in the lock. ● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the ● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not on it firmly. recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear Fig. 106 On the vehicle key: button to unlock lid could open unexpectedly while driving. and open the boot hatch. Locking the rear lid with central locking* If you unlock the vehicle without opening any Read the additional information carefully Note doors or the rear lid, it will lock again auto-  page 9 ››› At outside temperatures of less than 0°C matically after about 30 seconds. This func- If bicycles are attached to a rack on the boot (+32°F), the pressurised gas struts cannot al- tion prevents the vehicle from remaining un- hatch, for example, in some cases, it may not ways automatically lift the rear lid. In this locked if the unlocking button is pressed by open automatically ››› . Remove the load case, open the rear lid manually. mistake. from the carrier and support the open rear Locking is only possible when the rear lid is lid. correctly and fully closed.

100 Opening and closing

● The rear lid is also locked by a central lock- Note CAUTION ing. Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the When the windows are open, rain can enter ● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked key has not been left inside the luggage com- the vehicle, dampening the interior equip- using the  button, when it is closed once partment. ment and causing damage to the vehicle. more it will lock automatically. Technical data Technical ● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above about 9 km/h Side-opening rear windows (6 mph). Electric windows

Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechan- Opening and closing the windows ical key electrically Advice Locking is only possible when the rear lid is Read the additional information carefully correctly and fully closed. ›››  page 11 ● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clock- WARNING wise direction ››› page 94. Careless use of the electric windows can Operation cause serious injury. WARNING ● Only operate the electric windows when Fig. 108 Lever to open and close the rear win- Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of nobody is in the way. dow the rear lid could cause serious injuries. ● Never leave children or disabled people ● Never leave the vehicle unattended, or al- alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be Opening low children to play inside or around the vehi- locked. The windows cannot be opened in Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow

case of an emergency. Emergencies cle without supervision, especially if the rear A and press outward until the lever engag- lid is open. Children could enter the luggage ● Always take all the keys with you whenever es. compartment, close the rear lid and become you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ig- trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to nition, the windows can be opened and Closing extremely high and low temperatures, de- closed for a short time using the buttons on pending on the time of year, thus causing se- the door as long as the driver door or passen- Pull the release lever in the direction of arrow rious injuries/illness and even death. ger side door is not open. B and then press the lever backward until it Safety engages.

101 Operation

Sliding/tilting electric panor- WARNING Note amic sunroof If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sun- ● Leaves and other loose objects that land in roof is used negligently or without paying the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof Opening and closing the panoramic due attention, it can cause serious injury. should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum cleaner. sunroof ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no one is blocking its ● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work Read the additional information carefully path. correctly, the anti-trap function will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehi- ›››  page 11 ● After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof dur- cle to a specialised workshop. The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when ing a short space of time provided that nei- ● The convenience position permits sufficient switched on. After switching off, it is still pos- ther the driver nor passenger door is opened. ventilation with a level of sound produced by sible to open or close the sliding/tilting sun- low wind. roof during a short space of time provided CAUTION that neither the driver nor passenger door is opened. ● To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow that there may Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilt- All operations are interrupted when the rotary be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed ing electric panoramic sunroof knob is actuated. before opening or raising the sliding/tilting The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilt- electric panoramic sunroof. injury when closing the sliding/tilting electric ing sunroof electrically, it would need to be ● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of panoramic sunroof . If the sliding/tilting closed manually. It is not possible to do an heavy rain, the sliding/tilting sunroof must ››› sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle emergency close of the sliding/tilting sun- always be closed. With the sliding/tilting when closing, it will immediately reopen. roof without removing components of the ve- sunroof open or raised, water can enter the hicle. In such a case, obtain professional as- passenger compartment and can cause considerable damage to the electrical system. As ● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has sistance. a result, other damage can occur in the vehi- not closed. cle. ● Try to close it again. Sliding blind ● In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilt- ● If it is still not possible to close it due to an With the roof grab handle situated in the rear ing sunroof is open, the interior equipment of obstacle or resistance, it will remain in the part of the roof opening, it is possible to the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat corresponding position. Close it without the move the sliding blind to the required posi- heating and damaging the electrical system anti-trap function. tion. of the vehicle.

102 Lights and visibility

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Lights and visibility WARNING sunroof without the anti-trap function Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the ● Within about 5 seconds of activating the Lights instrument panel on page 26. anti-trap function, pull knob ›››  Fig. 12 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is fully closed. Control lamps data Technical Switching lights on and off ● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will It lights up close without the anti-trap function!  ● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a Rear fog light switched on ››› page 21.

specialised workshop. Advice  It lights up If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Front fog lights switched on ››› page 21. sunroof opens automatically.  It lights up WARNING Left or right turn signal.

Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic Operation sunroof without the anti-trap function can re- The control lamp flashes twice as fast when a vehicle Fig. 109 Next to the steering wheel: diagram sult in serious injury. turn signal is faulty. If necessary, check the vehicle's of some of the types of light switch ● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always lights. be closed carefully. Read the additional information carefully ● No person should ever remain in the way of  It lights up ›››  page 21 the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when Main beam on or flasher on ››› page 105. The driver is personally responsible for the

closing without the anti-trap function. Emergencies correct use and adjustment of the lights in all ● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin- Several warning and control lamps light up situations. gers or other parts of the body from becom- for a few seconds when the ignition is switching trapped against the roof frame and inju- ed on, signalling that the function is being Audible warnings to advise the driver that ries occurring. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- the lights have not been switched off

onds. Safety If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warning signal is heard in the following cases: this is a reminder to turn off the lights. » 103 Operation

● When the light switch is in position . in addition to the side lights and the rear way effects the useful life of the vehicle light- ● When the light switch is in position . lights will light up. ing system.

WARNING Daytime running lights The side lights or daytime running lights are The daytime driving light consists of individu- Automatic dipped beam control * not bright enough to illuminate the road al lights in the front headlamps. ahead and to ensure that other road users are When the daytime driving light is switched The automatic dipped beam control is merely able to see you. on, only the individual lights come on ››› . intended as an aid and is not able to recog- ● Always use your dipped beam head lights if nise all driving situations. it is raining or if visibility is poor. The daytime lights are switched on each time the ignition is turned on if the light setting is When the light switch is in position , the in position  or in position . vehicle lights and the instrument panel and WARNING switch lighting switch on and off automatical- If the headlights are set too high and not WARNING ly in the following situations ››› in Lights used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or and visibility: functions on page 104: If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is distracting other road users. This could result not clearly visible to other drivers, an acci- in a serious accident. dent may occur. Automatic switching Automatic switching ● Always make sure that the headlights are on off ● Never use the daytime driving light if the correctly adjusted. road is not well-lit as a result of the weather The photo sensor detects When adequate lighting is conditions and poor visibility. The daytime darkness, for example, detected. Note driving lights are not bright enough to illumi- when driving through a nate the road ahead and to ensure that other tunnel. The legal requirements regarding the use of road users are able to see you. vehicle lights in each country must be ob- The rain sensor detects When the windscreen wip- served. ● The rear lights do not come on with the rain and activates the ers have been inactive for daytime driving light. A vehicle which does windscreen wipers. a few minutes. not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other drivers in the darkness, if it is rain- WARNING Lights and visibility: functions ing or in conditions of poor visibility. If the road is not well lit and other road users Parking light remains on both sides cannot see the vehicle well enough or at all, Note If when switching off the ignition, the light accidents may occur. control remains in the position  and the ve- The headlights, rear lights and turn signals ● The automatic dipped beam control () hicle is closed from outside, both headlights, may mist up temporarily on the inside in cool only switches on the dipped beam when or damp weather. This is normal and in no

104 Lights and visibility

there are no changes in brightness, and not, ● OR: it is automatically deactivated if, 30 The convenience indicators can be deactiva- for example when it is foggy. seconds after the function has been activated at a Specialised workshop. ted, any vehicle door or the rear lid is still open. WARNING “Coming home” and “Leaving home” ● OR: turn the light switch to the  position. Improper or lack of use of the turn signals, or Technical data Technical function (guidance lights) ● OR: switch on the ignition. forgetting to deactivate them can confuse other road users. This could result in a serious accident. The “Coming Home” and “Leaving Home” Activating the “Leaving Home” function ● Always give warning when you are going to function lights up the vehicle’s immediate ● Unlock the vehicle (the light switch must be proximity when getting into and out of it in change lane, overtake or when turning, acti- at the  position and the rain and light vating the turn signal in good time. Advice the dark. sensor must detect darkness). ● As soon as you have finished changing The “Coming home” function is switched on lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn manually. However, the “Leaving home” Deactivating the “Leaving Home” function signal off. function is automatically controlled by a rain ● It is automatically deactivated once the and light sensor. light switch-off delay time has elapsed. WARNING ● OR: lock the vehicle. Activating the “Coming Home” function Incorrect use of the headlights may cause ac- Operation ● turn the light switch to the  position. cidents and serious injury, as the main beam ● OR: Switch the ignition off. may distract or dazzle other drivers. ● OR: switch on the ignition. ● Activates the headlight flasher for approx. 1 second  page 21. ››› Note When the driver door is opened, the “Coming Turn signal and main beam lever ● If the convenience turn signals are operat- Home” lighting comes on. The delay in ing (three flashes) and the other convenience switching off the headlights is counted from Read the additional information carefully turn signals are switched on, the active part Emergencies when the last door or rear lid of the vehicle is ›››  page 21 stops flashing and only flashes once in the closed. new part selected. Convenience turn signals ● The turn signal only works when the igni- Deactivating the “Coming Home” function For the convenience turn signals, move the tion is switched on. The hazard warning

lights also work when the ignition is switch- Safety ● It is automatically deactivated once the lever as far as possible upwards or down- ed off ››› page 71. » time set for the light switch-off delay has wards and release the lever. The turn signal elapsed. will flash 3 times.

105 Operation

● If any of both turn signals fails, the warning 1. Park the vehicle a safe distance from WARNING lamp will start flashing twice faster than nor- traffic and on suitable ground ››› . A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of mal. 2. Turn on the hazard warning lights with accident for the driver and for other road ● The main beam headlights can only be the button  ››› Fig. 110. users. switched on if the dipped beam headlights 3. Apply the handbrake firmly ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. are already on. ››› page 137. Park the vehicle a safe distance from sur- 4. Put the gearbox lever in neutral or the rounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of selector lever in position N ››› page 143. an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning Hazard warning lights lights to warn other road users. 5. Switch off the engine and remove the ● Never leave children or disabled people key from the ignition. alone in the vehicle if the doors are to be 6. Have all occupants leave the vehicle and locked. In case of an emergency, passengers move to safety, for example behind a will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals guard rail. locked in the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures. 7. When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you. 8. Place an emergency warning triangle to WARNING indicate the position of your vehicle to The components of the exhaust system reach other road users. very high temperatures. This could cause a fire and considerable damage. 9. Allow the engine to cool and check if a Fig. 110 Dash panel: Button for switching the specialist is required. ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of hazard lights warning system on and off. the exhaust system can come in contact with When being towed with the hazard warning flammable materials (such as dried grass or Read the additional information carefully lights on, a change in direction or traffic lane fuel). ›››  page 21 can be indicated as usual using the turn sig- Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a nal lever. The hazard lights will be interrup- Note broken down vehicle. In a number of counted temporarily. ● The vehicle battery will discharge and run tries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn If the hazard warning lights are not working, down if the hazard warning lights remain on on the hazard warning lights and use a re- you must use an alternative method of draw- for too long (even with the ignition turned flective safety vest ››› page 71. ing attention to your vehicle. This method off). If your vehicle breaks down: must comply with traffic legislation.

106 Lights and visibility

● In some vehicles, the brake lights will flash Headlight range control, lighting of To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111: when braking abruptly at speeds of approxi- the instrument panel and controls mately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles Value Vehicle load statusa) travelling behind. If braking continues, the All seats occupied, luggage compartment hazard warning lights system will automati- 1 empty

cally be turned on at a speed of less than ap- data Technical proximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The brake All seats occupied, luggage compartment 2 lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the haz- full. ard warning lights will be automatically turned off. 3 Driver only, luggage compartment full

If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the Advice table, it is possible to select intermediary positions. Adjusting the headlights Instrument and switch lighting In those countries where vehicles drive on Fig. 111 Next to the steering wheel: Head- light range control When the side lights or dipped beam head- the other side of the road to the home coun- lights are switched on, the lighting for instru- try, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle Headlamp height adjustment ments and controls lights up at a constant drivers of oncoming vehicles. brightness. Operation The headlight range control ››› Fig. 111 is For this reason, stickers may be needed to modified according to the value of the head- WARNING cover the headlights when driving abroad. light beam and the vehicle load status. This For further information, please refer to a spe- offers the driver optimum visibility and the Heavy objects in the back of vehicle may cialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers cause headlight dazzle and distract other a technical service. ››› . drivers. This could result in a serious accident. Note The headlights can only be adjusted when ● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load Emergencies the dipped beam is switched on. The use of stickers to cover headlights is only status so that it does not blind other drivers. permitted over a short period. To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanent- To reset, turn switch ››› Fig. 111: ly, please take the vehicle to a specialised Value Vehicle load statusa) Luggage compartment light

workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car Safety in for technical service. Two front occupants, luggage compart- – The light is activated when the rear lid is ment empty open, even when the ignition and lights are turned off. For this reason, ensure that the rear lid is always closed. 107 Operation

Visibility WARNING tions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover the uncoated surface on the Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility. interior or exterior. Sun visors ● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use. Windscreen wiper and window Heat-insulating glass windscreen wiper systems

Window wiper lever

Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 22

Fig. 112 Sun visor WARNING Water from the windscreen washer water bot- Options for adjusting driver and front pas- tle may freeze on the windscreen if it does senger sun visors: not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibility. ● Lower the sun visor towards the wind- Fig. 113 Windscreen with reflective infrared ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer screen. and metal coating and small window (red sur- contains enough anti-freeze. ● The sun visor can be pulled out of its face) mounting and turned towards the door. ● In cold conditions, you should not use the The heat-insulating windscreens include a re- wash/wipe system unless you have warmed ● Swing the sun visor towards the door, lon- flective infrared coating. The section above the windscreen with the ventilation system. gitudinally backwards. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated and reduce visibility. (communication window) to allow electric Vanity mirror* components from the accessories shop to There may be a vanity mirror in the folded operate correctly ››› Fig. 113. WARNING sun visor on the passenger side and a card- Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility holder in the driver sun visor. CAUTION and increase the risk of accident and serious When the uncoated surface is covered or has injury. a sticker on the interior or exterior, malfunc-

108 Lights and visibility

● Always replace damaged or worn blades or moving, the more often the windscreen is Rain and light sensor blades which do not clean the windscreen cleaned. correctly. ● The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is on and the car CAUTION is in reverse gear. Technical data Technical In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the glass before using the wipers for the first time. In cold Windscreen wiper functions weather, it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the wipers in service position

Windscreen wiper performance in different sit- Advice ›››  page 46. uations

The activated position provision- Fig. 114 Windscreen wiper lever: adjusting CAUTION If the vehicle is at a ally changes to the previous posi- the rain sensor 1 . standstill If the ignition is switched off while the wind- tion. screen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the Intervals between wipes depend For intermittent wip- on the vehicle's speed. The high-

ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and Operation ers er the vehicle speed the shorter other obstacles may damage the windscreen the intervals. wiper and the respective motor. ● If necessary, remove snow and ice from the Note windscreen wipers before starting your journey. The wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the windscreen. The wiper will ● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers stop moving if the obstacle blocks its path. from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer Emergencies Remove the obstacle and switch the wiper spray for this operation. back on again. Fig. 115 Rain sensor reference surface.

Note When activated, the rain and light sensor au- ● The windscreen wipers will only work when tomatically controls the windscreen washer the ignition is switched on. intervals depending on the intensity of the Safety ● The interval wipe speed varies according to rainfall. » the vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle is

109 Operation

When the rain and light sensor is deactiva- face ››› Fig. 115 1 of the rain and light sen- CAUTION ted, the duration of the intervals is adjusted sor: to set levels. The rain and light sensor does not always de- ● Windscreen wiper blades damaged: The tect rainfall with sufficient accuracy so does presence of a film or strips of water caused not always switch on the windscreen wiper at Activating and deactivating the rain and the right moment. light sensor by damaged blades may cause the windscreen wipers to be slower taking effect, ● If necessary, switch on the windscreen wip- Move the lever to the required position shorten wiping intervals or cause wiping to ers manually when water on the windscreen ››› Fig. 114: be fast and continuous. obstructs visibility. ● Position A - The rain and light sensor is ● Insects: mosquitoes impacting the wind- deactivated. screen can activate the windscreen wiper. Note ● Position B - The rain and light sensor is ● Traces of salt: in winter, the windscreen We recommend the use of a glass cleaning activated will wipe automatically as needed. wiper may work for longer than usual due to product containing alcohol to remove traces the presence of traces of salt on the almost of wax or polish. When the ignition is switched off and then dry windscreen. back on again, the rain sensor stays on and starts operating again when the windscreen ● Dirt: the presence of dry dust, wax, coating wipers are in position B and the vehicle is films (Lotus effect) or traces of detergent (car Mirror travelling at more than 4 km/h (2 mph). wash) etc., on the windscreen may cause the rain and light sensor to be less sensitive, re- Interior rear vision mirror Setting the sensitivity level of the rain and act more slowly, later or not at all. light sensor ● Cracked windscreen: the impact of a stone The sensitivity of the rain and light sensor will trigger a single wipe cycle if the rain and can be adjusted manually with the control 1 light sensor is activated. Subsequently, the on the windscreen wiper lever ››› . sensor detects the reduction in the reference surface area and adapts accordingly. The be- ● Moving the control to the right: highly sen- haviour of the sensor will vary with the size of sitive. the damage. ● Moving the control to the left: less sensi- Clean the reference surface area of the rain tive. and light sensor 1 regularly and check that the windscreen wiper blades have not been Malfunction of the rain and light sensor damaged. Fig. 116 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear Some examples of possible causes of faults vision mirror and mistaken readings on the reference sur- 110 Lights and visibility

The driver should always adjust the rear vi- ● When moving the mirror, take care not to sion mirror to permit adequate visibility trap fingers between the mirror and the mir- through the rear window. ror bracket.

Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear WARNING vision mirror data Technical Failure to correctly estimate the distance of ● Basic position: point the lever at the bot- the vehicle behind could lead to serious acci- tom of the mirror forwards. dent. ● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti- ● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors in- dazzle function ››› Fig. 116.

crease the field of vision, however objects ap- Advice Fig. 118 In the driver door: rotary control for pear smaller and further away in the mirrors. the exterior electric mirrors ● The use of these mirrors to estimate the Exterior mirrors Read the additional information carefully distance to the next vehicle when changing ›››  page 13 lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident. Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the ● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to es- adjust button ››› Fig. 117 or the rotary con-

timate distances to vehicles behind you or in Operation trol* ››› Fig. 118. other circumstances. Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning ● Make sure that the rear visibility is ade- them to their original position is possible quate. through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards For the sake of the environment the side window or pull it away from the win- The exterior mirror heating should be switch- dow until it clicks into place. Emergencies ed off when it is no longer needed. Other- Fig. 117 In the front doors: button to adjust wise, it is an unnecessary fuel waste. the mechanical exterior rear vision mirror WARNING Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking Note care to avoid injuries.

● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror when In the event of a fault, the electric exterior Safety there is no-one in the way of the mirror. mirrors can be adjusted manually by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.

111 Operation Seats and head restraints Removing and fitting the rear head re- ● Insert the head restraint into the guides on straints the seat backrest. Adjusting the seat and head re- ● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button 1 . straints ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward again until it is engaged. Manual front seat adjustment ● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position page 52. Read the additional information carefully ››› ›››  page 12 WARNING WARNING Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of The safe driving chapter contains important severe or fatal injuries in the event of acci- information, tips, suggestions and warnings Fig. 119 Removing the rear head restraint dents and sudden braking or manoeuvres. that you should read and observe for your own safety and the safety of your passengers The rear seats are equipped with a head re- ● Always fit and adjust the head restraint ››› page 49. straint. properly whenever a person is occupying a seat. ● Refit any removed head restraints immedi- WARNING Removing the rear head restraint. ately so that passengers are properly protec- ● ● Adjust the front seats only when the vehi- Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward ted. cle is stationary. Failure to follow this instruc- ››› page 123. tion could result in an accident. ● Push the head restraint up as far as it will CAUTION ● Be careful when adjusting the seat height. go ››› . When removing and fitting the head restraint, Careless or uncontrolled adjustment can ● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting cause injuries. make sure it does not hit the headliner of the without releasing the button ››› Fig. 119 1 . vehicle or the front seat backrest. Otherwise, ● The front seat backrests must not be re- ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat backward the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle clined for driving. Otherwise, seat belts and again until it is engaged. could be damaged. the airbag system might not protect as they should in case of an accident, increasing risk ● Safely store the removed head restraints. of injury. Fitting the rear head restraint ● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it forward ››› page 123. 112 Seats and head restraints

Seat functions Cases in which the heat seating should not ● Do not leave wet or damp objects or cloth- be switched on ing on the seat. Seat heating* Do not switch the seat heating on if any of ● Do not spill liquid on the seat. the following conditions are met:

● The seat is not occupied. CAUTION data Technical ● The seat has a cover. ● To avoid damaging the heating elements, refrain from kneeling on the seat or applying ● A child seat has been installed on the seat. sharp pressure at a single point to the seat ● The seat cushion is wet or damp. cushion or backrest.

● The outdoor or indoor temperature is great- ● If liquids are spilled on the seats, sharp ob- Advice er than +25°C (77°F). jects are left on them or insulating materials are fitted (such as a cover or a child seat) on WARNING them, the heating could get damaged. ● If you notice any odour, switch off the seat Fig. 120 In the centre console: Front seats People whose pain or temperature threshold heating immediately and have the unit in- heating switch has been affected by some kind of medicine, spected by a specialised workshop. paralysis or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) With the engine on, the seat cushion and the could sustain burns to the back, buttocks or Operation seat backrest can be heated electrically. legs. These burns could take a long time to For the sake of the environment heal or never fully heal. Seek medical advice The seat heating should be switched off ● Switching on: press the  or  button at if you have any doubts regarding your health. when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it is the top of the centre console. Seat heating ● People with a limited pain or temperature an unnecessary fuel waste. operates at full power. All the control lamps threshold should never use the seat heating. light up. Emergencies ● Adjust: press the  or  button repeatedly WARNING to adjust it to the required level. If the upholstery gets soaked, the heat seat- ● Switching off: press the  or  button as ing could stop working properly and the risk many times as necessary until no control of burns could increase. lamp remains on. ● Before using the seat heater, make sure Safety that the seat cushion is dry. When heat seating is at maximum level, after approximately 15 minutes, it automatically ● Do not sit on the seat if your clothes are adjusts to the first level. damp or wet.

113 Operation

Transport and practical ● While driving, always keep object compart- Transporting the load ments closed. Secure all objects in the vehicle equipment ● Remove all objects from the front passenger seat when it is folded down. When the ● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle Transporting objects seat backrest is folded down, it presses on and on the roof as uniformly as possible. small and light objects and these are detec- ● Transport heavy objects as far forward as ted by the weight sensor on the seat; this Introduction possible in the luggage compartment and sends false information to the airbag control unit. lock the seat backs in the vertical position. Always transport heavy loads in the luggage ● Check the headlight adjustment compartment and place the seat backs in a ● While the backrest of the front passenger ››› page 103. vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. seat is folded, the frontal airbag must remain Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG ● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to OFF  light on. tribution of the load in the vehicle affect driv- the load being transported. Read the tyre in- ing behaviour and braking ability ››› . ● Objects secured in the vehicle should never flation information label ››› page 200. be placed in such a way as to make passen- WARNING gers sit in an incorrect position. CAUTION ● If secured objects occupy a seat, this seat Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can Objects on the shelf could chafe against the should not be occupied or used by anyone. cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- wires of the heating element in the heated noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- rear window and cause damage. dent. This is especially true when objects are WARNING struck by a detonating airbag and fired The driving behaviour and braking ability Note through the vehicle interior. To reduce the change when transporting heavy and large risks, please note the following: Please refer to the notes on loading the roof objects. carrier ››› page 127. ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- keep equipment and heavy objects in the lug- bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. gage compartment. ● Accelerate gently and carefully. ● Always secure objects with suitable rope or Driving with the rear lid open slings so that they cannot enter the deploy- ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. ment areas around the frontal or side airbags ● Brake early. Driving with the rear lid open creates an addi- in case of sudden braking or an accident. tional risk. Secure all objects and secure the ● Always ensure that objects inside the vehi- rear lid correctly and take all measures possi- cle cannot move into the deployment area of ble to reduce toxic gases from entering the the bags while driving. vehicle.

114 Transport and practical equipment

WARNING lowing to reduce the entry of toxic gases in- ● When transporting heavy objects, use suit- side the vehicle: able ropes or straps. Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries. – Close all windows. ● Lock the seat backs in vertical position. ● Always drive with the rear lid closed. – Disable air recirculation mode.

● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose – Open all of the air outlets on the instru- data Technical items could fall out of the vehicle and injure ment panel. Practical equipment other road users or damage other vehicles. – Switch on the blower to maximum. ● Drive particularly carefully and think Introduction ahead. CAUTION ● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking giv- Storage compartments must only be used to Advice An open boot hatch changes the length and en that this could cause an uncontrolled height of the vehicle. store light or small objects. movement of the open rear lid. ● When transporting objects that protrude WARNING out of the luggage compartment, indicate In the event of sudden braking movements or them suitably. Observe legal requirements. Driving a loaded vehicle turns, loose objects may be thrown around ● If objects must project out of the luggage the vehicle interior. This could cause serious

For the best handling when driving a loaded Operation compartment, the rear lid must never be used injuries to passengers and cause the driver to vehicle, note the following: to “secure” or “attach” objects. lose control of the vehicle. ● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it ● Secure all objects ››› page 114. ● Do not transport animals or place hard, should be removed before travelling with the ● Accelerate gently and carefully. heavy or sharp objects inside the vehicle in: rear lid open. open storage compartments, dash panel, rear ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. shelf, items of clothing or bags. WARNING ● Brake early. ● While driving, always keep object compartments closed. Emergencies Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior ● If necessary, read the instructions for driv- when the rear lid is open. This could cause ing with a roof carrier system ››› page 127. loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poi- WARNING soning, serious injury and accidents. WARNING Objects falling into the driver's footwell could ● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle al- A sliding load could considerably affect the prevent use of the pedals. This could lead the Safety ways drive with the rear lid closed. stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in driver to lose control of the vehicle, increas- ● In exceptional circumstances, if you must an accident with serious consequences. ing the risk of a serious accident. » drive with the rear lid open, observe the fol- ● Secure loads correctly so they do not move.

115 Operation

● Make sure the pedals can be used at all Storage compartment on the driver Compartment on the centre console times, with no objects rolling underneath side them. ● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor. ● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by the factory. ● Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.

CAUTION

● Objects on the shelf could chafe against Fig. 121 On the driver side: storage compart- the wires of the heating element in the heat- ment ed rear window and cause damage. Fig. 122 In the front part of the centre console: storage compartment ● Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, There may be a storage compartment on the food or medicines inside the vehicle. Heat driver side. The storage compartment ››› Fig. 122 may be and cold could damage them or render them used as a drink holder ››› page 119 or as an useless. ashtray* ››› page 120 or to store small ob- ● Light-transparent objects placed inside the jects. vehicle, such as lenses, magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, Note may concentrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle. A 12 volt electrical socket ››› page 120 can be found in the storage compartment. Note The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.

116 Transport and practical equipment

Storage compartment with cover on Opening and closing the storage compart- Bag support* the passenger side* ment cover Pull the lever to open ››› Fig. 123 1 . To close, press the cover upwards until it

clicks into place. data Technical

Sunglasses storage compartment. Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment. Advice The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage compartment Fig. 124 Storage on front passenger side: 2 . folding hook.

Supports On the opening lever of the glove compart- Next to the eyeglass storage compartment is ment on the passenger side there is a folding hook ››› Fig. 124 for hanging small items of a notebook holder 3 and in the interior of Operation the storage compartment there is a pen hold- luggage, e.g. bags, etc. er 4 , a map storage area and a coin tray 5 . CAUTION ● The maximum weight for the hook is 1.5 CAUTION kg. For structural reasons, some model versions ● With the hook folded forward, it automati-

will have gaps behind the glove compartment cally draws up when the compartment is Emergencies into which small objects may fall. This could opened. lead to strange noises and damage to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in ● We recommend removing hanging bags Fig. 123 Storage compartment with cover on from the hook before opening the glove com- the passenger side the glove compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces provided. partment.

There may be a storage compartment with Safety cover on the passenger side.

117 Operation

Open storage compartment on the Storage compartment in the back of Other storage compartments passenger side* the centre console

Fig. 127 In front of the rear seats: storage Fig. 125 Open storage compartment on the Fig. 126 In the back part of the centre con- compartment passenger side sole: storage compartment

There may be an open storage compartment The drink holder at the back of the centre on the passenger side. console can be used as a storage compartment. Support

In the open glove compartment there is a hook for bags ››› Fig. 125 1 .

Fig. 128 In the centre pillars: coat hooks

Coat hooks The centre pillars contain garment hooks ››› Fig. 128 (arrow).

Other storage compartments: ● In the front door trims ››› page 86. 118 Transport and practical equipment

● In front of the rear seats ››› Fig. 127. ● Ensure that no bottles or other object are Centre console drink holders ● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*. dropped in the driver footwell, as they could get under the pedals and obstruct their work- ● Bag hook in the luggage compartment ing. ››› page 123. ● Never place heavy containers, food or other

● data Technical In the upper part of the centre console, in- heavy objects in the drink holder. In the stead of the radio ››› Fig. 94 11 . event of an accident, these heavy objects could be “thrown around” the vehicle interior WARNING and cause serious injuries. Clothing hung on the coat hooks could re-

strict the driver's view and lead to serious ac- WARNING Advice cidents. Closed bottles inside the vehicle could ex- ● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that plode or crack due to the heat or the cold. Fig. 129 In the front part of the centre con- driver's view is not restricted. sole: drink holder ● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if ● The coat hook is suitable for light items of the inside temperature is too high or too low. clothing. Never place heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.

CAUTION Operation Do not leave open drinks containers in the Drink holders drink holders when the vehicle is in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, The drink holders are in the open storage and cause damage to the vehicle and the compartments in the driver and passenger electrical system. doors. Emergencies

WARNING Fig. 130 In the back part of the centre con- Improper use of the drink holders can cause sole: drink holder injury. There are drink holders in the front and rear ● Do not place containers with hot drinks in a parts of the centre console. » Safety drink holder. During sudden braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spilled and lead to scalding.

119 Operation

Securing the drink container in the front ● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the WARNING drink holder drink holder from above. Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause Fold the drink holder ››› Fig. 129 forward. a fire or burns and other serious injuries. WARNING Place the drink container in the drink holder ● The cigarette lighter must only be used to Incorrect use of the ashtray may cause a fire so that it is securely surrounded. light cigarettes or similar. or burns and other serious injuries. ● Never leave children unsupervised in the ● Never put paper or other flammable objects vehicle. The cigarette lighter can be used in the ashtray. Ashtray* when the ignition is switched on.

Note Cigarette lighter* The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.

Power socket*

Fig. 131 In the front part of the centre console: opening the ashtray.

Opening and closing the ashtray Fig. 132 In the front part of the centre console: lighter To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 131. ● Push the button on the cigarette lighter in- To close, push the ashtray lid down. ward with the ignition on ››› Fig. 132. ● Wait for the lighter to pop out slightly. Fig. 133 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket Emptying the ashtray in the storage compartment ● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the ● Remove the ashtray from the storage com- cigarette on the glowing coil . ››› Electrical equipment can be connected to the partment lifting it up. ● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert. socket in the vehicle.

120 Transport and practical equipment

All connected appliances should be in per- switching the ignition on or off and before sockets in order to charge the vehicle's bat- fect working order without any faults. starting the engine. tery. ● Only use accessories with approved elec- Maximum power consumption WARNING tromagnetic compatibility according to cur- Improper use of the socket or electrical devi- rent regulations.

Power sock- data Technical Maximum power consumption ces could lead to a fire and cause serious in- et ● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, juries. switch off all devices connected to the 12 V 12 Volts 120 Watts ● Never leave children unsupervised in the socket before switching the ignition on or off vehicle. The socket and equipment connected and before starting the engine. The maximum capacity of the socket must to it can be used when the ignition is switch- ● Never connect an appliance to the 12 volt not be exceeded. The power consumption is ed on. power socket that consumes more than the Advice indicated on the rating plate of each appli- ● Should a connected electrical device over- power indicated in watts. Exceeding the max- ance. heat, switch it off and unplug it immediately. imum power absorption could damage the vehicle's electrical system. Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating of all the con- CAUTION For the sake of the environment nected devices must never exceed 190 Watts ● Always follow the operating instructions for ››› .

the appliances to be connected! Do not leave the engine running when the ve- Operation ● Never exceed the maximum power rating as hicle is at a standstill. 12 volt power socket this could damage the vehicle's general elec- The 12 volt socket is found in the storage trical system. Note compartment at the front of the centre con- ● 12 volt power socket: ● Using devices with the engine stopped and sole Fig. 133 and only functions when the ››› – Only use accessories with approved elec- the ignition switched on will drain the bat- ignition is switched on. tromagnetic compatibility according to tery. Emergencies Using electrical appliances with the engine current regulations. ● Unshielded equipment can cause interfer- stopped and the ignition switched on will – Never power the socket. ence on the radio equipment and the vehi- drain the battery. Therefore, electrical devi- cle's electrical system. ces connected to the power socket can only CAUTION ● Interference can occur on the radio's AM be used when the engine is running. waveband if electrical appliances are used

● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical near the aerial. Safety To prevent voltage variations from causing system, never connect equipment that gener- damage, switch off the electrical device con- ates electrical current, such as solar panels nected to the 12 Volt power socket before or battery chargers, to the 12 volt power

121 Operation

Portable smartphone holder ● Press the release button ››› Fig. 135 5 un- Install the housing til the top arm of the universal holder disen- ● Insert the universal holder ››› Fig. 134 3 gages. into the slots 2 on the holder 1 . ● Remove the smart phone and, as the case ● Move the universal holder to the side in the may be, unplug any cables. locking direction 4 until it engages audibly ››› . Inserting a smart phone ● Place the holder arm ››› Fig. 135 1 in the ● If necessary, install the smartphone hous- anchoring plate ››› Fig. 135 3 from above ing ››› . and press down on it until you hear it en- ● Connect the smartphone. gage ››› . ● Place the smartphone on the bottom WARNING Fig. 134 Assembling the universal support mountings. To adjust the bottom mountings, and the holding arm. press button ››› Fig. 135 4 . If a smartphone is not secured or is incorrect- ● Press the top arm of the universal holder ly secured in the vehicle, it could be flung though the interior during a sudden driving until the smartphone is securely held in or braking manoeuvre or in the event of an place. accident, and could cause injuries. ● The infotainment system holder must be Disassembling the housing properly secured in the corresponding gap in ● If necessary, remove the smartphone. the dash panel. ● Grip the universal holder ››› Fig. 134 3 and ● The infotainment system must always be press the release button ››› Fig. 134 4 . properly secured in its holder or stored safely in the vehicle. ● Push the universal holder to the right (anticlockwise) and remove it. CAUTION ● Grip the holder arm and ››› Fig. 135 1 and press the release button Fig. 135 4 in the If tilt and angle of visibility are not properly Fig. 135 In the centre console: close the com- ››› adjusted the smart phone could be damaged. partment where the infotainment system is direction of the arrow. housed. ● Remove the holder from the dash panel up- ● When adjusting the smartphone, move it wards. with care and never beyond its limits. Removing the smartphone ● Grip the smartphone firmly with one hand.

122 Transport and practical equipment

CAUTION fects on the driving behaviour and braking and moving to the airbag deployment area in ability ››› . the event of sudden movements or accidents. At very high or very low temperatures the smartphone might not operate properly, or ● While driving, always keep object compart- WARNING the actual device could get damaged. ments closed. ● Take your smart phone with you when you When the vehicle is not in use or being ● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects Technical data Technical get out of the vehicle to protect it from very watched, always lock the doors and the rear inside the vehicle interior, in open storage high or very low temperatures, and from in- lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash tense solar radiation. death. panel. ● Do not leave children unwatched, especial- ● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from ly when the boot is open. Children could clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and

CAUTION Advice climb into the luggage compartment, close store securely. Humidity can damage the electrical contacts the rear lid from inside and be unable to es- for the smartphone on the instrument panel. cape themselves. This could lead to serious WARNING ● Do not wet the smartphone’s housing when injury or death. cleaning it. Use only a dry cloth. ● Never allow children to play in or around The transport of heavy object changes vehi- the vehicle. cle handling and increases braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or se- Note ● Never transport people in the luggage compartment. cured correctly could cause loss of control Operation SEAT recommends that you always take your and result in serious injury. smart phone with you when you get out of ● Vehicle handling changes when transport- the vehicle to avoid possible thefts. WARNING ing heavy objects due to a change in the cen- Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can tre of gravity. cause serious injury in case of a sudden ma- ● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low noeuvring or breaking or in case of an acci- down on the vehicle as possible. Luggage compartment dent. This is especially true when objects are ● Store heavy objects in the luggage com- Emergencies struck by a detonating airbag and fired partment as far from the rear axle as possi- through the vehicle interior. To reduce the Introduction ble. risks, please note the following: Always transport heavy loads in the luggage ● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always compartment and place the seat backs in a place equipment and heavy objects in the CAUTION vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. boot. Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe Safety Both the carrying capacity as well as the dis- ● Always secure objects to the fastening against the wires of the heating element in tribution of the load in the vehicle have ef- rings with suitable rope or straps to prevent the heated rear window and cause damage. » them from being thrown around the interior

123 Operation

Note ● Pull the unlock switch ››› Fig. 136 A for- ● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs wards whilst simultaneously lifting the rear away from the range of the rear seat backr- The ventilating slits between the heated rear seat backrest. ests when folding and lifting them. window and the rear shelf must not be covered so that used air can escape from the ve- ● The rear seat backrest is not engaged when ● All seat backrests must engage correctly for hicle. the red marking of the button B is visible. the seat belts on the rear seats to work prop- ● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people erly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger (including children) are not permitted to trav- can be thrust forward with the rear seat back- el in the rear folded seats. Folding and lifting up the rear seat rest in case of sudden braking, sudden ma- bench backrest noeuvres or an accident. Folding up the rear seat backrest ● A red signal on the button B warns that ● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and the backrest is not engaged. Always check to push it firmly into the lock until it clicks se- make sure that the red mark is not visible curely into place ››› . when the backrest of the rear seat is in the upright position. ● The red marking on the unlock button B must not be seen. ● No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or not correctly engag- ● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat ed. is securely locked in position so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats. CAUTION ● Before folding the rear seat backrest, adjust Fig. 136 Rear seat: unlock button A ; red If necessary, reinstall and readjust the head the front seats so that neither the head re- marking B restraints ››› page 112. straint or backrest hit them when folded. If necessary, remove the head restraints WARNING The rear seat backrest can be folded forward ››› page 112 and store them safely. to extend the luggage compartment. Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without paying attention Folding the rear seat backrest forwards could cause serious injury. ● Push the head restraint down as far as it ● Never fold or lift the seats while driving. will go or remove it if necessary ››› page 49 ● Do no trap or damage seat belts when rais- and store it in a safe place. ing the seat backrest.

124 Transport and practical equipment

Luggage compartment shelf* ● Never transport animals on the rear shelf. Luggage compartment variable floor ● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Al- ways lower it or remove it before the journey.

CAUTION data Technical To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged: ● Always check that the side supports are firmly engaged.

● Regulate the height of the load in the lug- Advice gage compartment to ensure the rear shelf Fig. 137 In the luggage compartment: remov- does not press down on the load with the rear ing and installing the rear shelf lid closed.

You may put light items of clothing on the rear shelf. Check that the rear view is not limited. Operation

Removing the shelf Fig. 138 A: open the boot variable floor. B: raised boot variable floor. » ● Unhook the loops ››› Fig. 137 B from housings A . ● Extract the shelf from its housing C up-

wards and then pull it out. Emergencies

WARNING Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre, sud- Safety den braking or an accident. ● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the rear shelf.

125 Operation

Extending the luggage compartment forward WARNING ● Disassemble the luggage compartment tray If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining ››› page 125. straps are used, they may break in the event ● Disassemble the rear headrests ››› page 49. of braking or an accident. Objects could then be launched across the passenger compart- ● Fold the backrest of the rear seat forward ment and cause serious or fatal injuries. ››› page 124. ● It is important to always use belts or retain- ● If necessary, expand the boot downward. ing straps that are suitable and in a good condition. CAUTION ● Belts and retaining straps should be se- Do not let the luggage compartment floor fall curely fastened to the fastening rings. when closing it. Always carefully guide it ● Objects in the luggage compartment that downward in a controlled manner. Otherwise, are unsecured could move suddenly and mod- the lining and the floor of the boot could be ify the handling of the vehicle. damaged. ● Small light objects should also be fixed in place. Fig. 139 C: extend the boot downward. D: ex- ● A child seat should never be secured with tend the boot forward. Class N1 (commercial) vehicles the fastening rings.

Raise and lower the boot floor For safe vehicle operation, the electrical system must work perfectly. Special attention Note ● To raise the floor, raise handle should be paid so it is not damaged during ● The maximum tensile load that the fasten- ››› Fig. 138 1 in the direction of the arrow adjustment, loading and unloading of trans- ing rings can support is 3.5 kN. and pull from the floor all the way up ported objects. ››› Fig. 138 B. ● Belts and securing systems for the appropriate load can be obtained from specialised ● To lower it, guide the floor downward. dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a Fastening rings* SEAT dealership for this. Extend the boot downward ● Raise the boot floor and push it downward In the front part of the luggage compartment, in the rail ››› Fig. 139 C (arrows) there may be fastening rings to secure the luggage. ● Place the variable floor over the floor lining. ● If necessary, fold the backrest of the rear In order to use the fastening rings, they must seat forward ››› page 124. be lifted beforehand. 126 Transport and practical equipment

Retaining hooks Roof carrier ● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking. Introduction ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and weather conditions. The vehicle roof has been designed to opti- Technical data Technical mise aerodynamics. For this reason, conven- CAUTION tional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water drains. ● Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car wash. Given that the water drains have been incor- ● The height of your vehicle is changed by porated into the roof for aerodynamic rea- the installation of the roof carrier and the Advice sons, only the SEAT approved basic supports load secured on it. Compare the vehicle and roof carrier systems can be used. Fig. 140 In the luggage compartment: retain- height with the passage height, for example ing hooks in underground car parks or for garage doors. When the roof carrier system should be re- ● The roof antenna and the range of the rear There may be hooks in the upper left and moved: lid should not be affected by the roof carrier right part of the luggage compartment. ● When they are not used. system or the load being transported.

● When the vehicle is being washed in a car ● Take extra care not to let the hatch strike Operation WARNING wash. the roof load when opening. Never use these hooks to secure objects. In ● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi- case of sudden braking or an accident, they mum height, for example, in some garages. For the sake of the environment could rupture. The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof car- WARNING rier system is fitted. CAUTION The risk of an accident is increased by trans- Emergencies The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg porting heavy or bulky loads on the roof, each. which affects the car's handling by shifting the centre of gravity and increasing suscepti- bility to cross winds. ● Always secure loads correctly with suitable Safety and undamaged attachment rope or straps. ● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of gravity and handling. 127 Operation

Fastening the base supports and the cles, skis, surf boards or boats on the roof. ● Only use base supports and roof carrier roof carrier system The suitable accessories can be acquired at systems that are not damaged and are cor- SEAT dealerships. rectly fitted. ● The base support should only be fitted to Securing the base supports and roof carrier the points indicated in the diagram system ››› Fig. 141. The roof carrier system must always be instal- ● Secure the base supports and roof carrier led exactly according to the instructions pro- system correctly. vided. ● Check the screws and attachments before Two-door vehicles: the holes and marks indi- driving and after a short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments cating the fitting points for base front sup- during every break. ports are in the lower half of the roof struts ››› Fig. 141 (enlarged left image). The holes ● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly Fig. 141 Attachment points for the basic sup- and marks are only seen with the door open. for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc. ports and the roof carrier system in two-door The fitting marks for base rear supports are in ● Never modify or repair the basic supports vehicles. the upper half of the windows ››› Fig. 141 (en- or roof carrier system. larged right image). Four-door vehicles: the holes or marks indi- Note cating the fitting points for base supports are Read and take into account the instructions in the lower half of the roof struts and can on- included with the roof carrier system fitted ly be seen with the door open ››› Fig. 142. and keep them in the vehicle. The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram. Loading the roof carrier WARNING Loads can only be correctly secured when the If the base supports and the roof carrier sys- roof carrier system is correctly fitted ››› . Fig. 142 Attachment points for the basic sup- tem are incorrectly fitted or used in an unsuit- ports and the roof carrier system in four-door able manner, the entire system could break vehicles. free causing accident and injury. Maximum authorised roof load The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The mounts are the basis of a complete roof ● Always take the manufacturer assembly in- The roof load includes the weight of the base carrier system. Special fixtures must be add- structions into account. ed in order to safely transport luggage, bicy- 128 Air conditioning support, the roof carrier system and the load ● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carri- Air conditioning being transported ››› . er system even if this is less than the maxi- Always check the weight of the base support, mum authorised roof load. Heating, ventilation and air the roof carrier system and the weight of the ● Secure heavy items as far forward as possi- load to be transported and, if necessary, ble and distribute the vehicle load uniformly. conditioning weigh them. Never exceed the maximum au- data Technical thorised roof load. WARNING Introduction

If you are using a roof carrier with a lower Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall Read the additional information carefully weight rating, you cannot transport the maxi- from the roof carrier system causing acci- ›››  page 27

mum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum dents and injury. Advice weight limit for the roof carrier given in the ● Always use suitable ropes and straps in One of the following systems can be installed fitting instructions. good condition. in the vehicle: ● Always secure loads correctly. ● Heating and fresh air system Distributing a load ● Manual air conditioning Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly ››› . ● Climatronic Operation The heating and fresh air system heats and Check attachments ventilates the interior. The heating and fresh After fitting the base supports and the roof air system cannot cool. carrier system, always check the attachments The manual air conditioning and the Clima- after a short trip and at regular intervals. tronic cool and dehumidify the air. They operate most effectively with the windows and WARNING the sunroof closed. If a great deal of heat ac- Emergencies Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load cumulates in the interior, ventilating it can can result in accidents and/or vehicle dam- accelerate the cooling process. age. ● Never surpass the maximum authorised Display of active functions weight for the roof, the maximum authorised Safety weight on the axles and the total maximum The LEDs that light up on the rotary controls authorised weight of the vehicle. on the buttons indicate that the function in question is activated. »

129 Operation

In the case of the Climatronic, the control since no exterior air enters the interior during lead to collisions, accidents and serious in- panel screen shows the functions that are that time. jury. currently activated. ● Never use the air recirculation for too long, CAUTION since no exterior air enters the interior during WARNING that time. If the air conditioning is not working, switch When visibility through the window display is ● it off immediately, together with the de- When the cooling is switched off and the poor, the risk of collisions and accidents frost/demist function (in the case of manual air recirculation is on, the windows can mist which may cause serious injury increases. air conditioning) and have a specialised over very quickly and seriously impair visibil- ● To guarantee good visibility, keep all win- workshop check it out. This may help to avoid ity. dows free of ice and snow and properly dem- other possible damage. ● Switch the air recirculation off when you do isted. not need it. ● Adjust the heating, air conditioning and the CAUTION heated rear window so that the windows do CAUTION not mist up. To avoid damaging the heated rear window, In vehicles with an air conditioner, do not ● Drive off only when you have good visibility never affix adhesives to the electric filaments smoke when air recirculation is switched on. through the windows. on the inside of it. The smoke taken in could impregnate the ● Do not use the air recirculation for long pe- cooling vaporiser and the activated charcoal riods of time. When the cooling is switched cartridge of the dust and pollen filter, leading off and the air recirculation is on, the win- Air recirculation to permanent unpleasant odours. dows can mist over very quickly and seriously impair visibility. In air recirculation mode, no fresh air enters Note ● Switch the air recirculation off when you do the vehicle interior. not need it. To switch on the air recirculation, turn the ad- ● Climatronic: When reverse gear is engaged, the air recirculation switches on briefly to juster to the right  or press the  button. prevent exhaust gas from entering the interi- WARNING To switch off the air recirculation, turn the ad- or. Used air can quickly cause driver tiredness juster to the left  or press the  ››› but- ● When the outside temperature is very high, and reduce their attention span, which could ton again. it is recommendable to switch the air recircu- lead to collisions, accidents and serious in- lation on briefly to cool down the interior jury. WARNING faster. ● Never switch off the fan for a long time or Used air can quickly cause driver tiredness leave the air recirculation on for too long, and reduce their attention span, which could

130 Air conditioning

Air vents Technical data Technical Advice

Fig. 143 On the dash panel: air vents

To achieve sufficient heating power, cooling the windows as best as possible, open CAUTION and ventilation in the interior, the vents the corresponding vent and turn it to the should be left open. defrost/demist position, where it will en- Never place food, medicines or other temper- gage. ature-sensitive objects close to the air vents. Operation Key to the Fig. 143: Food, medicines and other objects sensitive 2 Non-adjustable air vents to heat or cold may be damaged or made un- 1 Adjustable air vents: the vent slats can suitable for use by the air coming from the be used to open and close the vents and There are more vents in the footwell areas vents. to adjust air direction. For the air to reach and at the back of the interior. Emergencies Safety

131 Operation

Tips and instructions for use

Fig. 144 At the top of the centre console: Clima- tronic controls

The following tips and instructions for use How to optimise visibility ● Set fan speed  or . will help you to use the systems properly. ● To improve heating or cooling performance ● Turn the temperature control to the inter- and to prevent the windows from misting mediate position. Reasons why the cooling switches off auto- over, keep the air intake slots in front of the ● Open and direct all the air outlets in the matically or will not switch on windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves. dash panel. ● The engine is not running. ● To allow the air to move freely through the ● Turn the air distribution control to the re- ● The fan is switched off. interior from the front to the rear, keep the quired position. ventilation slits located at the back of the ● The air conditioner fuse has blown. ● Manual air conditioning: press the  but- luggage compartment free. ● The outside temperature is lower than ap- ton in the control panel to switch on the cool- ● proximately +3°C (+38°F). The highest possible heating power will on- ing. The air is dehumidified in cooling mode. ly be reached and ice removed from the win- ● The cooling system compressor has been dows as quickly as possible when the coolant Recommended Climatronic settings temporarily switched off because the engine is at its operating temperature. coolant temperature is too high. ● Press the  button in the control panel. ● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air Recommended settings for the heating and ● Set the temperature to +22°C (+72°F). conditioner checked by a specialised work- fresh air system and the manual air condi- ● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash shop. tioning panel. ● Switch off the air recirculation.

132 Driving

Maximum cooling power or heating power in Driving lock and it will not be possible to turn the the case of Climatronic steering wheel. When driving, the maximum cooling power or Steering heating power can be adjusted by pressing the 1 or 2 ››› Fig. 144 button repeatedly. Control and warning lamps The temperature is not regulated. Introduction data Technical

● Maximum cooling power: adjust the tem- The power steering* is not hydraulic but elec-  It lights up red tromechanical. The advantage of this steer- perature below +16°C (+60°F). The display The steering system should be checked Power steer- then shows LO. ing system is that it disposes of hydraulic by a specialised workshop as soon as ing faulty.

tubes, hydraulic oil, the pump, filter and oth- Advice ● Maximum heating power: adjust the tem- possible. er components. The electromechanical sys- perature above +29°C (+84°F). The display tem saves fuel. While a hydraulic system re- then shows HI.  It lights up yellow quires oil pressure to be maintained, electromechanical steering only requires energy The steering system should be checked Dust and pollen filter when the steering wheel is turned. by a specialised workshop as soon as The dust and pollen filter should be changed Power steer- possible. With the power steering system, the assisted regularly in order to maintain air conditioner ing opera- If, after restarting the engine and driv- steering function automatically adjusts action re- ing for a short distance, the yellow Operation performance. cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- duced. warning lamp no longer comes on, it will If the vehicle is used frequently in areas que and the wheel turning angle. The power not be necessary to take the vehicle to a where the outside air is highly polluted, it steering only works when the engine is run- specialised workshop. may be necessary to change the filter before ning. the next scheduled service.  Flashes red WARNING Fault in the Emergencies Water under the vehicle If the power steering is not working then the steering col-  Do not drive on! If the humidity and temperature outside the steering wheel is much more difficult to turn umn elec- Seek professional advice. vehicle are high, condensation can drip off and the vehicle more difficult to control. tronic lock. the evaporator in the cooling system and ● The power steering only works when the form a small pool underneath the vehicle. engine is running.  It flashes yellow

This is normal and does not indicate a leak! Safety ● Never allow the vehicle to move when the Steering col- Gently turn the steering wheel to and engine is switched off. umn devia- fro. » ● Never remove the key from the ignition if tion. the vehicle is in motion. The steering may 133 Operation

 It flashes yellow Steering column mechanical lock Stopping and starting the en- Lock the steering column by removing the gine Remove the key from the ignition and key from the ignition when the vehicle is then switch the ignition back on. If nec- stopped. Steering essary, check the messages displayed Switching on the ignition and starting wheel not on the instrument panel display. unlocked or Do not drive on, if the steering column Please engage steer- Unlocking the steering the engine locked. remains locked after the ignition has ing lock been switched on. Seek specialist assistance. Parking the vehicle Insert the key in the igni- ››› page 137. tion lock. Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Remove the key from the Turn the steering wheel ignition. slightly to release the ed on, signalling that the function is being steering lock. verified. They will switch off after a few seconds. Turn the steering wheel Hold the steering wheel in slightly until you hear the this position and switch steering lock. on the ignition. WARNING If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle Electromechanical power steering Fig. 145 Vehicle key positions may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents and severe injuries. With the power steering system, the assisted Read the additional information carefully ● Never ignore the warning lamps. steering function automatically adjusts ac- ›››  page 20 cording to the vehicle speed, the steering tor- ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. que and the wheel turning angle. The power Immobiliser display steering only works when the engine is run- CAUTION ning. When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault,  is displayed on the instru- Failure to heed the warning lamps when they You should remember that you will need con- ment panel. The engine cannot be started. appear may result in faults in the vehicle. siderably more power than normal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not work- Pushing or towing ing correctly or not at all. Information on the steering For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump starting is pref- To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the erable. steering before leaving the vehicle.

134 Driving

Key not authorised for the vehicle ● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the in the car in an emergency and not be able to If a key which is not authorised for this vehi- engine is running. The vehicle could move off get themselves to safety. For example, de- cle is inserted in the ignition lock, it can be suddenly or something unexpected could pending on the time of the year, tempera- removed as follows: happen resulting in damage and serious in- tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can jury. be extremely high or extremely low resulting

● Automatic gearbox: the key cannot be re- ● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays in serious injuries and illness or even death, data Technical moved from the ignition lock. Press and re- could explode or increase the engine speed particularly for young children. lease the selector lever locking button. Key unexpectedly. ● Never remove the key from the ignition if can be removed from the vehicle. the vehicle is in motion. The steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the ● Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the WARNING

steering wheel. Advice ignition. The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a CAUTION WARNING fire and considerable damage. Switching off the engine while driving makes ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of ● An attempt to start the engine while driving stopping the vehicle difficult. As a conse- the exhaust system can come in contact with or starting the engine immediately after turn- quence you may lose control of the vehicle flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, ing it off can cause damage to the engine or and there is a risk of serious accident. spilled fuel, dried grass, etc). starter motor. Operation ● The assisted braking and steering systems, ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs the airbag system, seat belts and certain corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- and heavy acceleration and do not make the safety equipment are only active while the lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex- engine work hard. engine is running. haust system. ● Do not push or tow start the engine. Un- ● The engine should only be switched off burnt fuel could damage the catalytic converter. when the vehicle is at a standstill. WARNING

Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key Emergencies For the sake of the environment WARNING could result in serious injury. While the engine is running or starting it ● Always take all the keys with you whenever Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start could help reduce the risk of serious injury. you leave the vehicle. If not, the engine could driving immediately if the visibility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating tem- ● Never start or leave the engine running in accidentally be started and electrical equip- perature faster and reduces emissions. » poorly ventilated or closed spaces. Exhaust ment such as the windows could accidentally Safety gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, col- be operated resulting in serious injury. ourless and odourless gas. Carbon monoxide ● Never leave children or disabled people can cause people to lose consciousness. It alone in the car. Passengers could be trapped can also cause death. 135 Operation

Note Engaging the steering wheel lock age, allow the engine to run for approximately 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off. ● If the key is left in the ignition lock with the In vehicles with automatic gearbox, the igni- engine off for long periods, the vehicle bat- tion key can only be removed when the selec- tery will run flat. tor lever is in position N. Note ● In automatic gearbox vehicles, the key can – Remove the key from the ignition in posi- After stopping the engine, the engine com- only be removed from the ignition lock if the tion 1 ››› Fig. 145 ››› . partment fan may continue running for a few gear selector lever is in position N. In this minutes, even when the ignition has been – Turn the steering wheel until you hear it en- case, press and release the selector lever switched off or the key removed. The radiator locking button. gage. fan is automatically switched off. ● Electrical devices with a high power con- Possible vehicle theft is prevented with the sumption are switched off temporarily when steering lock engaged. the engine starts. Electronic immobiliser ● When the engine is started cold, there may WARNING be strong vibrations for a few moments for Never switch off the engine while the vehicle The gear lock prevents the engine from being technical reasons. This is quite normal, and is moving. You may lose control of the vehicle started with an unauthorised key and the ve- no cause for concern. and there is a risk of serious accident. hicle being moved. ● Natural gas engines always start up with ● The airbags and belt tensioners do not petrol, as a certain operating temperature is The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It auto- work when the ignition is switched off. required for running with gas. Once the re- matically deactivates the electronic immobil- quired operating temperature is reached, the ● The brake servo does not work with the en- iser when the key is inserted into the ignition engine will change to operate with natural gine off. To stop, the brake pedal must be lock. gas. pressed with more force. The electronic immobilizer will be activated ● As the power steering does not work if the again automatically as soon as you remove engine is not running, you will need more the key from the ignition lock. Stopping the engine strength to steer than normally. ● If the key is removed from the ignition, the For this reason, the vehicle can only be used Switching off the engine steering may lock and it will not be possible with a genuine SEAT key with the correct to steer the vehicle. code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT – Stop the vehicle ››› . dealerships ››› page 92. – Turn the ignition key to position 1 CAUTION If an unauthorised key is used, the signal  ››› Fig. 145. If the engine has been driven at high speed appears on the instrument panel display. The for a prolonged period of time, it may over- vehicle cannot be started in this case heat when turned off. To avoid engine dam-

136 Driving

Note may engage and lock the steering wheel mak- age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle ing the vehicle impossible to control. during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop The correct operation of the vehicle is only before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb. guaranteed when original SEAT keys are ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of used. the exhaust system can come in contact with ● Special attention is required when driving flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- dried grass, spilled fuel, etc.). er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, data Technical ● Always apply the handbrake when you mudguards and running gear, and the engine Braking and parking leave your vehicle and when you park. and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects. ● Never leave children or disabled people Introduction alone in the vehicle. They could release the electronic parking brake, activate the selec- Advice The assisted brake systems are the electron- tor lever or gear stick and start the vehicle Control and warning lamps ic distribution of braking force (EBV), the an- moving. This could result in a serious acci- ti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist dent.  It lights up ››› system (BAS), the electronic differential lock ● Always take all the keys with you whenever (EDL), traction control (TC)*, the traction con- you leave the vehicle. The engine could acci- Handbrake applied. ››› page 140. trol system (ASR) and the electronic stability dentally be started and electrical equipment control (ESC*). such as the windows could accidentally be  It lights up ››› Operation operated resulting in serious injury.  Do not drive on! WARNING ● Never leave children or disabled people Fault in the brake Seek professional advice alone in the car. They could be trapped in the system Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty ››› page 142. brake system may lead to serious accident. car in an emergency and will not be able to get themselves to safety. For example, de-  Do not drive on! Brake fluid level in- ● If you believe the brake pads to be worn or pending on the time of the year, tempera- Check brake fluid level the brake system to be faulty, immediately adequate. tures inside a locked and closed vehicle can ››› page 195. Emergencies refer to a specialised workshop to check the be extremely high or extremely low resulting Together with the brake pads and replace the worn ones. in serious injuries and illness or even death,  Do not drive on! ABS control lamp particularly for young children. Seek professional advice : ABS and EBV do ››› page 142. » WARNING not function. CAUTION Careless parking can cause serious injury. Safety ● Never remove the key from the ignition if ● Special care should be taken when parking the vehicle is in motion. The steering lock in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob- jects protruding from the ground may dam-

137 Operation

 It lights up ›››  Flashes wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce your speed and Switching the ignition on and off Take your foot off the accelera- ESC* disconnected Traction Control* drive carefully to a specialised workshop If necessary, drive for a short dis- tor. Adjust your driving style to by system. regulator operating. close by to check the brake system. During tance. the road conditions. the following journey, avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. Fault in ESC*. Contact a specialised workshop. Several warning and control lamps light up ●  for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- If the ABS warning lamp does not go out Together with the Contact a specialised workshop. or if it lights while driving, the ABS is mal- ABS control lamp The vehicle can be braked with- ed on, signalling that the function is being functioning. The vehicle can only be stopped : Fault in the ABS. out ABS. verified. They will switch off after a few sec- using normal braking without ABS. The pro- onds. The battery has tection provided by the ABS is not available. ››› page 196. been reconnected. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as pos- WARNING sible.  It lights up ››› If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents CAUTION Traction Control* and severe injuries. faulty or switched Contact a specialised workshop. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they ● Never ignore the warning lamps. off by the system. appear may result in faults in the vehicle. ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.  It lights up ››› WARNING Brake assist systems Together with the Contact a specialised workshop. ESC* control lamp The vehicle can be braked with- Driving with brakes in bad condition could re- : Fault in the ABS. out ABS. sult in a serious accident. The assisted braking systems ESC*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only operate when ● If the brake warning lamp  does not go Together with the  Do not drive on! the ignition is switched on. They contribute warning lamp : out, or if it lights up when driving, the brake Seek professional advice significantly to increasing active safety. ABS and EBV do not fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there ››› page 142. function. is a fault in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately ››› page 194, Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* Checking the brake fluid level.  Flashes ESC* reduces the risk of skidding and increa- ● If the brake warning lamp  lights up to- ses the vehicle stability by braking individual Take your foot off the accelera- gether with the ABS warning lamp , the ESC* or ASR regulat- wheels under specific driving conditions. tor. Adjust your driving style to regulation function of the ABS could be mal- ing. ESC* detects critical handling situations, the road conditions. functioning. As a result, the rear wheels can such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear on the driven wheels. The system stabilises 138 Driving the vehicle by braking individual wheels or moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle will increase when driving on gravel, recent by reducing the engine torque. is driven at such a speed that it will leave the snow or on icy or slippery ground. road before ESC* can intervene then the sys- The ESC* has limits. It is important to realise tem cannot provide assistance. that ESC* is also subject to the laws of phys- Brake assist system (BAS) ics. ESC* will not be able to deal with all sit- The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are in- The brake assist system may reduce the re- uations with which drivers may be faced. For corporated into the ESC*. The ESC* is always quired braking distance. The brake assist data Technical example, if the road surface changes sudden- on1). system boosts the braking force if you press ly then ESC* will not be useful in all cases. If the brake pedal quickly in an emergency. As the vehicle suddenly enters a section cov- Anti-lock system (ABS) a result, the braking pressure increases rap- ered by water, mud or snow then ESC* will idly, the braking force is multiplied and the

ABS can prevent the wheels from locking dur- Advice not provide assistance in the same way as on braking distance is reduced. This enables the ing braking until just before the vehicle stops dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the ABS to be activated more quickly and effec- thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle ground and moves on a film of water (“aqua- tively. and maintain control. This means that, even planing”), the ESC* will not be able to help during full braking, the risk of skidding is re- ¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! the driver control the vehicle due to the loss duced: When the brake pedal is released or when of adherence with the road surface prevent- the brake force is reduced, braking assist au- ing braking and steering. If the vehicle is ● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not tomatically turns off the brake servo. driven through series of bends at high remove your foot from the brake pedal or re- Operation speed, the ESC* will not always be as effec- duce braking force! Traction control system (ASR) or Traction tive: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driv- ● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce Control (TC)* ing is not the same as at reduced speeds. braking force! In the event of wheelspin, the traction control Adjust your speed and driving style to suit ● Maintain vehicle direction when braking system ASR or TC reduces the engine torque visibility, and weather, road and traffic condi- fully. to match the amount of grip available. The

tions. ESC* cannot push the limits of the laws Emergencies ● When the brake pedal is released or when ASR or TC makes some situations easier, for of physics; improve the transmission availa- the brake force is reduced, ABS is turned off. example, when starting, accelerating or go- ble or maintain the vehicle on the road if a ing uphill, even in unfavourable road condi- lack of driver attention creates an inevitable ABS control can be observed by vibration of tions. » situation. Otherwise, ESC* assists in main- the brake pedal and noise. You should never taining vehicle control in extreme situations

expect the ABS to reduce the braking dis- Safety and uses the movements of the steering tance under any circumstances. This distance made by the driver to maintain the vehicle

1) Depending on the version. 139 Operation

Electronic differential lock (EDS) spect safety distances or drives to quickly in Note difficult conditions. EDL is available when driving in straight lines ● To ensure that the ESC*, ASR and TC work under normal conditions. When the EDL de- ● Even though brake assist systems are ex- properly, all four wheels must be fitted with tects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel tremely effective and help control the vehicle identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling and directs the power to the other one. To in difficult situations, remember that the ve- radius of the tyres can cause the system to prevent the disc brake of the braked wheel hicle stability depends on tyre grip. reduce engine power when this is not de- from overheating, the EDL cuts out automati- ● When accelerating on a slippery surface, sired. cally if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL for example on ice or snow, press the acceler- ● If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, will switch on again automatically when the ator carefully. The wheels can still slip even the ESC*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be affec- brake has cooled down. with brake assist systems resulting in loss of ted. vehicle control. ● Noises may be heard while any of the WARNING above systems are operating. Driving at high speed on icy, slippery or wet WARNING ground can result in loss of vehicle control The effectiveness of the ESC* can be consid- and serious injury to the driver and passen- erably reduced if other components and sys- Handbrake gers. tems affecting driving dynamics are not main- ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visi- tained or are not functioning correctly. This bility, road, traffic and weather conditions. includes, among others, brakes, tyres and Even though the brake assist systems, ABS, other systems already mentioned. BAS, EDL, ASR and ESC* provide more securi- ● Remember that changing and fitting other ty, do not take unnecessary risks while driv- components to the vehicle can affect opera- ing. tion of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESC*. ● Brake assist systems can not overcome the ● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using laws of physics. Even with ESC* and other unapproved wheel/tyre combinations can af- systems, slippery and wet roads will always fect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL be dangerous. and ESC* and their effectiveness. ● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result ● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESC* de- Fig. 146 Between the front seats: handbrake. in the wheels losing contact with the ground pends on the use of suitable tyres in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without ››› page 200. adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or Using the handbrake control the vehicle. ● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the ● Brake assist systems cannot avoid acci- handbrake lever while pressing the button. dents if, for example, the driver does not re- ● The handbrake is applied when the control lamp  lights up on the instrument panel 140 Driving

››› page 137 when the ignition is switched Parking Additional information for steep slopes and on. hills When parking your vehicle, all legal require- Before switching off the engine, rotate the Releasing the handbrake ments should be observed. steering wheel so that if the vehicle should ● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the move, it will be held by the kerb. handbrake lever and press the lock button To park the vehicle data Technical ● ››› Fig. 146 (arrow). Complete operations only in the sequence On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the kerb. ● Move the handbrake lever downwards given. keeping the lock button pressed. ● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre ● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ››› . of the road. Advice WARNING ● Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill. WARNING The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident. ● Apply the handbrake firmly ››› page 140. The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures. This could cause a ● ● For an automatic gearbox, move the selec- Never use the handbrake to brake the vehi- fire and considerable damage. cle except in an emergency. The braking dis- tor lever to position N. ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of tance is considerably longer, because braking ● Switch off the engine and release the brake the exhaust system can come in contact with is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use pedal. Operation the foot brake. flammable materials (such as wood, ● Remove the key from the ignition. leaves,dried grass, or spilled fuel). ● Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the brake, affecting ● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slight- the brakes system. This also causes prema- ly to lock the steering. CAUTION ture wear on the rear brake pads. ● With a manual gearbox, engage 1st gear on ● Special care should be taken when parking ● Never accelerate from the engine compart- flat ground and slopes, or even reverse gear in areas with high kerbs or fixed barriers. Ob-

ment with the engine running and a gear en- on hills, and release the clutch pedal. jects protruding from the ground may dam- Emergencies gaged. The vehicle could move, even if the ● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehi- age the bumper or other parts of the vehicle handbrake is applied. during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop cle, especially children. before the wheels touch the barrier or kerb. ● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with Note ● Special attention is required when driving you. through entrances, over ramps, kerbs or oth- Safety If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to ● Lock the vehicle. er objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake applied, mudguards and running gear, and the engine an audible warning is sounded. and exhaust system could be damaged as you drive over these objects.

141 Operation

Information on the brakes and increase braking distance. If you drive for If the brake servo does not operate or the ve- a prolonged period on salted roads without hicle must be towed, then the brake pedal For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake braking then brake carefully several times to will have to be pressed with more force given pads have not yet reached their maximum eliminate the layer of salt on the brakes ››› . that the braking distance will be increased braking capacity, and need to be “run in” when the brake servo does not operate ››› . If the vehicle remains parked for considera- first ››› . The slightly reduced braking effect ble lengths of time, is used little, or if the can be compensated for by increasing pres- WARNING brakes are not used, there may be corrosion sure on the brake pedal. While running in, on the brake discs and a build up of dirt on New brake pads do not brake to full efficien- the full braking distance or emergency brak- the brake pads. If the brakes are not used fre- cy. ing distance is larger then when the brake quently, or if rust has formed on the discs, ● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have pads have been run in. While running in, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and not yet reached their maximum braking ca- avoid full power braking or situations requir- discs by braking firmly a few times at a mod- pacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, ing braking performance. For example, in erately high speed. Only do this without en- to compensate for reduced braking efficiency heavy traffic. dangering vehicles behind you or any other the brake pedal will have to be pressed with The rate of wear of the brake pads depends road users ››› . more force. to a great extent on the conditions in which ● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is Faults in the brake system causing serious accidents, always take great driven. If the vehicle is used frequently in city care when driving with new brake pads. During braking, if you notice that the vehicle traffic or for short trips or driven sport style, ● When running in new brake pads, always does not react as usual (that the braking dis- visit a specialised workshop regularly, more respect the safety distances between you and tance has increased suddenly) it may be pos- frequently than advised in the Maintenance other vehicles and do not cause situations re- sible that there is a fault in the braking sys- Programme, to have the brake pads checked. quiring extreme braking performance. tem. This is indicated by the warning lamp If you drive with wet brakes, for example, af- . Take the vehicle to a specialised work- ter crossing areas of water, in heavy rainfall shop immediately and have the fault re- WARNING or even after washing the car, the effect of paired. Drive at a moderate speed and be When brakes overheat, braking is less effi- the brakes is lessened as the brake discs are prepared to use more pressure on the brake cient and braking distances increase. wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher pedal, and allow for longer stopping distan- ● When driving on slopes, brakes can be speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possi- ces. overloaded and overheat quickly. ble by braking gently several times. Only do ● Reduce speed or change down a gear when this without endangering vehicles behind Brake servo faced with steep and long slopes. This allows you or any other road users ››› . The brake servo only operates when the en- you to use the engine braking effect and to A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads gine is running and the pressure applied by reduce the strain on the brake system. will reduce the effectiveness of the brakes the driver on the brake pedal increases. 142 Driving

● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers ing distance or even result in the total failure ● If necessary, connect the parking distance could restrict the airflow to the brakes and of the brake system. warning system. cause them to overheat. ● Reduce speed or change down a gear when faced with steep and long slopes. This allows WARNING WARNING you to use the engine braking effect and to Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction reduce the strain on the brake system. Other- and skidding, especially on slippery ground. data Technical Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon- wise, the brakes may overheat and fail. Only This could cause loss of control of the vehicle ger to engage and this increases braking dis- use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop. resulting in an accident and considerable tances. damage. ● Test the brakes carefully. Note ● Use rapid acceleration only when visibility,

● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by weather, road conditions and traffic permit. Advice braking gently several times, when visibility, Make use, when having the front brake pads weather, and road and traffic conditions per- checked, and have the rear pads checked al- mit. so. The thickness of the brake pads should be WARNING checked visually and regularly, by looking Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a pro- through the openings in the wheel rims or longed period of time, or brake frequently or WARNING from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, re- for long periods of time. Continuous braking Driving without the brake servo may signifi- move the wheels to check them thoroughly. heats up the brakes. This could significantly cantly increase the braking distance and re- SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- reduce braking power, increase braking dis- Operation sult in a severe accident. nical service. tance or even result in the total failure of the ● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards brake system. when the engine is switched off. ● If the brake servo does not operate or the Changing gear vehicle must be towed, then the brake pedal Control and warning lamps will have to be pressed with more force given Introduction Emergencies that the braking distance will be increased  It lights up red when the brake servo does not operate. When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following takes place: Fault in the auto-  Do not drive on! matic gearbox. CAUTION Seek professional advice. Failure to ● Reverse lights light up. do so could result in considerable

● Safety Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing ● The rear wiper blade performs one move- damage to the transmission the pedal gently, if it is not really necessary ››› page 147. ment when the windscreen wiper is activa- » to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will heat the brakes. This could signifi- ted. cantly reduce braking power, increase brak- 143 Operation

 It lights up yellow  Flashes Manual gear change

In the automatic Switch the ignition on and off. An automatic gearbox Apply the handbrake. gearbox the When the control lamp does not in the vehicle does gears can en- light up, find the nearest special- not guarantee that the gage incorrectly. ised workshop and have the auto- vehicle will not roll matic gearbox checked. away.

The automatic Let the transmission cool with the gearbox over- gearbox lever in the position .  Flashes heats temporari- When the control lamp does not In the instrument pan- Move the gearbox lever to the ly. light up, find the nearest special- el display, in addition position  and start the en- ised workshop and have the auto- to the control lamp re- gine. matic gearbox checked. questing the brake pedal to be pressed Fig. 147 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed man-  It lights up : indicated for start- ual gearbox ing the engine. Place the automatic Press the brake pedal to select Read the additional information carefully gearbox lever in the a gear range. On the instrument Stop the vehicle and move the ›››  page 26 position  and do not panel display: Whilst gearbox lever to the position  press the brake pedal. driving in a forward di- in order to subsequently rection, try to move change to the position . Shifting down a gear Together with the yel- Press brake pedal and let the the automatic gearbox Shifting down a gear while driving must be low control lamp for transmission cool. Avoid lever to the position . the temperature of the pressing the accelerator. When carried out gear by gear, i.e. to the gear im- transmission : the the control lamp does not light On the instrument Press the brake pedal, move mediately preceding the current gear and at automatic gearbox up, find the nearest special- panel display: The au- the gearbox lever to the posi- an engine speed that is not excessive ››› . overheats. ised workshop and have the tomatic gearbox lever tion , and subsequently to At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skip- automatic gearbox checked. was placed in the po- the required position  or . ping one or various gears when shifting sition  or , but the Together with the turn Move the gearbox lever to the brake pedal was not down a gear can cause damage to the clutch signal display in the position  and start the en- pressed. and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not en- instrument panel dis- gine. gaged during the process ››› . play: the automatic When switching on the ignition some warn- gearbox lever is not in ing and indication lamps light up for a short WARNING the position , indication to start the en- time to check the operations. They will switch When the engine is running, the vehicle will gine. off after a few seconds. start to move as soon as a gear is engaged and the clutch released.

144 Driving

● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehi- Automatic gear change In the instrument panel display, with the igni- cle is moving forward. tion switched on, the selected gear range or the gear engaged in the gearbox is shown.

WARNING  - Reverse gear

As a consequence of shifting down a gear in- data Technical Reverse gear is selected. Engage only when correctly, you may lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious conse- the vehicle is stopped. quences.  - Neutral

CAUTION The gearbox is in neutral. No movement is Advice transmitted to the wheels and the engine If, at high speeds or high engine speeds, the does not act as a brake. gear lever is shifted down to a gear that is too Fig. 148 Automatic gearbox diagram of gears low, serious damage can be caused to the  clutch and gearbox. This may also happen if Read the additional information carefully - Standard driving position you press the clutch pedal and it does not en- ›››  page 26 The gears are changed (up and down) auto- gage. matically. The gear shifts are determined by Move the selector lever to the N position to: the engine load, your individual driving style Operation CAUTION ● Starting up the engine and the speed of the vehicle. ● Remove the key from the ignition switch To prevent damage and avoid premature  wear, please observe the following: - Tiptronic driving position (manual shift ● Engage the steering wheel lock programme) ● While driving, do not leave your hand resting on the gear stick. The pressure applied by Move the selector lever to the D or R position All gears can be changed (up and down) your hand is transmitted to the gearbox se- to: manually ››› page 146. This is possible as Emergencies lector forks. long as the system is not changing gear auto- ● Park the vehicle ● Always ensure that the vehicle is complete- matically due to a traffic situation. ly stopped before engaging the reverse gear. ● Repair a puncture WARNING ● When changing gear, always make sure the ● Changing a wheel clutch pedal is pushed right to the floor. Placing the selector lever in an incorrect posi- To move the gear selector lever from the posi- Safety ● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on tion may cause loss of control of the vehicle tion to or to , first press and hold the hills with the engine on. N D R and a serious accident. brake pedal. ● Do not press the accelerator when engaging a range of gears. » 145 Operation

● With the engine running and a gear range Engaging gear with Tiptronic With the lever in the position D, and pressing selected, the vehicle will move when the ac- forwards + or backwards – the Tiptronic celerator is pressed. programme can be selected M. ● Never engage reverse gear while driving. CAUTION ● Unintentional movements of the vehicle could cause serious injury. ● When accelerating, the gearbox automatically shifts up into the next gear shortly be- ● As a driver, you should never leave your ve- fore the maximum engine speed is reached. hicle if the engine is running and a gear range is engaged. If you have to leave your vehicle ● When reducing speed manually, the gear- while the engine is running, you must always box only shifts gear when the engine can no apply the handbrake and put the selector lev- longer exceed the maximum engine speed. er in position N. ● Never engage the R gear range when the Fig. 149 Lever in the Tiptronic position vehicle is moving. Driving with automatic gearbox With Tiptronic, the gears can be changed up ● Never leave the vehicle without applying or down manually with the automatic gear- the handbrake. With the engine running the The gearbox changes gear ratios automatical- vehicle moves downhill regardless of the gear box. When you change to the Tiptronic pro- ly as the vehicle moves. range selected. gramme, the vehicle remains in the currently selected gear. This is possible as long as the Driving down hills system is not changing gear automatically Note due to a traffic situation. The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear If, while driving, the selector lever is acciden- you will need to select. The lowest gears in- tally placed in position N, lift your foot off the Using Tiptronic crease the engine braking work. Never go accelerator. Wait until the engine is running down hills with the selector lever in neutral ● at idle speed before selecting a new gear Place the lever in the position D to the left N. range. on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› in Auto- matic gear change on page 145. ● You should reduce speed accordingly. ● Press the lever forwards + or backwards ● Place the lever in the position D to the left – to move up or down a gear ››› Fig. 149. on the Tiptronic shift gate M ››› page 146. ● Place the lever back to the position M to ● Gently pull the selector lever back – to the left on the Tiptronic shift gate, to leave change down a gear. Tiptronic mode ››› in Automatic gear change on page 145.

146 Driving

Starting when going up a slope ● Always adapt your driving style to suit the Automatic gearbox overheating The steeper the gradient, the lower the gear flow of traffic. The automatic gearbox can overheat with a you will need. ● Only use the kick-down function or rapid prolonged start up, or when stopping and acceleration if visibility, weather, road and starting continuously. This overheating is dis- When stopping on a slope with a gear range traffic conditions so permit. played with a warning lamp  in the instru-

engaged, the vehicle must be prevented from data Technical ment panel. Additionally, an audible warning rolling backwards by always pressing the ● Never put other road users in danger by ac- can be heard. Stop and let the gearbox cool brake pedal or pulling the handbrake lever celerating or with your driving style. ››› . up. When starting, release the brake pedal or the handbrake ››› . CAUTION The vehicle moves forward or back despite If you stop on a hill with a gear range engag- having selected a gear range Advice Kick-down ed, do not try to prevent the vehicle from roll- When the vehicle does not move in the re- The kickdown system provides maximum ac- ing back by pressing on the accelerator. Oth- quired direction, the system may not have celeration when the gear selector lever is in erwise, the automatic gearbox may overheat the gear range correctly engaged. Press the the position D, or in the Tiptronic position M. causing damage. brake pedal and engage the gear range When the accelerator pedal is pressed right again. If the vehicle still does not move in the down, the automatic gearbox will shift down required direction, there is a system malfunc- Automatic gearbox malfunction Operation to a lower gear, depending on road speed tion. Seek specialist assistance and have the and engine speed. This takes advantage of Back-up programme system checked. the maximum acceleration of the vehicle ››› . When automatic gearbox warning and indica- CAUTION tion lamps light up on the instrument panel, When the accelerator is pressed to the floor, there may be a system malfunction ● When the gearbox is displayed as overheating for the first time, the vehicle must be the automatic gearbox shifts to the next gear ››› page 143. In the event of some faults the

parked safely or must be driven at a speed of Emergencies only after the engine reaches the specified automatic gearbox functions using a backup more than 20 km/h (12 mph). maximum engine speed. programme. When the programme is activated, it is possible to drive the vehicle, howev- ● When the warning lamp lights up and the WARNING er, at low speeds and within a selected range audible warning is heard, the vehicle must be parked safely and the engine switched off. of gears. Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction Let the gearbox cool down.

and skidding, especially on slippery ground. Safety With the manual gearbox, in some cases it is This could cause loss of control of the vehicle ● To prevent damage to the gearbox, driving resulting in an accident and serious injury. not possible to drive with all the gears. must only be continued when the warning In all cases the automatic gearbox must be lamps are no longer lit up. While the gearbox » checked at a specialised workshop. 147 Operation

is overheated, starting up and driving, even Note Between 1,000 and 1,500 kilometres, gradu- at a slow speed should be avoided. ally increase power until reaching the maxi- The recommended gear display is switched mum speed and high engine speeds. off when the clutch pedal is pressed. Running in new tyres and brake pads Recommended gear display ● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres In some vehicles, the recommended gear for Run-in and economical driving ››› page 200 reducing fuel consumption is displayed on ● Notes on the brakes ››› page 137 the instrument panel: Running in For the sake of the environment Display Meaning Please observe the instructions for running in new components. If the engine is run in gently, the life of the  Optimum gear. engine will be increased and the engine oil consumption reduced.  Recommendation to change up a gear. Running-in the engine The engine needs to be run in over the first Recommendation to change down a 1,500 km. During its first few hours of run-  gear. Environmental compatibility ning, the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on when all the moving WARNING Environmental protection is a top priority in parts have bedded down. the design, choice of materials and manufac- The recommended gear display is intended as How the vehicle is driven for the first 1,500 ture of your new SEAT. a guideline only; it should never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully. km influences the future engine performance. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it Constructive measures to encourage recy- ● Responsibility for selecting the correct gear should be driven at a moderate speed, espe- cling for each situation continues to lie with the cially when the engine is cold, as this will re- driver, for example when overtaking or climb- ● Joints and connections designed for easy ing a hill. duce engine wear and increase its useful life. dismantling. Never drive at extremely low engine speeds. ● Modular construction to facilitate disman- Change down to a lower gear when the en- tling. For the sake of the environment gine no longer runs “smoothly”. Up to 1,000 Selecting the most appropriate gear for the kilometres the following instructions apply: ● Increased use of single-grade materials. situation will help you to save fuel. ● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in ● Do not use full throttle. accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and ● Do not force the engine above two thirds of ISO 1629. its maximum speed. 148 Driving

Choice of materials Economical and environmentally (25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h ● Use of recycled materials. friendly driving (31 mph) in fifth gear. ● Use of compatible plastics in the same part In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting if its components are not easily separated. up helps to save fuel, weather and traffic conditions permitting.

● Use of recycled materials and/or materials data Technical originating from renewable sources. Do not wait until the last moment before ● Reduction of volatile components, includ- changing gear. Only use first gear when you ing odour, in plastic materials. move off and change to second gear quickly. Avoid the kick-down function in vehicles with ● Use of CFC-free coolants.

automatic gearbox. Advice Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive an economical driving style as the display in- 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa- Fig. 150 Fuel consumption in litres per dicates the best moment to change gear. valent chromium. 100 km at 2 different outside temperatures Let the vehicle roll Manufacturing methods Fuel consumption, environmental impact and If you take your foot off the accelerator, the engine, brake and tyre wear depend largely Operation ● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the fuel supply is stopped and consumption is on three factors: protective wax for cavities. reduced. ● Use of plastic film as protection during ve- ● Personal driving style. Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, hicle transport. ● Conditions of use (weather, road surface). for example when approaching a red traffic ● Use of solvent-free adhesives. ● Technical requirements. light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too ● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling sys- slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch tems. Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption pedal should be pressed to declutch. The en- Emergencies are possible with an appropriate driving style gine will then operate at idle speed. ● Recycling and energy recovery from resi- and the adoption of certain simple tips. dues (RDF). If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for ● Improvement in the quality of waste water. a period of time, switch off the engine; for ex- Changing gear early ample, while waiting at a level crossing. ● Use of systems for the recovery of residual General instructions: The highest gear is al- Safety heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, ways the most economical. As a guide, for Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic etc.). most vehicles at a speed of 30 km/h Frequent acceleration and braking considera- ● The use of water-soluble paints. (19 mph), drive in third gear, at 40 km/h bly increase fuel consumption. If you think » 149 Operation

ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance for the vehicle is not too different to the out- The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in from the vehicle in front, it is possible to slow side temperature. It is a good idea to air the summer, even when other conditions are the down by simply lifting your foot off the accel- vehicle before starting your journey and to same. erator. This eliminates the need for constant drive a short distance with the windows The engine takes a long time to warm up braking and acceleration. open. Then you can close the windows and when it is idling. In addition, mechanical switch on the air conditioning. Keep windows wear and pollutant emissions are also espe- closed when travelling at high speeds. Driv- Calm and steady driving cially high during this initial warm-up phase. ing with the windows open increases fuel Constancy is more important than speed: The It is therefore best to drive off immediately af- consumption. more you drive at a constant speed, the lower ter starting the engine. Doing this avoids run- the fuel consumption. ● Switch off the seat heating when the seats ning the engine at a high speed. have warmed up. When driving on the motorway, it is more efficient to drive at a constant and more moder- ● Switch off the heated rear window when it Adjusting type pressures. ate speed than to be continuously accelerat- is not moist or covered in ice. Having the correct pressure in your tyres ing and braking. As a general rule, you will helps to reduce rolling resistance and, as a reach your destination just as quickly when Avoid short journeys result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing you drive at a constant speed. Fuel consumption is much higher when the the tyre pressure slightly (+0.2 bar/+3 psi/+200 kPa) can help to save fuel. The cruise control function helps you to ach- engine is cold, immediately after it has been ieve a constant style of driving. started. It takes a few kilometres of driving When you buy new tyres, make sure they are for the engine to warm up and to normalise optimised for minimum rolling resistance. consumption. Moderate use of additional devices It is important to travel in comfort, but con- The engine and catalytic converter need to Use low friction engine oil venience systems should be used ecological- reach their proper working temperature in or- The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, ly. der to minimise fuel consumption and emis- known as low friction engine oil, helps to re- sions. The ambient temperature has a deci- duce fuel consumption. These oils reduce the Some equipment, when connected, increase sive influence. resistance caused by friction in the engine, fuel consumption considerably, for example: Fig. 150 shows the difference in consump- they flow around the engine more quickly ● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air tion for the same journey at +20°C (+68°F) and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The conditioning system is required to cool to and at -10°C (+14°F). effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles significantly lower temperatures than the true frequently used for short journeys. Therefore, unnecessary short journeys outside temperature, it will require a large should be avoided. Try to combine trips. Always check the engine oil level and ob- amount of energy from the engine. Therefore, serve service intervals (engine oil change in- we recommend that the selected temperature tervals). 150 Driving

When purchasing engine oil, always observe WARNING  It lights up legal requirements and ensure that the oil is approved by SEAT. Always adapt your speed and the distance to Fault in the Reduce speed and drive carefully to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, emission control the nearest specialised workshop to weather conditions, the condition of the road system. have the engine checked. Avoid carrying unnecessary loads and the traffic situation. The lighter the vehicle, the more economical data Technical  Flashes and ecological the driving style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase Combustion Reduce speed and drive carefully to fuel consumption up to 0.3 l/100 km. Engine management and ex- fault which could the nearest specialised workshop to haust gas purification system damage the cat- have the engine checked. Remove any unnecessary objects or loads alytic converter. Advice from the vehicle. Introduction Several warning and control lamps light up Remove optional equipment and unnecessa- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- ry accessories WARNING ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower The components of the exhaust system reach the fuel consumption. Optional equipment very high temperatures. This could cause a onds. and accessories (such as roof racks or bike fire. Operation CAUTION carriers) reduce the aerodynamic benefits of ● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the vehicle. the exhaust system can come in contact with Always pay attention to any lit control lamps flammable materials (such as dried grass). and to the corresponding descriptions and in- Therefore, we recommend you remove all op- structions to avoid damage to the vehicle. tional and unnecessary equipment and racks, ● Never apply additional underseal or anti- especially if you intend to drive at high corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, cata- speeds. lytic converter or the heat shields on the ex- Note haust system. Emergencies While the  or  control lamps remain lit, Other factors which increase fuel consump- the engine may have faults, there will be tion (examples): higher fuel consumption and a possible loss Control and warning lamps of engine power. ● Fault in engine management.

● Safety Driving on hills.  It lights up

fault in the pet- Take the vehicle to a specialised rol engine man- workshop as soon as possible and agement. have the engine checked. 151 Operation

Catalytic converter Driving tips CAUTION SEAT does not accept liability for any damage The catalytic converter permits the subse- Driving abroad quent treatment of the exhaust gases thus to the vehicle due to the use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non- reducing contaminating gas emissions. To In some countries, certain safety regulations availability of genuine spare parts. ensure a longer working life for the exhaust and requirements are in force relating to ex- system and catalytic converter in a petrol en- haust gas emissions, which differ from the gine: technical characteristics of the vehicle. Be- Driving along flooded roadways ● Always use unleaded petrol. fore travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you consult a technical service about the legal re- ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. To prevent damage to the vehicle when driv- quirements and the following points: ing through water, for example, along a floo- ● Do not top up with too much engine oil ded road, please observe the following: ››› page 189. ● Does the vehicle need technical modifications for driving abroad, for example, adjust- ● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter ● Check the depth of the water before enter- ment of the headlamps? cables ›››  page 44. ing the flooded zone. The water should never ● Does the vehicle have all the tools, diag- come above the lower edge of the bodywork If you should notice misfiring, uneven run- nostics equipment and spare parts required ››› . ning or loss of power when the car is moving, for inspections and repairs? ● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian. reduce speed immediately. Have the car in- ● Are there any SEAT dealers in the destina- ● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear spected by a specialised workshop. If this tion country? happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust or switch off the engine. system and escape into the atmosphere. The ● For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol avail- ● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which catalytic converter can also be damaged by able at the right octane rating? raise the level of the water, making it difficult overheating. ● For diesel engines: is diesel fuel available to cross the water. with a low sulphur content? ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever For the sake of the environment ● Are a suitable engine oil (››› page 189) and crossing water. Even when the emission control system is other engine fluids complying with SEAT working perfectly, there may be a smell of specifications available in the destination WARNING sulphur under certain conditions. This de- country? When driving through water, mud, melted pends on the sulphur content of the fuel ● Are special tyres required in the destination snow, etc., please remember that due to used. country? damp or frozen brake discs and shoes in winter, the braking effect may be delayed, therefore the required braking distance is greater.

152 Driver assistance systems

● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking Driver assistance systems ● Always observe the area around the vehi- carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- cle, as the sensors do not always detect ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- Parking distance warning sys- small children, animals or objects. lations in the process. ● The surface of certain objects and some ● After driving through water, avoid sudden tem* clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals sharp manoeuvres. from the parking distance system. The sys- data Technical Introduction tem cannot detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these CAUTION The parking distance warning system assists types of clothes. ● Driving through flooded areas may severely the driver when parking. If the rear of the ve- ● External sound sources can affect the park-

damage vehicle components such as the en- Advice hicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermit- ing distance aid signals. In this case, under gine, transmission, drive train or electrical tent audible warning is emitted. The shorter certain circumstances, people and objects system. the distance, the shorter the intervals be- will not be detected. ● Never drive through salt water as salt cau- tween tones. If the vehicle is too close to the ses corrosion. Always rinse any parts of the obstacle, the audible warning becomes con- CAUTION vehicle which have been in contact with salt stant. water. ● The sensors may not always be able to de- If you continue to approach an obstacle when tect objects such as trailer draw bars, thin Operation the sound is continuous, this means the sys- rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, tem can no longer measure the distance. etc. This could result in damage to your car. ● Although the parking distance warning sys- Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit tem detects and warns of the presence of an and receive ultrasound. Using the ultrasound obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from signal (transmission, reflection from the ob- the angle of measurement of the sensors if it stacles and reception), this system continu- is too high or low and the system would no ously calculates the distance between the longer show it. Therefore, it will not warn you Emergencies bumper and the obstacle. of these objects. Ignoring the warnings of the parking sensor system could cause consider- WARNING able damage to the vehicle. The parking distance warning system cannot ● The bumper sensors may become damaged

replace the driver's assessment of the situa- or misaligned, for example, when parking. Safety tion. ● To ensure that the system works properly, ● The sensors have blind spots in which ob- the bumper sensors must be kept clean, free stacles and people are not registered. of ice and snow and uncovered. »

153 Operation

● When cleaning the sensors with high-pres- Switching the parking distance warning sys- Optical parking system* (OPS) sure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the tem on and off sensors briefly at a distance of no less than ● Switching on: With the ignition switched 10 cm. on, select reverse gear. A short audible warn- ● Different sources of noise can produce er- ing confirms that the parking distance warn- rors in the parking distance warning system, ing system is switched on and functioning. e.g. parking distance warning systems from ● Switching off: Release reverse gear. other vehicles, inductive loops or construction works machines. Special features of the parking distance ● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, warning system such as a bicycle carrier, may interfere with the function of the parking distance warning ● The parking distance warning system Fig. 152 On-screen OPS display: A has detected an obstacle in the collision zone; B system. sometimes registers water on the sensors as has detected an obstacle in the segment; C an obstacle. zone recorded behind the vehicle. ● If the distance does not change, the warn- Parking distance warning system ing signal will sound less loudly after a few The optical parking system is an extension of seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the the parking distance warning system volume will remain constant. ››› page 154. ● When the vehicle moves away from the ob- The radio screen displays the area behind the stacle, the beeping sound automatically vehicle recorded by the sensors. Any obsta- switches off. When getting close again, it re- cles are displayed in relation to the vehicle connects. ››› . ● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals. Function Necessary operations

Switching on the ››› page 154 park- Note Switching the ing distance warning system. The display on: Fig. 151 Parking distance warning system A fault in the parking distance warning sys- OPS switches on automatically. sensors on the rear bumper tem is indicated through a brief audible warning that is constant for about 3 seconds when Switching the Release reverse gear. display off man- switching it on the first time. Check the park- The sensors of the parking distance warning ually: system are situated on the rear bumper ing distance warning system at a Specialised ››› Fig. 151. workshop as soon as possible.

154 Driver assistance systems

Zones explored Note CAUTION Behind the vehicle ››› Fig. 152 C , the zone ● SEAT recommends practising using the Failure to heed the warning lamps when they analysed reaches a distance of up to 150 cm parking distance warning system in a traffic- appear may result in faults in the vehicle. and around 60 cm to the sides. free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system and its operation. Screen display data Technical ● The display on the radio screen of the area Cruise control operation The image displayed represents the super- explored by the sensors may take up to 5 sec- vised zones in several segments. As the vehi- onds. Read the additional information carefully cle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment ›››  page 24 moves closer to the vehicle displayed A or The cruise control system (CCS) is able to in- Advice B . When the penultimate segment is dis- dividually maintain the set speed when driv- played, this means that the vehicle has Cruise control* (Cruise control ing forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph). reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle! system - CCS) The CCS only slows down by reducing the ac- Displayed in col- Control lamp celerator but not by braking ››› . Distance from our on the screen: Audible the vehicle to colour of the seg- Travelling down hills with the CCS It lights Operation warning Possible cause the obstacle ment if an obsta- up When travelling down hills the CCS cannot cle is recognised maintain a constant speed. Slow the vehicle This cruise control system maintains the behind:  down using the brake pedal and reduce beeping set speed of the vehicle. approx. 31-150 Yellow gears if required. sound cm Several warning and control lamps light up Automatic off perma- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch-

behind: Emergencies nent Red ed on, signalling that the function is being approx. 0-30 cm The cruise control system (CCS) is switched sound verified. They will switch off after a few sec- off automatically or temporarily: onds. WARNING ● If the system detects a fault that could af- WARNING fect the working order of the CCS. Do not be distracted from traffic to look at the screen. If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ● If you increase the stored speed by press- Safety may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents ing the accelerator pedal for a certain time. and severe injuries. ● if the brake or clutch pedal is depressed. » ● Never ignore the warning lamps.

155 Operation

● If the gear is changed with the manual Safety Assist* (City Safety As- assumes the responsibility of braking in gearbox. sist function) time. ● If the airbag is triggered. ● The City Safety Assist function cannot prevent accidents or serious injury by itself. Introduction WARNING ● The City Safety Assist system may carry out Use of the cruise control could cause acci- The City Safety Assist function covers driving unwanted brake interventions in complex dents and severe injuries if it is not possible situations at a distance of about 10 metres in driving situations e.g. when a vehicle crosses to drive at a constant speed maintaining the front of the vehicle, in a speed range of ap- at a short distance. safety distance. proximately 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph). ● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traf- WARNING fic, if the distance from the vehicle in front is When the system detects a possible collision Relying on the City Safety Assist system in insufficient, on steep roads, with several with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares city driving as part of one's driving behaviour bends or in slippery circumstances (snow, for a possible emergency braking ››› . may cause accidents and serious injury. The ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads. If the driver does not react to an imminent system is not a replacement for driver aware- ● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or collision, the system can automatically brake ness. on unpaved roads. the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced ● Always adapt your speed and the distance ● Always adapt your speed and the distance with a possible collision. The system can to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, help to reduce the consequences of an acci- weather conditions, the condition of the road weather conditions, the condition of the road dent. and the traffic situation. and the traffic situation. If the City Safety Assist function determines ● The City Safety Assist function does not re- ● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise that the driver has braked insufficiently when act to people, animals or vehicles that cross control system, turn it off every time you fin- faced with an imminent collision, the system or move in the opposite direction in the same ish using it. can increase the brake force in order to re- lane. ● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is duce speed. The system can help to reduce ● If after switching on the City Safety Assist too high for the prevailing road, traffic or the consequences of an accident. function the vehicle begins to move, slow the weather conditions. vehicle with the foot brake. ● When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot WARNING maintain a constant speed. The vehicle tends CAUTION to accelerate under its own weight. Select a The smart technology in the City Safety As- lower gear or use the foot brake to slow the sist system cannot change the limits imposed If you suspect that the City Safety Assist la- vehicle. by the laws of physics and by the system it- ser sensor is damaged, switch it off. This will self. The increased convenience offered by avoid additional damage. the City Safety Assist system should never prompt you to take risks. The driver always 156 Driver assistance systems

● Any reparation of the laser sensor requires   It lights up is switched on, signalling that the function is specialist knowledge. SEAT recommends tak- being verified. They will switch off after a few ing your car in for technical service. The City Safety Assist The control lamp turns off after seconds. function has been about 5 seconds. switched on manual- WARNING Note ly using the button Technical data Technical   If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle ● If the City Safety Assist function activates a ››› Fig. 155. may stall in traffic, or may cause accidents brake, the brake pedal range is reduced. This and severe injuries. makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.  Flashes ● Never ignore the warning lamps. ● Automatic brake intervention by the City Fast: The City Safety ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Safety Assist function can be cancelled by Assist system func- Advice Control lamp turns off automati- pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator tion brakes automat- cally. pedal or by a corrective intervention. ically or has braked CAUTION ● During automatic braking by the City Safety automatically. Failure to heed the warning lamps when they Assist function you may hear unusual noises. If the vehicle is stopped, switch appear may result in faults in the vehicle. This is normal and is produced in the brake off the engine and switch it on system. again. If necessary, inspect the Slow: City Safety As- laser sensor (dirt, frost) ››› in sist function is not Operation Laser sensor on page 158. If it currently available. still does not function, refer to a Warning and control lamp Specialised workshop to have the system inspected. The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is switched on. No   special indication is produced. Flashes

If the City Safety Assist function is switched Within the operating Emergencies off or on, or if there is an error in the system, area of 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph): The City Switch on the City Safety Assist it will be shown by a control lamp on the in- Safety Assist func- function manually using the strument panel display. tion has been button   ››› Fig. 155. switched off manual-

ly using the button Safety   ››› Fig. 155.

Several warning and control lamps should light up for a few seconds when the ignition 157 Operation

Laser sensor WARNING ● When replacing the windscreen wipers, only use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT. The laser beam on the sensor can produce serious injuries to the eyes. ● Do not paint the laser sensor area on the windscreen or cover it with adhesives or oth- ● Never focus optical devices, e.g. a camera, er materials. a microscope or a magnifying glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor. ● Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist system is switch- Function ed off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the human eye.

Fig. 153 In the windscreen: laser sensor for CAUTION the City Safety Assist function. If the windscreen is dirty or frosted in the area of the laser sensor, e.g. due to rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system may fail to operate as a result. ● Always keep the laser sensor area free of dirt and ice. ● Use a small brush to remove snow and a Fig. 155 In the lower part of the centre con- de-icer spray to remove ice. sole: Button for the City Safety Assist function. CAUTION Switching on and off the City Safety Assist A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor function area may cause the City Safety Assist func- Fig. 154 Laser sensor detection area. tion to stop working. ● Press the ››› Fig. 155 button on the centre console. A laser sensor on the windscreen ››› Fig. 153 ● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones in the laser sen- allows the system to detect driving situations When the City Safety Assist function is in front of the vehicle. sor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying out repairs is not permitted switched on, the control lamp   lights up Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a dis- (e.g. in the case of damage suffered in an im- on the dash panel within the operational tance of about 10 m. pact from a stone). range, i.e. for speeds between 5-30 km/h (3-19 mph).

158 Driver assistance systems

Switch off the City Safety Assist function in Special driving situations The City Safety Assist function is limited by the following situations the laws of physics and by the nature of the Switching off the City Safety Assist function is system itself. For this reason, this may pro- recommended in the following situations duce reactions from the City Safety Assist ››› : system in certain circumstances that are late

or unexpected by the driver. For this reason, data Technical ● While the vehicle is being towed. always pay due attention and if necessary, in- ● If the vehicle has been taken to an auto- tervene. matic car wash. For example, the following driving situations ● If the vehicle is above a test bed. require special attention: Advice ● If the laser sensor is faulty. Driving through a bend ● After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision. When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the vehicle may decelerate when the laser sensor ● When driving off road (overhanging branch- detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite es). lane ››› Fig. 156 A. To interrupt deceleration ● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or Fig. 156 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclist Operation e.g. a load carried on the roof that signifi- driving ahead out of range of the laser sen- press the clutch. cantly protrudes over the front. sor. ● If the windscreen is damaged in the laser Narrow vehicles in front sensor area. The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the sensor's detec- WARNING tion zone ››› Fig. 156 B. This applies especial- Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist ly to narrow vehicles such as motorbikes. Emergencies function in the above situations may result in accidents and serious injury. Other vehicles changing lanes ● Switch off the City Safety Assist function in Vehicles moving into your lane in close prox- critical situations. imity can cause unexpected braking from the City Safety Assist system ››› Fig. 157. To inter- Safety rupt deceleration you can accelerate, turn the Fig. 157 Other vehicles changing lanes steering wheel or press the clutch. »

159 Operation

Possible malfunction in the laser sensor Hill driving assistant* WARNING If laser sensor operation is impaired, for ex- ● If you do not start the vehicle immediately ample due to heavy rain, mist, snow or dirt, Operation after taking your foot off the brake pedal, the the City Safety Assist system function is tem- vehicle may start to roll back under certain porarily switched off. On the instrument pan- This function is only included in vehicles with conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use el display the control lamp  flashes. ESC. the hand brake immediately. When the fault in the laser sensor has been The hill driving assistant helps the driver to ● If the engine stalls, depress the brake ped- rectified, the City Safety Assist system func- move off and upward on a hill when the vehi- al or use the hand brake immediately. tion automatically becomes available again. cle is stationary. ● When following a line of traffic uphill, if you The control lamp  switches off. want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back The system maintains brake pressure for ap- accidentally when starting off, hold the brake proximately two seconds after the driver The following conditions could prevent the pedal down for a few seconds before starting takes his foot off the brake pedal to prevent off. City Safety Assist system from functioning: the vehicle from lurching backward when it is ● Tight bends. started. During these 2 seconds, the driver Note ● Accelerator pressed all the way down to the has enough time to release the clutch pedal floor. and accelerate without the vehicle moving The Official Service or a specialist workshop and without having to use the handbrake, can tell you if your vehicle is equipped with ● If the City Safety Assist system is switched making start-up easier, more comfortable this system. off or there is a fault page 157. ››› and safer. ● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or overheated ››› page 158. These are the basic operation conditions: Start-Stop System ● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense ● being on a ramp or hill/slope, fog. ● doors closed, Control lamps ● If there are vehicles in front. ● vehicle completely stationary, ● Vehicles changing lanes. ● engine running and foot on the brake,  It lights up ● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction ● besides having a gear engaged or being in The Start-Stop system is enabled. in the same lane. neutral for manual gear change and with the ● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of re- selector lever at positions S, D or R in vehi- flection. cles with an automatic gearbox. ● Presence of thick dust. This system is also active when reversing uphill. 160 Driver assistance systems

. It lights up Start-Stop system Vehicles with an automatic gearbox ● When the vehicle is at a standstill, depress The Start-Stop sys- the brake or keep it pressed down. The en- tem is enabled but the engine cannot Contact a specialised workshop. gine switches off. be automatically ● The engine will start again as soon as you Technical data Technical stopped. release the brake pedal. ● With the selector lever set to position N,  It lights up the engine will not start until a range of gears The Start-Stop sys- is selected or the accelerator pedal is de- Start the engine by hand using

tem cannot start the pressed. Advice the vehicle's key ››› page 134. engine. Important conditions for the engine to stop There is a fault in the Fig. 158 At the top of the centre console: ››› page 196 alternator. Start-Stop system button. automatically ● The driver's seat belt must be fastened. With the Start-Stop system enabled, the en-  Flashes ● The driver door must be closed. gine is automatically stopped when the vehi- ● The Start-Stop sys- cle is at a standstill. It will start again auto- The bonnet must be closed. Operation Contact a specialised workshop. tem is not available. matically as required. ● The engine must have reached a minimum temperature. Some warning and control lamps will light up This function remains enabled while the igni- briefly when the ignition is switched on to tion is switched on. The instrument panel dis- ● The vehicle must have moved since the last check certain functions. They will switch off play shows information on the current status time the engine was stopped. after a few seconds. ››› page 160. ● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged. Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand Emergencies WARNING whenever crossing water. ● The battery temperature must not be too Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the low or too high. instrument panel on page 26. Vehicles with a manual gearbox ● The vehicle must not be on a very steep ● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into slope. »

neutral and release the clutch pedal. The en- Safety gine will stop. ● To restart, simply engage the clutch.

161 Operation

Conditions for the engine to restart automat- hill hold tempt you into taking any risks the corresponding control lamp on the instru- ically when driving. ment panel. The engine can be automatically restarted in ● Any accidental movement of the vehicle the following cases: could result in serious injury. ● The hill hold is not a replacement for driver ● If the vehicle starts to moves. awareness. ● If the battery voltage drops. ● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road and traffic conditions. Conditions requiring engine start-up using ● The hill hold cannot always keep the vehi- the key cle at a standstill on a slope or brake suffi- The engine has to be manually started in the ciently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slip- following cases: pery or frozen surfaces).

● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt. WARNING ● If the driver door is opened. The brake servo and the electromechanical ● If the bonnet is opened. steering do not work when the engine is switched off. Switching the Start-Stop system on and off ● The vehicle must never be allowed to move ● Press the button  situated in the centre with the engine switched off. console ››› Fig. 158. ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before ● The button will light up when the Start-Stop working in the engine compartment. system is switched off. CAUTION The engine will start immediately if the vehicle is in Stop mode when the system is The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the switched off by hand. vehicle is used for long periods at very high outside temperatures. WARNING The smart technology included in the hill Note hold cannot change the laws of physics. Do In some cases, it may be necessary to start not let the extra convenience afforded by the the engine by hand using the key. Refer to

162 Towing bracket device Towing bracket device

Driving with a trailer

Information on driving with a trailer data Technical

The vehicle is not certified for trailer cou- pling. The vehicle is not factory-equipped with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to ret-

rofit it. Advice

WARNING Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and serious injuries while operating the vehicle. ● Never install a towing bracket on the vehi-

cle. Operation ● The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.

CAUTION Any type of towing bracket installed on the

vehicle can cause serious and costly damage Emergencies that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee. Safety

163 Advice

Advice ● Only use wheels and tyre combinations SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e which have been approved by SEAT for your mark (the European Union's authorisation vehicle type. symbol). This includes cruise control systems Care and maintenance or electronically controlled suspension. If any additional electrical devices are fitted Accessories, replacement of Accessories and spare parts which do not serve to control the vehicle itself, these must bear the  mark (European parts and modifications SEAT recommends you consult an Official Union manufacturer conformity declaration). Service before purchasing accessories and This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or Introduction spare parts or consumables. For example, ventilator fans. when fitting accessories at a later date, or WARNING when replacing a component. A SEAT Official WARNING Service will advise you as to the legal require- The use of spare parts and accessories, or in- Unprofessional repairs or modifications to correctly performed modifications or repairs ments and manufacturer's recommendations the vehicle may affect the performance of the may result in damage to the vehicle, acci- regarding accessories, spare parts and other airbags, and may cause operating faults or fa- dents and serious injury. components. tal accidents. ● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT recommend you use only approved ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as SEAT approved accessories and SEAT® origi- SEAT accessories and genuine SEAT spare drink holders or telephone cradles over or nal spare parts. These parts and accessories parts®. These parts and accessories have next to the covers of the airbag modules or have been specially tested by SEAT for suita- been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, within their deployment zones. bility, reliability and safety. reliability and safety. In addition, SEAT tech- ● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or ● Have any repairs or modifications carried nical services will guarantee that assembly is within their deployment zones, could lead to out at a specialised workshop. These work- performed professionally. serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are shops have the necessary tools, diagnostics triggered. equipment, repair information and qualified Although we continually monitor the market, personnel. SEAT cannot guarantee that products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe or suitable ● Only mount parts with the same specifica- Service fluids and components tions as the parts fitted at factory. for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised by ● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as an officially recognised technical inspection drink holders or telephone cradles over the notched belts, tyres, coolant fluids, engine office or other official body. covers of the airbag modules or within their oils, spark plugs and batteries are continual- deployment zones. Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct ly being developed. Therefore all fluids and effect on vehicle control must be approved by

164 Care and maintenance consumables should be changed at a speci- effect of the coolant. If the engine is running ly; neither is the SEAT warranty valid in these alised workshop. Technical services are per- under great strain in high outside tempera- cases. manently informed of any modifications. tures, it could overheat. SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT WARNING For the sake of the environment Official Service and that you use genuine The incorrect use or handling of fluids or con- ® data Technical Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. SEAT spare parts . sumables may result in accident, serious in- Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers jury, burns or intoxication. and dispose of them in accordance with legis- Vehicles with special accessories and equip- ● Therefore, fluids must always be stored lation and with respect for the environment. ment closed in their original container.

The manufacturers of additional equipment Advice ● Never store fluids in empty food containers guarantee that the equipment complies with or bottles as other people may accidentally applicable laws and regulations with respect drink the fluid. Repairs and technical changes to the environment, in particular Directives ● Keep all fluids and consumables out of When performing repairs and technical mod- 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first direc- reach of children. ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- tive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehi- ● Read and observe the information and served! ››› cles while the second refers to the restric- warnings given on the fluid containers. tions on the marketing and use of certain Unauthorised modifications to the electronic Operation ● dangerous substances and preparations. Only work in the open air or in well-ventila- components or software in the vehicle may ted zones, when using products which give cause malfunctions. Due to the way the elec- The vehicle owner should keep the documen- off harmful vapours. tronic components are linked together in net- tation for the additional equipment safely ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- works, other indirect systems may be affec- and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end tone or any other volatile liquid in the main- ted by the faults. This may significantly affect of the vehicle's service life. This ensures that tenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and the vehicle's performance, increase compo- any additional equipment mounted in end-of- highly flammable. They could lead to fire or nent wear and could mean that the vehicle life vehicles is correctly disposed of with re- Emergencies explosions! registration documents are no longer valid. spect for the environment. Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held lia- CAUTION WARNING ble for any damage caused by technical mod- ● Only use appropriate fluids. Do not confuse ifications or repairs performed incorrectly. Repairs or modifications which are not per- fluids as this can cause serious malfunctions formed correctly may result in damage or er- Safety or engine damage. The SEAT Official Service does not accept lia- rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- ● Accessories and other components moun- bility for damage resulting from technical fectiveness of the driver assist systems. This ted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling modifications or repairs performed incorrect- could result in serious accident. »

165 Advice

● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT WARNING should only be performed by a specialised are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered, Modifications to the vehicle suspension, in- workshop. the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms, dampers, etc., are cluding the use of unauthorised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the perform- modified, the results received by the airbag ance of the airbags and increase the risk of sensors and sent to the control unit may not Repairs and malfunctions in the air- serious or fatal injury in the event of acci- be accurate. For example, some modifica- dent. bag system tions to the suspension could increase the ● Never fit suspension components which are force measured by the sensors and result in When performing repairs and technical mod- not identical to the original parts in the vehi- the triggering of the airbag systems in colli- ifications, SEAT's directives must be ob- cle. sions. Under normal conditions, the meas- served! ● ››› ured values would be lower and the airbag Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT. Modifications and repairs to the front bump- would not have been triggered. Other modifi- er, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof cations may reduce the forces measured by or chassis should only be carried out in a the sensors and prevent the airbags from be- specialised workshop. These components ing triggered when they should. Retrofitting of mobile phones may contain parts or sensors belonging to the airbag system. WARNING An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle. If work is carried out on the airbag system or Repairs or modifications which are not per- parts have to be removed and fitted on the formed correctly may result in damage or er- The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic ap- system when performing other repair work, rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- pliances in the vehicle is subject to their ap- parts of the airbag system may be damaged. fectiveness of the airbag systems. This could proval for use in your vehicle. Under certain The consequence may be that, in the event of result in serious or fatal accidents. circumstances, this could mean that your ve- an accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or ● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle hicle registration documents are no longer does not inflate at all. should only be performed by a specialised valid. workshop. So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with ● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if two-way radios providing the following condi- reduced and that removed parts do not cause damaged, they must be replaced. any injuries or environmental pollution, regu- tions are observed: ● lations must be observed. These require- Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle. ● The exterior aerial must be mounted pro- ments are known to specialised workshops. fessionally. Modifications to the vehicle suspension may ● The maximum transmitting power is 10 affect the operation of the airbag system in watts. the event of collision. For example, if wheel 166 Care and maintenance

The optimal reach of the equipment is only Information stored by the control ances connected in the vehicle, it is possible achieved with an external aerial. units to send the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag activa- Check first with a specialised workshop that tion, the system may automatically send a understands the technical possibilities of in- Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a ser- signal. This will depend on the network oper- stallation if you wish to use a two-way radio ies of electronic control units responsible for ator. Normally, transmission is only possible data Technical with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. the engine and gearbox management. In ad- in areas with good coverage. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- dition, the control units supervise the per- nical service. formance of the exhaust gas system and the airbag systems. Event Data Recorder All legal requirements, together with the in- Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, The vehicle is not fitted with an event data re- structions for the use of two-way radios must Advice corder. be observed. these electronic control units are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of An event data recorder temporarily stores the WARNING faults or deviations from the theoretical val- vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of ues, only this data is stored. Normally, the an accident, it is possible to obtain detailed If the two-way radio is not securely fastened warning lamps on the instrument panel light information about how the accident occur- in position, it could be sent flying around the up in the event of faults. vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden red. Vehicles with airbag systems can store data relating to impact speed, seat belt sta- manoeuvres or accident, causing injury. This data can only be read and analysed us- Operation tus, seat positions and airbag activation ● While driving, two-way radios must be se- ing special equipment. curely fastened in position, outside the air- times may be stored, etc. The volume of data The storing of the data allows specialised depends on the manufacturer. bags deployment zones, or safely stowed workshops to detect and repair faults. Stored away. data may include: Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner WARNING ● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation. Emergencies When using a two-way radio without a con- ● Speed nection to an exterior aerial, the maximum ● Direction of travel permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation Reprogramming control units ● Braking force may be exceeded. This is also the case if the On the whole, all the data required for the aerial has not been correctly installed. ● Detection of seat belt component management is stored in the con- ● Safety You should only use a two-way radio inside The vehicle control units never record conver- trol units. The programming of certain con- the vehicle if it has first been correctly con- sations held by passengers in the vehicle. venience functions, such as the turn signals, nected to an exterior aerial. individual door opening and instructions on In vehicles equipped with an emergency call the display can be modified using special » function via the mobile phone or other appli- 167 Advice

equipment at the workshop. If the comfort man body. International committees and au- Mobile telephone connection with an exter- functions are reprogrammed, the information thorities have established limits and direc- nal aerial is carried out subject to the hands- and Instruction Manual descriptions will not tives in order to ensure electromagnetic radi- free device, via the telephone support or by coincide with the modified functions. There- ation from mobile phones remains within cer- the Bluetooth® connections present in the fore, SEAT recommends that any modifica- tain limits that do not endanger health. Nev- mobile telephone and the vehicle. tions be recorded in the section “Other work- ertheless, there is no conclusive scientific If the mobile phone is connected to an aerial shop notes” in the Maintenance Programme. evidence that wireless telephones are totally incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior safe. The SEAT Official Service must have a record aerial connected to the vehicle, it will help re- of any modification to the programming. That is why some experts recommend moder- duce the electromagnetic radiation transmit- ate use of the mobile telephone, and the ap- ted and the risk to human health. It will also Reading the vehicle fault memory pliance of measures to reduce radiation on improve the quality of the connection. the human body. There is a diagnostics connector in the vehi- If the phone is used inside the vehicle with- cle interior for reading the vehicle fault mem- When a mobile phone not connected to an out the hands-free system, it will not be se- ory. The fault memory documents errors and exterior aerial is used inside the vehicle, the curely fastened and will not be connected to deviations from the theoretical values of the electromagnetic radiation may be greater the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone. electronic control units. than if the mobile phone were connected to a Nor will the telephone charge if it is not on built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial. the support. In addition, some calls may The diagnostics connector is in the driver break off and the quality of the connection side footwell area, next to the lever for open- If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands- will be affected. ing the bonnet, below a cover. free device that allows the employment of numerous additional mobile telephone func- Mobile telephones should only be used in- The fault memory should only be read and re- tions with compatible Bluetooth technolo- side the vehicle if they are connected to a set by a specialised workshop. gy®, it will comply with the legislation in hands-free system. SEAT recommends using many countries which only permits the use of an external aerial should you wish to use a mobile phones inside vehicles using a mobile telephone inside the vehicle. Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle hands-free device. ® without connection to an exterior aer- Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Blue- ® ial Mobile telephones must be placed in a suita- tooth SIG, Inc. ble telephone support or stored safely in the Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio vehicle. If a support is used for the tele- WARNING waves also called high-frequency energy, phone, it must be securely fastened to the If the mobile phone is not securely fastened both when in use and when on stand-by. Sci- base plate. The mobile will be secure on the in position, it could be sent flying around the entific studies state that radio waves exceed- instrument panel and always within reach of vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden ing certain values may be harmful to the hu- the driver only by following these procedures. manoeuvres or accident, causing injury. 168 Care and maintenance

● While driving, the mobile telephone, other Support points for raising the vehicle The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting equipment including telephone accessories platforms with lift pads containing fluid. such as telephone supports, notepads and When raising a vehicle using a platform or navigators must be correctly secured, away jack, a series of precautionary measures are from the airbags deployment zones, or stored required. Do not raise the vehicle with a lift- in a safe place. data Technical ing platform or jack unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to do WARNING so safely. When using a mobile telephone or two-way Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack radio without connecting an external aerial,

››› page 73. Advice the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may be excee- WARNING ded, thus putting the driver and the rest of Fig. 159 Front jacking points for raising vehi- the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also cle with lifting platform or jack The improper use of the lifting platform or the case if the aerial has not been correctly the jack when raising the vehicle may result installed. in accidents or serious injury. ● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be ● Before raising the vehicle, please observe kept between mobile phone aerials and artifi- the manufacturer's instructions for the plat- Operation cial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may form or jack, and the legal requirements, affect the working of pacemakers. where applicable. ● Do not keep mobile phones in breast pock- ● There should not be anyone inside the ve- ets directly above pacemakers. hicle when it is being raised or once it is in ● Immediately switch off the mobile tele- the air. phone if you suspect any interference with ● Only use the jacking points indicated in the pacemakers or other types of medical equip- figures ››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when rais- Emergencies ment. Fig. 160 Rear jacking points for raising vehi- ing the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at cle with lifting platform or jack the indicated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is being Always use the jacking points indicated in dismounted, for example.

the figures ››› Fig. 159 and ››› Fig. 160 when ● The jacking points should be centrally Safety raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted aligned and firmly positioned on the platform at these points, it could be seriously dam- support plates. » aged ››› or lead to serious injury ››› .

169 Advice

● Never start the engine when the vehicle is edging warranty claims in the event of body- WARNING raised! The vehicle may fall from the platform work corrosion or paint defects. Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle due to the engine vibrations. Products suitable for the care of your vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety ● If it is necessary to work underneath the ve- are available at any technical service. equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- hicle while it is raised, you should check that jury. the supporting stands have an adequate load WARNING ● Vehicle components should only be capacity. Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- cleaned and maintained in accordance with ● Never climb onto the lifting platform. ous. If car care products are not suitable or the manufacturer's instructions. ● Always make sure that the weight of the ve- are used inappropriately, this could result in ● Only use approved or recommended care hicle does not exceed the lifting platform accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- products. load capacity. tion. ● Car care products must always be stored in CAUTION CAUTION the original container which should be kept closed. Cleaning products which contain solvents will ● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil damage the material. sump, the gearbox or the rear or front axles. ● Observe information provided by the manufacturer. ● Always use an intermediate rubber support For the sake of the environment to prevent damage to the vehicle underbody. ● To prevent confusion, never store car care Check that the arms of the lifting platform are products in empty food cans, bottles or other Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for able to move with obstruction. containers. this purpose, to prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, ● The arms should not come into contact with ● Keep all care products out of reach of chil- from entering the drains. In some places, the side running boards or other parts of the dren. even washing it outside the planned areas is vehicle. ● Harmful vapours may be produced when us- banned. ing car care products. Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or in the open air. For the sake of the environment Caring for and cleaning the ve- ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- Where possible, always use products which hicle exterior tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, respect the environment. clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable. Introduction For the sake of the environment

Regular maintenance and washing help to The remains of car care products should not be disposed of with ordinary household maintain the value of the vehicle. This may also be one of the requirements for acknowl- 170 Care and maintenance

waste. Observe information provided by the SEAT recommends the use of car washes WARNING manufacturer. without brushes. After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- To remove traces of wax on windows and to ing effect will be reduced (and the braking prevent wiper blades from scratching, please distance increased) due to moisture (and ice Washing the vehicle observe the following ››› page 172, Cleaning in winter) on the brakes. Technical data Technical windows and exterior mirrors. ● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking The longer substances such as insects, bird carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- droppings, resinous tree sap, road dirt, in- Washing the car by hand ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- dustrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and lations in the process. When washing the car by hand, use plenty of other aggressive materials remain on the ve-

water to soften the dirt first, and rinse off as Advice hicle, the more damage they do to the paint- well as possible. CAUTION work. High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the corro- Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, ● The water temperature should not exceed sive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should glove or brush using only slight pressure. +60°C (+140°F). also be thoroughly washed at regular inter- Start at the roof and work downwards. Spe- ● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not vals. cial car shampoo should only be used for wash the vehicle in full sun. very persistent dirt. ● Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to clean away the Operation Automatic car washes Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and of- traces of insects. Always observe the instructions provided at ten. the automatic car wash. The standard pre- ● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned cautionary measures prior to entering the car or sponge, always moisten first. It is best to last. Use a second sponge for this. use soapy water. wash should be taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior ● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: WARNING mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional When washing the vehicle with a hose, do Emergencies components (spoiler, roof-rack, aerial, etc.), Sharp components on the vehicle may cause not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and check with the car wash supervisor whether injury. seals could freeze! these can enter the car wash ››› . ● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle undercarriage or The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the the interior of the wheel hubs. CAUTION

vehicle can normally be washed without Safety problems in an automatic car wash tunnel. To avoid any risk of damage to the vehicle, However, wear and damage to the paintwork please check the following points before us- will depend on the type of car wash used. ing an automatic car wash: »

171 Advice

● Compare the distance between the vehicle tem sensors. The sensors of the parking dis- CAUTION wheels and the distance between the guide- tance warning system are situated on the rear ● The water temperature should not exceed rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the bumper ››› . +60°C (+140°F). wheels and tyres! Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out ● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not ● Switch off the rain sensor before taking the in a direct stream or one that has a rotating wash the vehicle in full sun. vehicle to an automatic car wash. jet for forcing off dirt ››› . ● To ensure that the system functions well, ● Compare the height and width of your vehi- the sensors located on the bumper must be cle with the available height and width when WARNING kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning entering and driving through the car wash. The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning with pressure hoses and steam cleaners, the ● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retracta- equipment could result in permanent dam- sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A dis- ble exterior mirrors must not be folded in or age, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other tance of 10 cm between the sensors and the out by hand. Always use the electrical power materials. This could result in a serious acci- steam / hose nozzle must be observed. control. dent. ● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to re- ● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, ● Ensure there is a suitable distance between move ice or snow from windows rest the windscreen wipers on the windscreen the nozzle and the tyres. ● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them ● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or When washing the vehicle with a hose, do fall! so-called “dirt blasters”. Even at large spray- not direct water into the lock cylinders or the ● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening ing distances and short cleaning times, you gaps around the doors or roof. Locks and unexpectedly while inside the car wash. may damage the tyres. seals could freeze!

WARNING Washing the vehicle with a high pres- Cleaning windows and exterior mir- After the vehicle has been washed, the brak- sure cleaner ing effect will be reduced (and the braking rors distance increased) due to moisture (and ice When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pres- in winter) on the brakes. Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors sure cleaner, always follow the operating in- ● Spray windows and exterior windows with a structions for the equipment. Pay special at- “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you are not endanger- standard window cleaner containing alcohol. tention to the required pressure of the jet ing other road-users or breaking traffic regu- and the distance between the jet and the ve- lations in the process. Dry the windows with a clean chamois leath- hicle ››› . er or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, cleaning windows because they are soiled such as rubber hoses or insulating material, and from the parking distance warning sys- 172 Care and maintenance with wax deposits which could smear the portion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts CAUTION windows. water) in the windscreen washer reservoir. ● Never mix our cleaning products with other Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to ● All year round: the window clean- products not recommended by SEAT in the clean rubber, oil, grease and silicone depos- er G 052 164 A2; proportion 1:2 in wind- windscreen washer reservoir. This could lead its off ››› . screen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 to flocculation and may block the windscreen parts water) in winter, up to -18°C (-0.4°F), or washer jets. data Technical Removing wax residue 1:4, during the rest of the year. ● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice Automatic car washes and certain car care ● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all win- or snow from the windows and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack! products may leave wax deposits on the windows and exterior mirrors. ● The heating element for the rear window is

dows. These deposits can only be removed Advice with a special product or cleaning cloths. If Removing snow located on the inner side of the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating el- wax deposits are left on the windscreen and Use a small brush to remove snow from the ements and never clean the inside of the rear the rear window, the blades can scratch the windows and exterior mirrors. window with corrosive or acid products or glass. SEAT recommends you wipe the wax other similar chemical cleaning products. deposits off the windscreen and the rear win- Removing ice dow with a soft cloth each time after you If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove have washed the vehicle. ice. If you use an ice scraper, push it in one Caring for and polishing the vehicle Operation A window cleaning detergent which helps to direction only without swinging it. If you pull paintwork dissolve the wax may be added to the wind- the scraper backwards, the dirt may scratch screen washer fluid to prevent the wiper the window. Waxing blades from scratching the windscreen. Please ensure you add the cleaning product WARNING Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is in the correct proportions. Products for re- time to apply a good coat of wax when water Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in moving grease do not eliminate the wax de- no longer forms droplets and rolls off the Emergencies all directions and increase the risk of acci- clean paintwork. posits ››› . dent and serious injury. Special cleaning products or window cloths ● Do not drive unless you have good visibility Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the are available at any technical service. To re- through all windows! automatic car wash, SEAT recommends pro- tecting the paint with a hard wax coating at move wax deposits, SEAT recommends the ● Remove ice and snow from the windows least twice a year. Safety following products: and demist inside and out. » ● For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer use G 052 184 A1. Pro-

173 Advice

Polishing ● Do not clean or polish them in sandy or Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel Polishing is only necessary if the paint has dusty environments. rims. SEAT recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about once lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be ● Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such brought back by applying wax. as home cream cleaners. every three months. If the polish does not contain wax, a wax ● Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, It is important to remove road salt and brake product should be applied after polishing. or similar products to clean insect deposits. dust by washing the wheels at regular inter- ● Do not polish dirty surfaces. vals, otherwise the finish will be impaired. CAUTION ● Do not use products containing solvents. Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy ● To prevent damage, car polish or hard wax ● Do not use hard wax. wheel rims. Car polish or other abrasive should not be used on components painted in agents should not be used for maintaining matt paint, plastic components and the glass the rims. CAUTION headlamp and tail light covers. If the protective coating on the paint has Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have ● Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or been damaged (for example, hit by a stone), dusty environment. been painted additionally. Do not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor it should be repaired immediately. chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish. Care and cleaning of chrome and alu- Caring for rubber seals minium wheel rims Cleaning wheels The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., re- ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth main flexible, provide a better seal and last to clean anodized surfaces. Cleaning steel wheels longer if they are regularly treated with a ● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special clean- product specifically designed for use on rub- Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake ing product which does not contain . ber. solvents dust. Therefore, clean wheels regularly with a ● Then, polish the chrome and aluminium separate sponge. Before applying the product, use a soft cloth wheel trims with a smooth dry cloth. to remove dust and dirt from the rubber Any damage to the paint on steel wheels seals. CAUTION should be touched up before the metal starts to rust. In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims: Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels ● Do not clean or polish them in direct sun- Remove road salt and brake dust by washing light. the wheels approximately once a fortnight. 174 Care and maintenance

De-icing the door lock cylinder Cleaning the engine compartment WARNING

To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend The engine compartment of any motor vehi- When working on the engine or in the engine the use of genuine SEAT spray with lubricat- cle is a potentially hazardous area compartment, there is a risk of injury, burns, accident or fire. ing and anti-corrosive properties. ››› page 187. ● Before starting work, please ensure you are The engine compartment should only be data Technical CAUTION familiar with the required procedure and the cleaned by qualified personnel. If it is not safety precautions ››› page 187. The use of products containing degreasing correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating ● SEAT recommends getting a specialised agents to de-ice the locks may rust the lock and consequently electrical components may workshop to do these jobs. cylinder. be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into the vehicle interior through the wa- Advice ter chamber ››› . CAUTION If water is manually poured into the water box Protection of vehicle undercarriage If the engine compartment is very dirty, al- (e.g. using a high pressure cleaning appli- ways take the vehicle to a specialised work- The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it ance), this could cause significant damage to shop for professional cleaning. SEAT recom- from chemical and mechanical damage. The the vehicle. mends taking your car in for technical serv- protective coat on the undercarriage may

ice. Operation wear from use while driving. Therefore, SEAT For the sake of the environment recommends that the protective coating on Water box Only wash the engine compartment in areas the undercarriage and on the running gear allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty The water box is in the engine compartment, should be regularly checked, and repaired if water which may be contaminated by oil, between the windscreen and the engine, and necessary. grease or fuel, from entering the drains. In beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in some places, even washing this compartment WARNING through the water box from outside to the ve- outside planned areas for this purpose is hicle interior via the heating and air condi- Emergencies Additional underseal or anti-corrosion prod- banned. ucts could catch fire due to the high tempera- tioner. tures reached by the exhaust gas system and Leaves and other loose objects should be other engine components. regularly cleaned away from the water box ei- ● Do not apply additional underseal or anti- ther by hand or with a vacuum. corrosion products to the exhaust pipes, cat- Safety alytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.

175 Advice

Caring for and cleaning the ve- ucts should only be used in well-ventilated How to care for the upholstery spaces or in the open air. hicle interior To treat and maintain your seat upholstery, ● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, ace- tone or any other volatile liquid to wash, keep the following in mind ››› : Introduction clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic ● Before entering the vehicle, close any Vel- and highly flammable. The dye from many items of modern clothing cro fasteners that might snag on the uphols- (e.g. dark jeans) is not always colour-fast. tery or trim fabric. Any open Velcro fasteners Seat upholstery (material and leather), espe- WARNING may damage the trim or upholstery fabrics. cially when light-coloured, may visibly discol- Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle ● To prevent damage, avoid direct contact our if the dye comes out of clothing (even components may effect the vehicle safety between sharp decorative objects and the when used correctly). This is not an uphols- equipment, increasing the risk of severe in- upholstery and trim fabrics. Decorative ob- tery defect but indicates that the dye in the jury. jects include zips, rivets and rhinestones on item of clothing is not sufficiently colour-fast. ● Vehicle components should only be clothing and belts. cleaned and maintained in accordance with ● From time to time, clean the dust that gath- WARNING the manufacturer's instructions. ers in the perforations, folds and seams so Car-care products may be toxic and hazard- ● Only use approved or recommended care that the surfaces of the seats are not dam- ous. If car care products are not suitable or products. aged by its abrasive effect. are used inappropriately, this could result in ● accident, serious injury, burns or intoxica- Make sure clothes are colour-fast to avoid CAUTION tion. them running and staining the upholstery. ● Cleaning products which contain solvents This is especially important if the upholstery ● Car care products must always be stored in will damage the material. is light in colour. the original container which should be kept closed. ● To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised workshop. CAUTION ● Observe information provided by the manufacturer. If the instructions for upholstery and trim care are not followed, they may deteriorate ● To prevent confusion, never store car care Note and discolour. products in empty food cans, bottles or other Suitable vehicle care products are available containers. from your technical service. ● Keep all care products out of reach of chil- Note dren. SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a ● Harmful vapours may be produced when us- Specialised workshop to treat any stains on ing car care products. Therefore, care prod- the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing. 176 Care and maintenance

Cleaning padding and textile covers Type of Cleaning the vehicle Cleaning storage compartments, stain drinks holders and ashtrays Normal cleaning ● Before applying cleaning products, please Water-based – Use a sponge and wipe with a solu- stains, e.g. tion of water and wool wash. read the instructions for handling and the coffee or fruit – Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth. Technical data Technical warnings shown on the container. juice. ● The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet Persistent – Apply a washing pastea) directly to should be regularly vacuumed (with vacuum stains, e.g. the stain and allow it to work. brush). chocolate or – Apply clean water using a sponge or ● make-up. damp cloth to remove the cleaning We recommend that you use a soft sponge Advice product deposits. or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth for normal clean- – Dry with a dry absorbent cloth. ing ››› . Grease-based – Apply neutral soap or cleaning General superficial dirt on upholstery and stains, e.g. oil pastea) and allow it to work. textile covers can be cleaned with a normal or lipstick. – Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with an absorbent cloth. foam cleaning product. Fig. 161 In the front part of the centre con- – Then apply clean water. Take care not sole: Storage compartment with cup holder. If the upholstery and the material trims are to soak the upholstery. Operation very dirty, we recommend you have them a) cleaned by a specialist cleaning form. Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste. CAUTION Cleaning stains ● Brushes should only be used to clean the It may be necessary to clean the whole sur- mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be face and not only the stain itself. Especially if damaged if a brush is used. the surface has been dirtied through normal Emergencies ● use. Otherwise, the stained area may be- Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted in the mate- come lighter than the rest of the surface after rial when steam is applied. treatment. ● Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the surface. Fig. 162 Ashtray removed and open with area Safety to stub cigarettes »

177 Advice

Cleaning storage compartments and drinks WARNING cle should be taken to a Specialised work- holders shop immediately and the belts should be re- Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag placed. It is extremely dangerous to drive us- ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean modules to become porous. If an airbag is ac- ing damaged seat belts and could result in parts. cidentally triggered, the detachment of plas- serious injury or loss of life. ● If this does not provide satisfactory results, tic parts could cause serious injury. ● Seat belts and their components must nev- we recommend using a special solvent-free ● Never clean the dash panel and the surfa- er be cleaned with chemical products, nor plastic cleaning product. ces of the airbag modules with cleaners con- should they be allowed to come into contact taining solvents. with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp ob- Cleaning the ashtray jects. This could affect the strength of the ● Extract the ashtray and empty it. seat belt webbing. Cleaning seatbelts ● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth. ● Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Dampness could damage the belt Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor retractor so that it does not operate correctly. may not work correctly thus preventing the the area where cigarettes are stubbed out ● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to en- ››› Fig. 162. seat belt from operating correctly. ter the buckle fastenings. This could damage The seat belts should never be removed from the buckles and seat belts. the vehicle for cleaning. ● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a Care and cleaning of plastic parts, seat belt yourself. ● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt wooden trim and the instrument pan- ● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced ››› . el immediately by seat belts approved for the ● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out. vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which ● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean ● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap have been worn in an accident and stretched parts. and water solution. must be replaced by a specialised workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no ● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the ● Wait until they are completely dry. apparent damage. The belt anchorage should vehicle) and the dash panel with a special ● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is also be checked. solvent-free product for the care and clean- completely dry. ing of plastic, approved by SEAT ››› . ● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and WARNING water solution. Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the webbing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehi-

178 Care and maintenance

Notes for the user Labels and plates Certificate of safety A certificate of safety on the door strut states Introduction that all the safety standards and regulations established by the national traffic authorities WARNING responsible for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the data Technical Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct month and year of manufacture, together care increases the risk of accident and injury. with the chassis number. ● Observe legal requirements. ● Observe the Instruction Manual. Warning of high voltage label Advice There is a label close to the bonnet lock CAUTION which warns of high voltage in the vehicle's Fig. 163 Warnings relating to handling of the electrical system. If the vehicle is not properly cared for, dam- City Safety Assist system laser sensor func- age may occur. tion. ● Observe legal requirements. Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor ● Carry out regular maintenance of the vehi- Some parts in the engine compartment come cle, according to specifications in the Mainte- from the factory with certificates of safety, la- There are some warning and information Operation nance Programme. bels or plates containing important informa- signs on the City Safety Assist system laser tion regarding the operation of the vehicle, ● Observe the Instruction Manual. sensor ››› Fig. 163. for example, on the fuel tank flap, on the passenger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the boot. Using your vehicle in other countries ● Never remove these certificates of safety, and continents Emergencies labels or plates, and ensure they are kept in good condition and are legible. The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in accordance with ● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of the national legislation in force at the time of safety, label or plate, is replaced, the special- manufacture. ised workshop should attach the information Safety back in the same place. If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be observed. »

179 Advice

It may be necessary to fit or remove certain Notes on SEAT repairs Collection and scrapping of end-of-life pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain vehicles functions. Service work may also be affected. WARNING This is particularly true if the vehicle is used Collection of end-of-life vehicles in a different climate for an extended period Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in damage or er- SEAT is already prepared for the moment of time. rors in the vehicle operation, affecting the ef- when you wish to scrap your vehicle and of- fectiveness of the driver assist and airbag fers you an environmentally-friendly solution. CAUTION systems. This could result in serious acci- An extensive network of used car reception ● SEAT does not accept liability for any dam- dent. centres already exists in much of Europe. Af- age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower ● Have any repairs or modifications carried ter the vehicle has been delivered, you will quality fuel, an inadequate service or the out at a specialised workshop. receive a certificate of destruction describing non-availability of genuine spare parts. the environmentally friendly scrapping of the ● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle vehicle in accordance with applicable legisla- does not comply in part or in full with the le- tion. gal requirements of other countries or conti- Conformity certification nents. We will collect the used vehicle free of The respective manufacturer hereby declares charge, provided it complies with all national that the products indicated below comply legislation. with basic requirements and the following Radio and antenna reception provisions and important legislation on the Please see your technical service for further date of manufacture of the vehicle, among information about the collection and scrap- For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and ping of end-of-life vehicles. for radio reception is fitted to the roof of the RSS-Gen Issue 1: vehicle. Scrapping Radio frequency equipment The relevant safety requirements must be ob- Note ● Electronic gearbox lock. served when the vehicle or components of If electrical equipment such as mobile tele- the airbag or belt tensioner systems are ● Vehicle key phones, is used near a roof aerial, you may scrapped. These requirements are known to observe interference in the reception of AM specialised workshops. stations. Electrical equipment ● 12 volt power socket

180 Checking and refilling levels Checking and refilling levels If super is not available, in an emergency you ers, where information on how to use them may refuel with normal 91 octane petrol. In can also be obtained. this case only use moderate engine speeds Fuel and a light throttle. Refuel with super as soon CAUTION as possible. ● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the

Types of petrol data Technical In any event you can always refuel with 98- fuel contains metal. LRP (lead replacement octane petrol. petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the metal additives. Using them may damage the fuel tank flap, on the rear right-hand side of engine! the vehicle. Petrol additives ● Never refuel with fuels containing a large

The quality of the fuel influences the behav- Advice The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con- proportion of ethanol (for example, E50, E85). iour, power and service life of the engine. verter and must only be run on unleaded pet- This could damage the fuel system. This is why the petrol you use should carry rol. The petrol must comply with European ● Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or suitable additives already included by the Standard EN 228 or German standard DIN fuel containing other metal additives would petrol industry, free of metals. These addi- 51626-1 and must be unleaded. You can re- seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic tives will help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel with a maximum ethanol proportion of converter. fuel system clean and prevent deposits from 10 % (E10). The types of petrol are differenti- ● Only use fuel additives that have been ap- building up in the engine. ated by their octane rating (RON). proved by SEAT. Octane boosting or anti- Operation If good-quality petrol with metal-free addi- knock additives may contain metal additives The following titles appear on the corre- tives is not available or engine problems that could seriously damage the engine or sponding adhesive on the fuel tank flap: arise, the necessary additives must be added the catalytic converter. These additives must when refuelling ››› . not be used. Super unleaded 95 octane or normal 91 oc- ● High engine speed and full throttle can tane unleaded petrol Not all petrol additives have been shown to damage the engine when using petrol with an be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol ad- We recommend you use super 95 octane pet- octane rating lower than the correct grade for Emergencies rol. If this is not available: normal 91 octane ditives may cause significant damage to the the engine. petrol, with a slight decrease in power. engine and the catalytic converter. Metal additives should never be used. Metal additives Note may also be contained in petrol additives for Super unleaded petrol with a minimum of 95 improving anti-detonation ratings or octane ● You may use petrol with a high octane num-

octanes Safety ratings ››› . ber than the one recommended for your en- You should use super petrol with a minimum gine. » of 95 octanes. SEAT recommends “genuine Volkswagen Group Fuel Additives for petrol engines”. These additives can be bought at SEAT deal- 181 Advice

● In those countries where unleaded petrol is hicle consumption can also vary when using even death. For this reason, the vehicle own- not available, you may refuel with a fuel with a single type of gas only. er must have a specialised workshop check (visual check) the gas system every 4 years at a low lead content. The engine management automatically least. The vehicle owner must have a special- adapts to the natural gas used according to ised workshop replace the natural gas tanks its quality. Therefore, different quality gases before they reach the end of their service life. Natural gas can be mixed in the tank, without the need For further information about the service life for comprehensive draining before applying a of gas tanks, go to a SEAT dealer service or a Natural gas can be compressed or in liquid different quality gas. form, addition to others. specialised workshop Natural gas and safety Liquefied natural gas (LNG) is the result of WARNING heavy cooling of natural gas. Therefore its If you can smell gas or suspect that there is a Failure to act when you can smell gas in the volume is considerably reduced compared leak ››› : vehicle or when refuelling can cause serious with compressed natural gas (CNG). In vehi- injuries. cles with a natural gas engine, liquefied nat- ● Stop the vehicle immediately. ● Carry out the necessary operations. ural gas cannot be directly refilled, as the gas ● Switch the ignition off. ● Leave the danger zone. would expand excessively in the vehicle gas ● Open the doors to appropriately ventilate tank. the vehicle. ● If necessary, warn the emergency services. Therefore, vehicles with a natural gas engine ● Extinguish cigarettes immediately. must only be refuelled using compressed WARNING ● Move away from the vehicle or switch off natural gas . ››› objects that may cause sparks or a fire. The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be ● Natural gas quality and consumption If you continue to smell gas, do not contin- added under any circumstances. Liquefied ue driving! Natural gas is divided into the groups H and natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to ● explode, resulting in serious injury. L depending on its quality. Seek specialist assistance. Have the fault repaired. Gas type H has a superior heating power and WARNING inferior nitrogen and carbon dioxide content Regular checks of the natural gas system than type L. The higher the heating power of Damaged, corroded or rusted tanks can result The natural gas tanks may be damaged or the natural gas, the lower the consumption in serious injury or even death. corroded by external factors. The walls of the will be. ● Have the natural gas deposits checked at gas tanks are weakened by deformations, least every 4 years (visual check). However, the heating power and the propor- damage or corrosion. As a result, the tanks tion of nitrogen and carbon dioxide can fluc- could burst and result in serious injuries or tuate within the quality groups. Therefore, ve- 182 Checking and refilling levels

● Natural gas tanks have a limited service WARNING ● Observe the safety regulations of the serv- life. Have the natural gas tanks replaced ice station. Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can when required. You can obtain further infor- cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious ● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the lug- mation about this at SEAT dealers or special- burns and injuries. gage compartment. ised workshops. ● Always make sure that you correctly close Technical data Technical the fuel cap to avoid evaporation and fuel WARNING WARNING spillage. For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend If the vehicle underbody touches the ground ● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. or in the event of a rear collision, there could substances that can cause serious burns and Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all be damage to the natural gas tanks. injuries.

in case of an accident and this applies to a Advice ● Check whether there is a smell of gas. ● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine full container as well as empty containers. ● If you do not notice the smell of gas, take is not switched off or if the filler fuel nozzle is This could lead to explosions, fires and inju- the vehicle to a specialised workshop imme- not fully inserted into the tank filler neck ries. diately and have the natural gas system when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, ex- ● Observe the following if you exceptionally checked. plosion and severe injuries. have to carry fuel in a canister: ● When refuelling, turn off the engine and – Never place a fuel container, to fill it, in- turn off the ignition for safety reasons. Note side the vehicle or on the vehicle, for ex- Operation ● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio ample, in the luggage compartment. Fill- Have the natural gas system checked regular- apparatus and other radio wave emitting ing in these circumstances could create ly by a specialised workshop, according to equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic an electrostatic charge and spark that the Maintenance Programme. waves could cause sparks and lead to a fire. could ignite fuel fumes. ● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it – Always place the canister on the ground is absolutely necessary to enter, close the to fill it. door and touch a metal surface before touch- Filling the tank – Insert the fuel nozzle into the neck of the Emergencies ing the filler nozzle again. This will prevent canister as far as possible. the generation of static electricity. Sparks – If you are using a metal fuel canister, the Introduction could cause a fire when refuelling. nozzle must always touch the canister ● The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the Never handle fuel close to flames, sparks or while it is being filled to avoid static elec- objects with slow combustion (e.g. ciga- tricity.

vehicle. Safety rettes). – Follow the legal requirements for the use, ● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnet- storage and transport of spare fuel canis- ic radiation when refuelling. ters. »

183 Advice

– Insure that the fuel container complies Control lamps and fuel gauge It lights Possible cause / Solution ››› with manufacturing standards, for exam- up ple, ANSI or ASTM F852-86. The fuel tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used (red mark a) CAUTION  ››› Fig. 164) ››› page 31. ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere Refuel as soon as possible ››› . on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork. The natural gas tank is almost empty. The reserve tank is being used (red mark a) ● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can  ››› Fig. 165) ››› page 31. cause serious engine and fuel system dam- Refuel as soon as possible ››› . age; the resulting malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT warranty. If you refuel with a) This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine. Fig. 164 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge panel ››› Fig. 164. This applies to even the smallest amount of for petrol the wrong fuel. Seek specialist assistance. Flashes for Possible cause / Solution With the engine running, the composition of about 10 sec- ››› the wrong fuel could significantly damage the onds fuel system and the engine itself. The fuel tank is almost empty. The  and the seg- reserve tank is being used For the sake of the environment page 31. ments remaininga) ››› Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- Refuel as soon as possible ››› . lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- a) fessional to dispose of them. This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the dash panel display.

Several warning and control lamps light up Fig. 165 On the instrument panel: Fuel gauge for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- for petrol and natural gas. ed on, signalling that the function is being verified. They will switch off after a few sec- The fuel gauge can vary depending on the ve- onds. hicle equipment ››› Fig. 164 or ››› Fig. 165. In natural gas engines During driving, the fuel gauge needle is in the fuel area with which the car is currently 184 Checking and refilling levels driving. Whenever the ignition is switched CAUTION Read the additional information carefully on, the needle changes first for a few sec- ›››  page 31 onds to the petrol area in order to display the ● Always pay attention to any lit control Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, current level of fuel. The needle then moves lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehi- the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary to the natural gas area. After the engine is cle. heating and keep them off during refuelling. started, the needle changes to the area corre- data Technical sponding to the current operating mode. ● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead to ignition Refuelling if the vehicle is left parked for a Problem: faults and unburnt fuel could enter the ex- The correct petrol type for the vehicle is loca- long time just after refuelling, the gas level haust system. This could damage the catalyt- ted on a sticker inside the fuel tank flap indicator does not accurately indicate the ic converter.

››› page 181. Advice same level shown after refuelling when the vehicle is started up again. This is not due to Note ● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated a leak in the system, but to a drop in pres- correctly, it will switch itself off as soon as The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on sure in the gas tank for technical reasons af- the fuel tank is full . the instrument panel ››› Fig. 164 indicates the ››› ter a cooling phase immediately after refuel- side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank flap ● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! ling. is located. Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient con- WARNING Operation ditions are warm. Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could re- Refuelling with petrol sult in the vehicle breaking down in traffic Vehicles with a natural gas engine and a serious accident. Every 6 months it is necessary to run on pet- ● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel sup- rol until the control lamp switches off  and ply to the engine can become irregular espe- then the tank must be refilled. This is neces- cially on slopes. sary to ensure the efficient operation of the Emergencies ● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to system and the fuel quality required for run- lack of or irregularity of the fuel supply, the ning on gas. power steering as well as all of the driver assistance systems including braking assistance will stop working. WARNING ● Always refuel when there is only one quar- Do not continue refilling once the fuel nozzle Safety ter of the fuel tank left to avoid running out of has switched itself off. The fuel tank may be fuel. Fig. 166 Open fuel tank flap with tank cap in filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt the holder out and spill. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries. » 185 Advice

CAUTION The vehicle is equipped for refuelling only Closing the fuel tank cap with Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) ››› . Re- ● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere ● Check that the gas filler mouth retainer 2 fuelling with another type of natural gas is is not trapped with the filler nozzle. If neces- on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel not allowed, e.g. Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork. sary, place it in the filler mouth again. or hydromethane. ● Insert the plug in the filler mouth. For the sake of the environment Opening the fuel tank cap ● Close the tank flap. Make sure you hear it click into place. Fuels can contaminate the environment. Col- The natural gas filler mouth is behind the fuel lect any spilt service fluids and allow a pro- tank cap, next to the petrol filler mouth. fessional to dispose of them. WARNING ● Unlock the vehicle with the key or with the Natural gas is a highly explosive, easily flam- central locking button  situated on the driv- mable substance. Incorrect handling of the Refuelling with natural gas er door ››› page 97. natural gas can cause accidents serious ● Press on the rear area of the flap and open burns and other injuries. it. ● Before refuelling with natural gas, the filling mouth must be correctly engaged. If you Refuelling can smell gas, stop refuelling immediately. Problem: If the ambient temperature is very high, the natural gas pump protection WARNING against overheating disconnects this auto- The vehicle is not prepared to use liquefied matically. natural gas (LNG) and this fuel must not be added under any circumstances. Liquefied ● Remove the plug from the gas filler mouth natural gas can cause the natural gas tank to ››› Fig. 167 1 . explode, resulting in serious injury. Fig. 167 Tank flap open: gas filler mouth 1 , ● Connect the pump filling nozzle to the gas filler mouth retainer 2 filler mouth. Note ● The fuel tank will be full when the pump Before refuelling, the engine and the igni- ● The filling nozzles of natural gas pumps compressor automatically cuts the supply. tion, mobile telephone and heating must be can differ in the way they are operated. If you switched off separately ››› . ● If you wish to finish refuelling in advance, are unacquainted with the pump, it is advisa- press the button on the pump to stop the ble that a member of staff of the service sta- It is also essential to carefully read the in- flow. tion performs the refuelling operation. structions for the natural gas pump.

186 Checking and refilling levels

● Noises heard when refuelling are normal ● Never work under the vehicle if it has not steam or coolant coming from the engine and do not indicate the presence of a fault in been immobilized. If you must work under- compartment. the system. neath the vehicle with the wheels in contact ● Always allow the engine to cool down be- ● The vehicle natural gas system is prepared with the ground then it should be parked on fore opening the bonnet. flat ground, the wheels should be prevented both for refuelling with a small compressor ● Contact with hot elements of the engine from moving and the key should be removed data Technical (slow refuel) and a large compressor (fast re- and the exhaust system can cause burns. fuel) in natural gas service stations. from the ignition. ● ● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, Once the engine has cooled, follow the in- you must use suitable stands additionally to structions below before opening the bonnet: support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- – Engage the handbrake and place the gear selector lever in N or the gear stick in Bonnet dent!. The jack is not intended for this kind of Advice work and its failure could lead to severe inju- neutral. Working in the engine compartment ries. – Remove the key from the ignition. ● Disconnect the Start-Stop system. – Keep children away from the engine com- Read the additional information carefully partment and never leave them unsuper- ›››  page 10 WARNING vised. ● Before working in the engine compartment, The engine compartment is a dangerous area When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- make sure that the vehicle is parked on hori- capable of causing serious injury. ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew Operation zontal and firm ground. the cap on the expansion tank when the en- ● For all type of work, always take the utmost gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out The engine compartment of the vehicle is a precautions, work carefully and note the gen- under pressure causing burns and serious in- hazardous area. Never work on the engine or eral safety standards in force. Never take per- jury. sonal risks. in the engine compartment if you are not fa- – After cooling, carefully and slowly un- miliar with the operations to be carried out, ● Never work on the engine or in the engine screw the cap anticlockwise, gently compartment if you are not familiar with the the applicable safety standards and especial- pressing down on it. Emergencies necessary operations. If you are not sure ly if you do not have the necessary instru- – about procedures then visit a specialised Always protect your face, hands and arms ments, liquids and tools ››› ! If required, from hot coolant and steam using a large, have any work carried out by a specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work. Working incorrectly can cause serious inju- thick cloth. workshop. Negligent work can cause serious ries. ● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them injury. ● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- Safety coolant escaping from the engine compart- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. » WARNING ment. This may cause serious burns. Always If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of cause serious injury. 187 Advice

WARNING move ties and jewellery (necklaces, etc), ● Always keep a recently serviced and per- tie long hair back and tie all items of fectly working fire extinguisher close by. The high voltages of the electrical system can loose clothing to your body to make sure give electric shocks as well as causing burns ● Never cover the engine with additional in- that they cannot be trapped by engine and serious injury and possibly even death! sulating materials such as a blanket. Risk of components. fire! ● Never cause short circuits in the electrical – Take extreme caution when operating the system. The battery could explode. accelerator and remain attentive. The ve- WARNING ● To minimise the risk of electric shock and hicle could move, even if the handbrake serious consequences while the engine is is applied. If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could running or starting the engine, note the fol- ● Always make sure you have not left any ob- suddenly open while driving leaving the driv- lowing: jects, such as cleaning cloths and tools, in er without visibility. This could result in a se- – Never touch the electrical wiring of the the engine compartment. If any object is left rious accident. ignition system. in the engine compartment, this could cause ● After closing the bonnet, always check that malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire. it is properly secured by the locking mecha- WARNING nism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be flush with the surrounding body pan- WARNING In the engine compartment, there are rotat- els. ing parts that could cause serious injury. Refill liquids and certain materials can catch ● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet ● Never place your hands directly on or near fire easily in the engine compartment, caus- is not correctly closed then stop immediately the radiator fan. Touching the rotor blades ing a fire and serious injury! and close it correctly. could seriously harm you. The ventilator ● Never smoke. ● Make sure the bonnet is opened and closed works according to the engine temperature ● Never work close to places exposed to safely (when the engine is off, no smoke is and could start suddenly even when the igni- flames or sparks. coming from the engine compartment, there tion is turned off and the key is removed. ● Never pour service fluids over the engine. is enough space around the car, no people ● If any work has to be performed when the These fluid may ignite hot engine parts and are near, etc.). engine is started or with the engine running, cause injuries. there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk from rotating parts, such as the drive ● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system CAUTION belts, alternator, radiator fan, etc., as well as or the electrical system, please follow the in- ● When refilling or changing service liquids, from the high-voltage ignition system. Al- structions below: ensure that you put the liquids into the right ways work with the utmost caution. – Always disconnect the vehicle battery. tank. Making a mistake when refilling could – Always make sure that no parts of your – Never work close to heaters, heat sources cause serious malfunctions and damage the body, jewellery, ties, loose clothing and or places exposed to flames or sparks. engine! long hair can be trapped by the rotating parts of the engine. Before any work, re- 188 Checking and refilling levels

● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the ● Engine oil should only be kept in its origi- Warning and control lamps windscreen wiper arms, only open it when nal packaging; the same goes for used oil un- the windscreen wipers are in place against til it is disposed of.  Flashes the windscreen. ● Never store engine oil in empty food con-  ● Before driving, always lower the wiper tainers or bottles as other people may acci- Stop the vehicle!

Switch off the engine. Check the data Technical arms. dentally drink it. engine oil level, and if necessary, ● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad refill with ››› page 190. For the sake of the environment for the skin. If you come into contact with en- Engine oil pres- engine oil - If the warning indicator gine oil, wash your skin with soap and water. sure too low. flashes although the oil level is cor- Service fluids leaks are harmful to the envi- rect, do not continue driving or ● With the engine running, the engine oil

ronment. For this reason you should make leave the engine running. Other- Advice regular checks on the ground underneath gets extremely hot and can cause severe skin wise, the engine could be dam- your vehicle. Take the vehicle to a specialised burns. Always wait until the engine has fully aged. Seek specialist assistance. workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil cooled. or other fluids on the ground. Collect any WARNING spilt service fluids and allow a professional to For the sake of the environment dispose of them. Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the Similar to the other service liquids, spilled instrument panel on page 26.

engine oil can be bad for the environment. Operation Collect these liquids in suitable containers Engine oil and dispose of them while respecting the environment. Engine oil specifications Introduction Read the additional information carefully ›››  page 32 WARNING Replacement engine oil must strictly comply Emergencies Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause in- with the specifications. jury and serious burns. The correct oil must be used to ensure the ● Always protect your eyes when handling correct operation and long service life of the engine oil. engine. The engine comes with a high-quality ● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the multigrade oil that can generally be used all Safety reach of children. year round. Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible ››› . Only refill »

189 Advice

engine oil using approved engine oil in ac- Checking engine oil level and topping Preparations cordance with the corresponding VW stand- up ● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the ard (›››  page 32). All oils indicated are engine oil reading is correct. synthetic multigrade oils. ● The engine must be hot to be able to check Engine oils are being continuously further the engine oil level. Stop the engine and wait developed. Technical services are constantly a few minutes for the oil to drain back into updated with any modifications. SEAT there- the sump. fore recommends that you have the engine ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. oil changed by a technical service. ● The engine oil filler neck can be recognised CAUTION by the symbol  on the cap ››› Fig. 169 and the dipstick by its coloured handle. ● Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by SEAT. The use of any other type of oil could cause engine dam- Fig. 168 Marked engine oil dipstick Check the engine oil level age! ● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean ● No additives should be used with engine cloth. oil. Any damage caused by the use of such ● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as additives would not be covered by the factory it will go. If the dipstick to measure engine oil warranty. has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube. ● Remove the oil dipstick again and check the engine oil level. ● After reading the oil level, replace the dip- Fig. 169 In the engine compartment: Engine stick in the tube completely. oil filler cap. WARNING Read the additional information carefully Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact ›››  page 32 with hot engine components. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries. ● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened.

190 Checking and refilling levels

This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot en- checked at regular intervals, preferably when WARNING gine parts when the engine is running. filling the tank and before a journey. Only change the engine oil yourself if you When the engine is working hard, for in- have the specialist knowledge required! CAUTION stance during sustained high-speed motor- ● Before opening the bonnet, read and ob- way cruising in summer or when climbing serve the warnings page 187. ● If the engine oil level is above the area ››› data Technical mountain passes, the oil level should pref- ››› Fig. 168 A do not start the engine. Seek ● Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil erably be kept within area A . specialist assistance. Otherwise catalytic ››› Fig. 168 may cause burn injuries. converter and engine damage may occur. ● Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, such ● When refilling or changing service liquids, as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil. Topping up engine oil ensure that you put the liquids into the right ● When removing the oil drain plug with your Advice tank. Making a mistake when refilling could Read the additional information carefully fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help pre- cause serious malfunctions and damage the vent oil from running down your arm. engine! ›››  page 32. ● Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into The engine oil must be changed regularly ac- contact with engine oil. For the sake of the environment cording to the specifications of the Mainte- ● Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be The oil level must never be above area A . nance Programme. stored in a safe place out of the reach of chil- Otherwise oil can be drawn in through the Due to the problems linked with disposing of dren. Operation crankcase breather and escape into the at- used oil and the need for suitable tools and mosphere via the exhaust system. special knowledge, always visit a specialised CAUTION workshop to have the engine oil and filter No additives should be used with engine oil. changed. SEAT recommends taking your car This could result in engine damage. Any dam- Engine oil consumption in for technical service. age caused by the use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty. The consumption of engine oil can be differ- Detailed information on the service intervals Emergencies ent from one engine to another and can vary is shown in the Maintenance Programme. during the useful life of the engine. Engine oil additives make new oil darker after For the sake of the environment Depending on how you drive and the condi- the engine has been running for a short peri- Before changing the engine oil, find a suita- tions in which the vehicle is used, oil con- od. This is normal and does not mean more ble location or service for proper disposal. sumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the frequent oil changes are required. Safety case of new vehicles, the consumption can For the sake of the environment exceed this figure over 5,000 kilometres. For Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost this reason the engine oil level must be respect for the environment. Never dispose of » 191 Advice

used engine oil in places such as a garden, should be collected and correctly disposed  It lights up blue woods, drains, roads, paths, rivers and drain- of, with respect to the environment. age systems. The natural gas engine coolant tempera- As long as the warning lamp is ture is low. The en- on, avoid high engine speeds Coolant warning lamp gine has not reached and pushing the engine too Engine coolant the operating temper- hard. Several warning and control lamps light up ature. for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- Introduction ed on, signalling that the function is being WARNING verified. They will switch off after a few sec- Observe the safety warnings ››› in On the WARNING onds. instrument panel on page 26. Engine coolant is toxic! ● Only keep engine coolant in its original  It lights up red container, tightly shut and in a safe place.  Stop the vehicle! ● Never store engine coolant in empty food Excessive engine Stop the vehicle safely as soon containers or bottles as other people may ac- coolant temperature. as possible. Switch off the en- cidentally drink it. gine and let it cool. ● Always keep engine coolant out of reach of  ¡Stop the vehicle! children. Check the engine coolant Insufficient engine when the engine has cooled ● Ensure that the proportion of engine cool- coolant level. and, if it is low, refill with en- ant additive corresponds to the lowest out- gine coolant ››› page 193. side temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.  Do not drive any further. Engine coolant sys- Obtain professional assis- ● If the outside temperature is extremely low, tem faulty. the engine coolant could freeze causing the tance. vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating to stop working, vehicle occupants  Flashes red without warm clothing could freeze. Engine coolant sys- Seek specialist assistance. tem faulty. For the sake of the environment Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. If any fluids are spilled, they

192 Checking and refilling levels

Checking the coolant level and top- Preparations ● If, in the event of an emergency, you have ping up ● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm no coolant that is compliant to the required ground. specifications (›››  page 32), do not use another type of additive. Instead, top up with ● Allow the engine to cool ››› . distilled water only ››› . Then re-establish

● Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. the correct proportion of the mixture with the data Technical ● The coolant expansion tank is easily recog- correct additive as soon as possible nisable because of the symbol  on the cap ›››  page 32. ››› Fig. 171. WARNING

Checking the engine coolant level Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious Advice ● When the engine is cold, check the coolant burns. level using the side marking on the expan- ● Never open the coolant expansion tank if Fig. 170 In the engine compartment: Marking sion tank ››› Fig. 170. steam or coolant is coming from the engine on coolant expansion tank compartment. Wait until you cannot see or ● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up hear any steam or coolant escaping. with coolant. When the engine is hot it may ● Always wait until the engine has complete-

be slightly above the marked area. Operation ly cooled before very carefully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot ele- Topping up the engine coolant level ments of the engine can cause skin burns. ● Always protect your face, hands and arms ● When the engine is warm or hot, the cool- from hot coolant and steam using a large, ing system is pressurised. Do not unscrew thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank the cap on the expansion tank when the en- cap. gine is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out

under pressure causing burns and serious in- Emergencies ● Remove the cap very carefully ››› . jury. ● Only refill using new engine coolant ac- – Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap an- Fig. 171 In the engine compartment: Coolant cording to SEAT specifications ti-clockwise, gently pressing down on it. expansion tank cap (›››  page 32) ››› . – Always protect your face, hands and arms ● Read the additional information carefully The engine coolant level should be be- from hot coolant and steam using a large, Safety ›››  page 32 tween the marks on the coolant expansion thick cloth. » tank ››› Fig. 170. Do not exceed the top level If the coolant level is low, the coolant warn- of the marked area ››› . ing indicator will light. ● Screw on the cap tightly. 193 Advice

● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them cess coolant will be forced out of the cooling Brake fluid on parts of the engine and the exhaust sys- system when the engine is hot, causing dam- tem. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under age. Checking the brake fluid level specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol ● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait can catch fire. for the engine to cool down completely before Read the additional information carefully adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an ›››  page 33 WARNING indication of leaks in the engine cooling system. Have the engine cooling system inspec- In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs If there is not enough anti-freeze in the cool- ted immediately by a specialised workshop. water from the ambient air. If there is too ant system, the engine may fail leading to se- Otherwise engine damage may occur. much water in the brake fluid, the brake sys- rious damage. ● When refilling service liquids, ensure that tem could be damaged. In addition, the boil- ● Please make sure that the percentage of you put the liquids into the right tank. Mak- ing point of the brake fluid is significantly additive is correct with respect to the lowest ing a mistake when refilling could cause seri- lowered. When the brake fluid contains too expected ambient temperature in the zone in ous malfunctions and damage the engine! much water and the brakes are subject to which the vehicle is to be used. considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour ● When the outside temperature is very low, can form in the system. These bubbles can CAUTION the coolant could freeze and the vehicle significantly reduce braking power, notably would be immobilised. In this case, the heat- The original additives should never be mixed increasing braking distance, and could even ing would not work either and inadequately with coolants which are not approved by result in the total failure of the brake system. dressed passengers could die of cold. SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing Ensuring that the brake system is always severe damage to the engine and the engine functioning correctly is essential for your own cooling system. CAUTION safety and the safety of other road users ● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not pur- ››› . ● If there is no appropriate coolant liquid ple but is, for example, brown, this indicates available, fill it using distilled water, and that the G13 additive has been mixed with an Brake fluid specifications nothing else. Any other type of water may inadequate coolant. The coolant must be lead to considerable rusting in the engine changed as soon as possible if this is the SEAT have developed a special brake fluid due to its chemical components. This could case! This could result in serious faults and optimised for the brake systems of their vehi- consequently damage the engine. If you have engine damage. cles. To ensure the optimum working of the not used distilled water but another type of brake system, SEAT recommends the use of water to top up the coolant, a specialised brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14 workshop must immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system. standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for different rea- ● Only top up coolant to the top level of the sons, use a brake fluid that complies with the marked area ››› Fig. 170. Otherwise the ex- United States standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or 194 Checking and refilling levels the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 Changing the brake fluid ● If the brake fluid is left in the system for ››› . The brake fluid should be changed in accord- too long and the brakes are subjected to Brake fluids conforming to the standard ance with the instructions given in the Main- heavy use, vapour bubbles may form in the VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements tenance Programme. Have the brake fluid brake system. This would seriously affect the efficiency of the brakes and the safety of the of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the changed by a specialised workshop. SEAT

vehicle. This may cause an accident. data Technical German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. recommends taking your car in for technical However, fluids that comply with the Ameri- service. This means that only brake fluid can FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the Ger- complying with the required specifications CAUTION man DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard do not will be used. Brake fluid damages the vehicle paintwork. necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 Wipe off any brake fluid from the paintwork standard. Always check the information on WARNING immediately. Advice the brake fluid container and ensure that you If the brake fluid level is low or unsuita- are using suitable brake fluid. ble/old brake fluid is used, the brake system For the sake of the environment may fail or braking power may be reduced. A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. ● SEAT dealerships. Check the brake system and the brake fluid Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a level regularly! professional to dispose of them. ● Brake fluid level The brake fluid should be changed regular- Operation ly in accordance with the instructions given The level of the brake fluid should always be in the Maintenance Programme. between the MIN and MAX marks, or above the MIN mark ››› . ● Always ensure that you use suitable brake Windscreen washer reservoir fluid. Only used brake fluid that conforms to It is not always possible to check the level of the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 Checking and topping up the wind- the brake fluid, as in some models the en- standard or even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 screen washer reservoir with water gine components make it difficult to see the standard. Other types of brake fluid could affect brake operation and reduce braking pow- Emergencies brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the Read the additional information carefully er. Do not use a brake fluid if the container exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.  page 33 does not specify compliance with the ››› The brake fluid level drops slightly when the VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or Check the water level in the windscreen vehicle is being used due to wear of the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards. washer reservoir regularly and top up as re- brake pads and the automatic readjustment ● The replacement brake fluid must be new. quired. Safety of the brake. ● Brake fluid should be stored in the closed ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. original container in a safe place out of reach of children. Risk of poisoning! ● The washer reservoir is marked with the symbol  on the lid. » 195 Advice

● Check there is enough water in the reser- ● Use clean water with a window cleaner rec- nical service. Negligent work can cause seri- voir. ommended by SEAT. ous injury. ● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner ● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to recommended by SEAT ››› . Please follow the water in the reservoir. Location of the vehicle battery the instructions for use found on the packag- The battery is located in the engine compart- ing. CAUTION ment. ● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should ● Do not mix cleaning products recommen- also be added to prevent the water from Explanation of the warning indications on ded by SEAT with other products. This could the vehicle's battery freezing. lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer jets. Symbol Meaning Reservoir capacity ● When topping up service fluids, make abso- The washer bottle capacity is approximately 3 lutely certain that you fill the fluids into the  Wear eye protection! litres. correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. could cause serious malfunctions and engine  Always wear protective gloves and eye WARNING damage! protection!

If the water from the windscreen washer does Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking not contain enough anti-freeze, it may freeze  are prohibited. on the windscreen and rear window, reducing Vehicle battery forward and rear visibility. A highly explosive mixture of gases is re-  leased when the battery is under charge. ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer Introduction contains enough anti-freeze.  Keep children away from acid and batter- ● In cold conditions, you should not use the Read the additional information carefully ies! windscreen wiper system unless you have ›››  page 34. warmed the windscreen with the ventilation WARNING system. The antifreeze could freeze on the The battery is a component of the vehicle's windscreen and reduce visibility. electrical system. Working on the vehicle battery and the electrical system can cause corrosion, fire and Never work on the electrical system without electric shocks. Always read and take into ac- WARNING fully understanding the operations required, count the following warnings and safety Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other the applicable safety standards and without standards before carrying out any work: similar additives with the windscreen washer the correct tools ››› ! If required, have any water. A greasy layer may be formed on the work carried out by a specialised workshop. windscreen which will impair visibility. SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech-

196 Checking and refilling levels

● Before working on the battery, switch off traviolet radiation can damage the battery Checking the electrolyte level of the the engine, the ignition and all electrical de- housing. vehicle battery vices then disconnect the negative ● If the car is left standing for long periods, connection on the battery. protect the battery from extreme cold temper- ● Keep children away from acid and the bat- ature so that it does not “freeze up” and be- tery itself! come damaged. data Technical ● Wear eye protection. ● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause blindness. When Warning lamp handling the battery, protect yourself from Advice splashes of acids, above all your hands, arms  It lights up and face. ● Do not smoke and never work close to pla- Contact a specialised workshop. ces exposed to flames or sparks. Have the electrical system checked. Fig. 172 In the engine compartment: Remove Disconnect any unnecessary elec- Faulty generator. the cover from the vehicle's battery. ● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges trical devices. The generator does when working with cables and electrical devi- not charge the battery while the ve- ces. hicle is in motion. The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage vehicles, Operation ● Never short the battery terminals. Several warning and control lamps light up in hot countries and in older batteries. Other ● Never use a damaged battery. It can ex- for a few seconds when the ignition is switch- batteries do not require maintenance. plode. Replace a damaged battery immediately. ed on, signalling that the function is being Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are verified. They will switch off after a few sec- ● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as equipped with special batteries. For technical onds. soon as possible. A flat battery can also reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these batteries. freeze at temperatures close to 0°C (+32°F). Emergencies WARNING Observe the safety warnings in On the Preparations CAUTION ››› instrument panel on page 26. ● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine ● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition compartment is switched on or if the engine is running. ››› page 187

This could damage the electrical system or ● Open the bonnet  ››› page 187. Safety electronic components. ● Press on the tabs ››› Fig. 172 (arrows) in the ● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight direction of the arrows and lift the battery over a long period of time, as the intense ul- cover up. »

197 Advice

Checking the battery electrolyte level Charging, replacing and connecting or Disconnecting the vehicle's battery ● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to disconnecting the battery If you must disconnect the battery from the clearly recognise the colours. Never use electrical system, please note the following: flames or shiny objects as a light source. Charging the battery ● Switch off the ignition and all electrical ● The vehicle battery should be charged by a Depending on the level of acid, the Magic equipment. eye on the top of the battery will change col- specialised workshop only, as batteries us- our. ing special technology have been installed ● The vehicle must be unlocked before dis- and they must be charged in a controlled en- connecting the battery, otherwise the alarm Colour in- Necessary operations vironment ››› . SEAT recommends taking will be triggered. dicator your car in for technical service. ● First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive ››› . The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- Replacing a vehicle battery Light yellow tery is too low. Have the battery checked or colourless and, where applicable, replaced by a The battery has been developed to suit the Connecting the vehicle's battery specialised workshop. conditions of its location and has special ● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off safety features. If the battery must be re- The electrolyte level of the vehicle's bat- the engine and all electrical devices. Black placed, consult a technical service for infor- tery is correct. ● First reconnect the positive cable and then mation on electromagnetic compatibility, the the negative ››› . size and maintenance, performance and WARNING safety requirements of the new battery in Different control lamps may light up after Working with the vehicle battery involves a your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT connecting the battery and switching the ig- risk of corrosion, explosions and electric recommends you have the battery replaced nition on. They will be turned off after a short shock. by a technical service. trip at a speed of between 15-20 km/h ● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries (10-12 mph). If the warning indicators remain could spill out of the openings for the release lit, please visit a specialised workshop to of gases and cause corrosion damage. conforming to TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated have the vehicle checked. ● Never open the vehicle battery. April 2008 or later. If the battery has been disconnected for a ● If battery acid splashes on you, immediate- Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are long time, it is possible that the next service ly rinse your eyes and skin abundantly with date is not displayed or calculated correctly water for several minutes. Then seek medical equipped with a special battery. Therefore, page 88. Respect the maximum service in- care immediately. this battery must only be replaced by another ››› with the same specifications. tervals permitted ››› Booklet Maintenance ● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a Programme. doctor immediately.

198 Checking and refilling levels

Automatic device disconnection WARNING For the sake of the environment The intelligent vehicle electrical system auto- Incorrectly securing the battery or using the Dispose of the battery in an environment- matically implements a range of measures to wrong battery can cause short-circuits, fire friendly manner. Batteries contain toxic sub- prevent the battery from discharging when and serious injuries. stances such as sulphuric acid and lead. high demands are made on it: ● Always use only maintenance-free batter- Technical data Technical ● The idling speed is increased so that the al- ies, protected to prevent a leak, and whose For the sake of the environment properties, specifications and size corre- ternator provides more electricity. spond to the standard battery. Battery acid can contaminate the environ- ● Where necessary, the power to the most ment. Collect any spilt service fluids and dis- powerful devices is reduced or even com- pose of them correctly.

WARNING Advice pletely disconnected. ● On starting the engine, the power supply A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under charge. from the 12-volt power sockets and the cigarette lighter may be interrupted for a short ● The batteries should be charged in a well- time. ventilated room only. ● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed The on-board management program cannot battery. A flat battery can also freeze at tem- always prevent the battery from running flat. peratures close to 0°C (+32°F). Operation For example, if the ignition is left on for a ● Always replace a battery which has frozen. long period with the engine off or if the side ● Battery cables not correctly connected may lights or parking lights are left on while the cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the posi- vehicle is stationary. tive cable and then the negative cable.

Why the battery runs flat:

CAUTION Emergencies ● When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly if the ignition ● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on. is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or ● Use of electrical devices with the engine electronic components. switched off. ● Never plug accessories that supply current, Safety such as solar panels or a battery charger, to the 12-volt power socket or the cigarette lighter. This could damage the vehicle's electrical system. 199 Advice

Wheels and tyres ● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure used in an emergency and with extreme cau- they are maintained at the pressures indication. ted. If the tyre pressure is too low, they could Tyres overheat, resulting in tread detachment or Note even burst tyres. Introduction ● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- cracked or dented) or worn tyres. Driving on sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and damaged or worn tyres could result in burst In some cases, this may also be true for the wheels is carried out by a specialised work- tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or same model of wheel. Please refer to the ve- shop. These workshops have the necessary damaged tyres must be replaced immediate- hicle documentation or ask at a technical special tools and replacement parts, trained ly. service. personnel and facilities for disposing of the ● Never exceed the maximum permitted old tyres while respecting the environment. speed or loads specified for the type of tyre SEAT recommends taking your car in for tech- fitted on your vehicle. Handling tyres and wheels nical service. ● The effectiveness of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the grip of the WARNING tyres. The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or ● If you notice unusual vibration or if the ve- braked if the tyres (new or used) are worn or hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the damaged. car immediately and check the tyres and ● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could wheels for damage. make driving more dangerous and result in ● To minimise the risk of losing control of the serious accidents and damage. vehicle or causing a serious accident, never ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels. tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- ● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are ence) and the same tread pattern. not sure of their previous history. They may Fig. 173 Diagram for changing wheels. ● New tyres do not give maximum grip and be damaged, although the damage is not im- will not have reached their maximum braking mediately visible. The tyres of a vehicle are the components capacity to start with, and therefore need ● Old tyres, even if they have never been which are subjected to most stress and are running in. To prevent accidents and major used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly the most underestimated. Tyres are very im- damage, extreme caution should be taken for while driving, especially at high speeds, re- portant, as the support offered by their nar- the first 600 km. sulting in serious accident and injury. If tyres row surface is the only point of contact be- are over six years old, they should only be tween the vehicle and the road.

200 Wheels and tyres

The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid Tyres over 6 years old pressure, driving style, the care they receive ››› . Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a and the correct fitting. ● Lost valve caps should be replaced imme- result of physical and chemical processes. The tyres and wheel rims are an essential diately. This may affect their performance. Tyres part of the vehicle's design. The tyres and which are stored for long periods of time rims approved by SEAT are specially matched Tyres with directional tread pattern without being used, harden and become data Technical to the characteristics of the vehicle and our Tyres with directional tread pattern have more fragile than tyres which are in constant critical to good road holding and safe han- been designed to operate best when rotating use. dling. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre SEAT recommends that tyres over six years sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on old are replaced with new tyres. This also ap- Advice Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels tyres with directional tread ››› page 208. Al- plies to tyres (including the spare wheel) ● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar ways observe the direction of rotation indica- which appear to be in perfect condition on obstacle, drive very slowly and as near as ted when mounting the wheel. This guaran- the outside and which have a tread depth possible at a right angle to the kerb. tees optimum grip and helps to avoid aqua- within the values stipulated by the Law ››› . planing, excessive noise and wear. ● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage The date of manufacture, part of the tyre (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents). If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- identification number (TIN), indicates the age

● Remove any foreign bodies found on the tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, of the tyre () ››› page 208. Operation outside of the tyre tread and ensure that they as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. have not passed through the wall of the tyre This is of particular importance when the Storing tyres road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon ››› page 205. Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate as possible or remount it with the correct di- ● the direction of rotation (left, right, forwards, In addition, the instructions for tyre control rection of rotation. systems should always be observed. backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them correctly when you replace ● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as Interchanging tyres Emergencies possible ››› page 205. them. When removed, the wheels and/or To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres tyres should be stored in a cool, dry and pref- ● Regularly check tyres for non-visible dam- the wheels should be changed round from erably dark location. Do not place tyres age ››› page 205. time to time according to the system mounted on the wheel in a vertical position. ● Never exceed the maximum permitted ››› Fig. 173. The useful life of all the tyres will Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from speed or loads specified for the type of tyre then be about the same time. Safety dirt by storing them in suitable bags and fitted on your vehicle ››› page 208. SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a standing them on the ground on their tread. » ● Do not allow tyres (including the spare specialised workshop to have the tyres wheel) to come into contact with aggressive changed. 201 Advice

WARNING For technical reasons, it is not generally pos- WARNING sible to use the wheels from other vehicles. Aggressive fluids or substances could result In some cases, this may also be true for the The use of worn or damaged wheel rims could in visible or invisible damage with the conse- same model of wheel. make driving more dangerous and result in quent risks. serious accidents and damage. ● Always ensure that tyres do not come into The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are spe- ● Only wheel rims which have been approved contact with chemical products, oil, grease, cially matched to the characteristics of the for use with your vehicle should be used. vehicle and are critical to good road holding fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substan- ● Inspect wheel rims regularly for damage ces. and safe handling. and replace as required.

Wheel bolts WARNING WARNING Old tyres, even if they have never been used, Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque ››› page 73. If the bolted joints of wheel rims with bolted may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driv- ring trims are not correctly tightened or loos- ing, resulting in serious accident or damage. ened, this could result in serious accident. Beadlock wheel rims ● If tyres are over six years old, they should ● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel only be used in an emergency and with ex- Beadlock wheel rims have various compo- rims with bolted ring trims. treme caution. nents. These are joined together by special ● Any work relating to wheel rims with bolted bolts using a special procedure. This ensures rims should be carried out at specialised For the sake of the environment good performance, a better seal, improved workshop. SEAT recommends taking your car safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn in for technical service. Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified rims should always be replaced and must on- personnel according to the laws in the coun- ly be repaired in a specialised workshop. try concerned. SEAT recommends visiting a technical service Note ››› . A SEAT Service Centre should be consulted to find out whether wheels or tyres of different Wheels Wheel rims with bolted trims sizes to those originally fitted by SEAT can be fitted, and to find out about the combinations The design of wheel bolts is matched to the Wheel rims may be fitted with interchangea- allowed between the front axle (axle 1) and rims. If different rims are fitted, the correct ble trim parts which are attached to the rim the rear axle (axle 2). wheel bolts with the right length and correct- using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should ly shaped bolt heads must be used. This en- only be replaced at a specialised workshop. sures that wheels are fitted securely and that SEAT recommends visiting a technical service the brake system functions correctly ››› . ››› page 73. 202 Wheels and tyres

Replacement of wheel rims and new WARNING will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre vendor should provide the tyres New tyres do not give maximum grip and will manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indi- not have reached their maximum braking ca- cating that this type of tyre is suitable for New tyres pacity to start with, and therefore need run- your vehicle. This certificate should always ● When tyres are new, drive with extreme ning in.

be carried with the vehicle. data Technical caution for the first 600 km, as all tyres need ● To prevent accidents and major damage, to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run extreme caution should be taken for the first in do not have such good grip or ››› brak- 600 km. ing capacity ››› . Tyre pressures ● All four wheels must be fitted with radial

WARNING Advice tyres of the same type, size (rolling circumfer- There should be adequate space between the ence) and the same tread pattern. tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the ● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- vehicle design. If this is not the case, the cording to the type and make of tyre and the tyres may rub against parts of the running tread pattern. gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst tyres. Replacing tyres Operation ● The true tyre dimension should not be ● Where possible, always replace both greater than the dimensions of tyres manu- wheels on an axle (both wheels on the front factured and approved by SEAT and should axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ››› . not rub against parts of the vehicle. ● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehi- Note cle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, Emergencies and maximum load and speed capacity. Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions of different ● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT types of tyre may vary with respect to the approved tyres. If the tyres are too big, they nominal size, or tread patterns may be differ- Fig. 174 Position of tyre pressure specifica- may knock or rub against the chassis or other ent. tion plate components, resulting in damage. The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at Safety Note the factory is shown on a label and is valid If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, for summer and winter tyres. The label » you can be sure that the true tyre dimensions

203 Advice

››› Fig. 174 is located on the driver's door pil- ● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in CAUTION lar. the vehicle. ● Take care not to tilt the manometer when Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce ● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve the life of the tyres considerably and also im- the caps are properly screwed on. may be damaged. pair the car's handling ››› . It is essential to The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ● If tyre valves are not protected by caps, or if maintain the correct tyre pressures, especial- must always be kept at the maximum pres- the caps are not screwed on correctly, they ly if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre sure stipulated. may become damaged. Check that the caps pressure causes premature wear and could are identical to the standard caps and have cause tyre blow-out. been correctly tightened. WARNING The pressure should therefore be checked at If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the For the sake of the environment least once a month and before starting a tyre may deflate or burst suddenly while driv- journey. ing. This could result in a serious accident. Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con- As a general rule, the pressures given are for ● If the tyre pressure is too low, they could sumption. cold tyres. When the tyres are hot, the pres- overheat, resulting in tread detachment or sures are greater. even burst tyres. Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the ● When driving at high speeds and/or fully Wear indicator depth profile loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, required pressure. This could result in very burst or be subject to tread detachment, with low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden the resultant loss of control of the vehicle. blow-outs. ● Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of the tyre, affect- Tyre pressure monitoring system ing the vehicle's performance. Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle ● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, has not been driven for more than a few kilo- at least once a month and before long jour- metres at low speeds in the past three hours. neys. ● The tyre pressures should be checked regu- ● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the larly, and only when the tyres are cold. Al- vehicle load. ways check all tyres, including the spare ● Never deflate excess pressure from hot Fig. 175 Tyre tread: tread wear indicators wheel. Tyre pressures should be checked tyres. more often in colder regions, and only when the vehicle has not been driven recently. Al- ways use a correctly-operating tyre gauge. 204 Wheels and tyres

Tread depth WARNING Foreign bodies in the tyre Certain driving conditions require a deeper Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and ● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have tread, as well as needing the tread to be ap- may lead to loss of control of the vehicle with penetrated through the tyre wall! proximately the same on the front and rear serious consequences. ● You should obtain professional assistance tyres. This is particularly important when ● Tyres must be replaced before the wear in- immediately. Technical data Technical driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on dicators are at the same level as the tread wet roads ››› . pattern. Tyre wear The minimum tread depth required by law in ● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, The wear of tyres depends on a number of the majority of cases is 1.6 mm, measured in especially on wet surfaces, increasing the factors, for example: the tread grooves next to the tread wear indi- risk of “aquaplaning”. Advice cators. Observe legal requirements in each ● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle ● Driving style. country. more difficult in normal or difficult driving ● Unbalanced wheels. conditions, increasing the braking distance The performance of winter tyres is much re- and the risk of skidding. ● Running gear settings. duced when the tread has worn to 4 mm. Driving style: Driving round bends quickly or The tread depth of new tyres may vary, ac- sudden acceleration or braking speed accel- cording to the type and make of tyre and the Tyre damage erates tyre wear. When the driving style is Operation tread pattern. normal, if the tyres wear too quickly, have the Damage to wheels and tyres is often invisible running gear settings checked at a special- Wear indicators on the tyre to the naked eye. If you notice unusual vibra- ised workshop. tion or the car pulling to one side, this may The original tyres on your vehicle have Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles 1.6 mm high ››› Fig. 175 tread wear indicators indicate that one of the tyres is damaged ››› . are balanced. However, certain circumstan- running across the tread. A number of these ces may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is indicators are equally spaced around the tyre Emergencies ● Slow down immediately if you think you detected as vibrations in the steering wheel. tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (e.g. have a damaged wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate ● Check the wheels and tyres for damage. suspension. In the event of run out, the the position of the wear indicators. wheels should be balanced again. When a ● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced

qualified assistance. Safety worn. They must always be replaced before again. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive the tyre tread has worn to the level of the in- Running gear settings: an incorrectly posi- slowly and carefully to the nearest special- dicator. tioned running gear increases the wear of ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. tyres and affects your safety while driving. If » 205 Advice

tyres wear too quickly, have the wheel align- The tyre control lamp compares wheel revolu- The tyre pressure control lamp  lights up ment checked at a specialised workshop. tions and with it, the wheel diameter of each If the tyre pressure of a wheel is much lower wheel using the ESC. If the diameter of a than the value set by the driver, then the tyre  WARNING wheel changes, the tyre control lamp pressure control lamp ››› will light up. If you notice unusual vibration or the car pulls lights up. The wheel diameter changes when: to one side while driving, this may indicate ● Tyre pressure is insufficient. WARNING that one of the tyres is damaged. ● The tyre structure is damaged. ● When the tyre pressure control lamp lights ● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while up, reduce speed immediately and avoid any observing the highway code. ● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a sudden turning or braking manoeuvre. Stop ● Check the wheels and tyres for damage. load. when possible, and check the tyre pressure and status. ● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or ● The wheels of one axle are under more wheels. Request qualified assistance immedi- pressure (for example, driving with a trailer or ● The driver is responsible for maintaining ately. on steep slopes). correct tyre pressures. For this reason, tyre pressure must be regularly checked. ● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive ● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains. ● Under certain circumstances (e.g. when slowly and carefully to the nearest special- ● The temporary spare wheel is fitted. ised workshop and have the vehicle checked. driving in a sporty manner, in winter condi- ● The wheel on one axle is changed. tions or on a dirt track) the tyre control lamp may light up belatedly or may function incor- Tyre pressure adjustment rectly. Tyre monitor system*  On adjusting tyre pressure or changing one or more wheels, the ››› Fig. 176 button must Note be kept pressed down, with the ignition on, If the battery is disconnected, the yellow until an acoustic signal is heard. warning lamp  lights up after turning the If the wheels are under excessive load (for ex- ignition on. This should turn off after a brief ample, driving with a trailer or heavy load), journey. the tyre pressure must be increased to the recommended value for a full load (see the sticker on the inside of the fuel flap). If the tyre monitor system button is pressed down, the new tyre pressures are confirmed. Fig. 176 Centre console: tyre monitor system button

206 Wheels and tyres

Spare wheel or temporary spare Storing the replaced wheel ● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel wheel* ● Pull back the carpet. are not permitted ›››  page 42. ● With the wheel rim facing downwards, sit- ● After mounting the spare wheel or the tem- uate the replaced wheel in the spare wheel porary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure well so that the wheel rim central hole coin- as soon as possible ››› page 203. Technical data Technical cides with the opening. It is advisable to check the spare wheel or ● Turn the hand controlled wheel with the temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when shank screwed clockwise until the replaced checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at wheel is secured. least once a month. The spare wheel should

● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the have the highest pressure allowed for the ve- Advice container, inside the boot. hicle ››› page 203. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the tyre pres- ● Replace the carpet on the boot floor. sure. ● Lower the rear shelf. ● Close the rear lid. WARNING Fig. 177 In the luggage compartment: hand Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the controlled wheel for securing the spare wheel If the spare wheel is different to the rest of temporary spare wheel can cause loss of ve- Operation the vehicle tyres hicle control, producing collisions or other Removing the spare wheel If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres serious accidents and injury. ● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage com- that are mounted on the vehicle - for example ● Never use the spare wheel or the temporary partment shelf page 123. ››› with winter tyres or the temporary spare spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the ● If necessary, remove the boot variable floor wheel - you should only use the spare tyre for wear indicator. ››› page 123. a short period of time and drive with extra ● In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller ● Lift up the carpet from the recess and re- care ››› . than the original tyres. This can be seen on a Emergencies move it from the luggage compartment. sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possi- “50 mph”. This text indicates the maximum ● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit ble. velocity permitted for this type of tyre. with the container. ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Please observe driving advice:

● Completely remove the hand controlled Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking Safety wheel from the centre of the spare wheel ● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). and taking corners at high speed. Fig. 177 by turning it in an anticlockwise ››› ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and ● Never drive more than 200 km with a tem- direction, and take out the spare wheel. fast cornering. porary spare wheel fitted to the drive axle. »

207 Advice

● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a Tyre code 12 Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio) normal wheel as soon as possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only intended Tyre code (example): Meaning for temporary use over short distances. P185 / 55 R 15: Size: ● The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory supplied wheel P Passenger vehicle code. bolts. Nominal width between walls, in 185 ● You should never use more than one tem- mm. porary spare wheel. ● After mounting the temporary spare wheel, 55 Height/width ratio in % check the tyre pressure as soon as possible R Tyre type (R indicates "radial"). ››› page 203. ● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel 15 Rim diameter in inches are not permitted. 109 H Load index ››› page 209 and speed rating ››› page 209.

Note XL Reinforced tyres (“Reinforced”). Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, Fig. 178 Universal code on tyres M+S or M/S or Winter tyres code (mud and snow temporary spare wheel or the replaced wheel  tyres). safely in the luggage compartment. In vehi- 1 Radial cles with anti-puncture kit, it is not possible RADIAL Radial tyre without inner tube. to secure the defective wheel. 2 Rim diameter code TUBELESS 3 Load index & speed rating E4 ... E-mark certifying tyre complies with 4 DOT tyre identification number international legislation followed by a number denoting the country 5 Severe snow conditions granting the authorisation. The au- 6 Tyre ply composition and materials used thorisation number ( several digits) is shown below. 7 Max. load rating a) 8 Treadwear, traction and temperature DOT BT RA TY5 1709: Tyre identification number (TIN , grades maybe only on interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture. 9 Max. permissible inflation pressure 10 Passenger car tyre 11 Nominal width of tyre in millimetres 208 Wheels and tyres

Tyre code (example): Meaning Tyre code (example): Meaning Tyre load rating The load rating code indicates the maximum DOT The tyre complies with the legal re- TREADWEAR 280 Relative service life of the tyre, with load in kilogrammes each wheel can carry quirements of the US Department of respect to specific US standard test. Transport, responsible for tyre safety (load capacity). regulations. TRACTION A Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B or C). 78 425 kg data Technical BT Place of manufacture code. TEMPERATURE A Tyre temperature resistance at high- 81 462 kg RA Information about manufacturer and er test speeds (A, B or C). 83 487 kg tyre size. If there are different letters, they are specific codes of 85 515 kg

TY5 Manufacturer's tyre specifications. the tyre manufacturer or specific national codes. 87 545 kg Advice 1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of a) The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number. 91 615 kg 2009.

TWI This identifies the position of the Tyres with directional tread pattern Speed rating Tread Wear Indicator ››› page 204. Tyres with directional tread pattern have The speed rating indicates the maximum been designed to operate best when rotating MAX LOAD US load rating, indicating maximum speed permitted for the tyres.

615 KG permitted load per tyre. in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre Operation (1356 LBS) sidewall indicates the direction of rotation on P max. 150 km/h (93 mph) tyres with directional tread. Always observe Q max. 160 km/h (99 mph) MAX INFLATION US limit, indicating maximum per- the direction of rotation indicated when 350 KPA (51 PSI) mitted tyre pressure. R max. 170 km/h (106 mph) mounting the wheel. This guarantees opti- S max. 180 km/h (112 mph) SIDEWALL 1 PLY Information about tyre wall compo- mum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, RAYON nents: 1 layer of rayon (artificial grip, noise and wear. T max. 190 km/h (118 mph) silk). If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direc- U max. 200 km/h (124 mph) Emergencies TREAD 4 PLIES Information about tread compo- tion of rotation, drive with extreme caution, H max. 210 km/h (130 mph) 1 RAYON + nents: In the example, there are 4 as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. V max. 240 km/h (149 mph) 2 STEEL + 1 NY- layers below the tread: 1 layer of This is of particular importance when the LON rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of Z max. 240 km/h (149 mph) steel reinforcement and 1 layer of road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon

nylon. as possible or remount it with the correct di- W max. 270 km/h (168 mph) Safety rection of rotation. Y max. 300 km/h (186 mph) » Information for the end consumer concerning the com- parative values of the established base tyres (standar- dised test procedures):

209 Advice

Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h.

210 Technical features

Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifi- Technical data cations section Technical features kW Kilowatt, engine power measurement. Pferdestärke (horsepower), formerly PS Important information used to denote engine power. data Technical rpm Revolutions per minute - engine speed.

Introduction Nm Newton metres, unit of engine torque.

The information in the vehicle documentation Cetane number, indication of the diesel CZ Advice always takes precedence over the informa- combustion power. Fig. 180 Vehicle identification number. tion in this Instruction Manual. Research octane number, indication of RON Vehicle identification number All technical specifications provided in this the knock resistance of petrol. The vehicle identification number (chassis documentation are valid for the standard number) can be read from outside the vehicle model in Spain. The vehicle data card inclu- through a viewer in the windscreen ded in the Maintenance Programme or the Vehicle identification data ››› Fig. 180. This viewer is located in the lower vehicle registration documents shows which Operation part of the windscreen. The vehicle identifica- engine is installed in the vehicle. tion number (chassis number) is also stam- The figures may be different depending ped on the right water drain channel. The wa- whether additional equipment is fitted, for ter drain channel is located between the sus- different models, for special vehicles and for pension tower and the wing. Open the bon- other countries. net to read the vehicle identification number . Emergencies

Vehicle data plate The vehicle data label ››› Fig. 179 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It contains the following data: Safety

Fig. 179 Vehicle data label. 1 Vehicle identification number (chassis number). 2 Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type. » 211 Technical data

3 Engine and gearbox code, paint number, ● Roof load, included in the carrier. The values relating to fuel consumption and interior equipment. CO2 emissions can be found in the documen- 4 Optional extras, PR numbers. WARNING tation provided to the purchaser of the vehi- Exceeding the maximum authorised weight cle at the time of purchase. These data are also provided in the Mainte- and the load on the axles could cause dam- Fuel consumption and CO emissions depend nance Programme. 2 age to the vehicle, accidents and serious in- on the equipment/features of each individual juries. vehicle, as well as on the driving style, road ● The real load on the axles should never ex- conditions, traffic conditions, environmental Specific vehicle weight information ceed the maximum permitted. conditions, load or number of passengers. ● The load and its distribution in the vehicle The instructions in the official vehicle docu- have effects on the vehicle handling and the Note ments take precedence. All the technical data braking ability. Always drive at a suitable In practice, and considering all the factors provided in this documentation is applicable speed. to the basic model. The vehicle data label in mentioned here, consumption values can differ from those calculated in the current Euro- the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle CAUTION pean regulations. documentation shows which engine is installed in your vehicle. Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible. When trans- The figures may be different depending porting heavy objects in the luggage com- whether additional equipment is fitted, for partment, these should be placed as far for- Wheels different models and for special vehicles. ward as possible or over the rear axle to have Tyre pressure, snow chains, wheel Kerb weight values shown in the following ta- as little influence on handling as possible. ble apply to a vehicle with driver (75 kg), liq- bolts uids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addi- Tyre pressures tion to tools and a spare wheel ››› . The Fuel consumption kerb weight indicated increases with optional The sticker with the tyre pressure values can equipment and retrofitting of accessories, Approved consumption values are derived be found on the inside of the fuel tank flap. while proportionally reducing carrying ca- from measurements performed or supervised The tyre pressure values are given for cold pacity. by certified EU laboratories, according to the tyres ››› page 203. The slightly raised pres- legislation in force at the time (for more infor- sures of warm tyres must not be reduced. The load is equivalent to the following mation, see the Publications Office of the Eu- ››› weights: ropean Union on the EUR-Lex website: © Eu- ● Passengers. ropean Union, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and apply to the specified vehicle characteristics. ● Total equipment. 212 Technical features

Snow chains Snow chains may be fitted only to the front wheels. Consult the section “wheels” of this manual. Technical data Technical Wheel bolts After the wheels have been changed, the tightening torque of the wheel bolts should be checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ››› . The tightening torque for steel Advice and alloy wheels is 140 Nm.

WARNING ● Check the tyre pressure at least once per month. Checking the tyre pressure is very important. If the tyre pressure is too high or too low, there is an increased danger of accidents Operation - particularly at high speeds. ● If the tightening torque of the wheel bolts is too low, they could loosen while the vehicle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged. Emergencies

Note We recommend that you ask your Technical Service for information about appropriate wheel, tyre and snow chain size. Safety

213 Technical data

Engine data

Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

44 (60)/5,000-6,000 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 ROZ / Normal 91a) ROZ

a) Slight power loss.

Performance Manual Ecomotive Start-Stop Automatic Ecomotive

Top speed (km/h) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4) 161 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 9.1 9.1 10.9 10.9

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 14.4 14.4 16.7 16.7

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680

Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50

214 Technical features

Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) Fuel

55 (75)/6,200 95/3,000-4,300 3/999 Super 95 ROZ / Normal 91a) ROZ data Technical a) Slight power loss.

Performance Manual Start-Stop Start-Stop Automatic Ecomotive Advice

Top speed (km/h) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4) 172 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 8.7 8.7 10.1 10.1

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 13.5 13.5 14.9 14.9

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,290 1,290 1,300 1,290 Operation

Weight in running order (with driver) 929 940 931 932

Gross front axle weight 680 680 680 680

Gross rear axle weight 640 640 640 640

Permitted roof load 50 50 50 50 Emergencies Safety

215 Technical data

Petrol/CNG engine 1.0 50 kW (68 PS)

Engine specifications

Power output in kW (PS) at rpm Maximum torque (Nm at rpm) No. of cylinders/capacity (cm3) Fuel

50 (68)/6,200 90/3,000 3/999 CNG / Super 95 ROZ / Normal 91a) ROZ

a) Slight power loss.

Performance

Top speed (km/h) 164 (4)

Acceleration from 0-80 km/h (seconds) 10.3

Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (seconds) 16.3

Weights (in kg)

Gross vehicle weight 1,370

Weight in running order (with driver) 1,031

Gross front axle weight 680

Gross rear axle weight 640

Permitted roof load 50

216 Technical features

Dimensions Technical data Technical Advice

Fig. 181 Dimensions. Operation Mii 3-door Mii 5-door

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 595/542

C Wheelbase (mm) 2,420

D Length (mm) 3,557

E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,428/1,424 Emergencies

G Width (mm) 1,641 1,645

H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,478

Turning radius (m) approx. 9.8 Safety a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim.

217

Index

Air conditioner Audible warnings Index air recirculation ...... 130 Control and warning lamps ...... 24 air vents ...... 131 lights ...... 103 A instructions for use ...... 132 speed ...... 24 Abroad tips ...... 132 Automatic belt retractor ...... 59 extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . . . . 179 water under vehicle ...... 133 Automatic device disconnection sale of vehicle ...... 179 Air conditioning ...... 129 battery ...... 199 ABS Climatronic ...... 27, 129 Automatic dipped beam control ...... 104 see Anti-lock brake system ...... 138 malfunction ...... 132 Automatic gearbox Accessories ...... 164 Air recirculation ...... 130 driving tips ...... 146 Acoustic alarm Climatronic ...... 28 ignition key removal lock ...... 136 seatbelt unfastened ...... 55 how it works ...... 130 kick-down ...... 146 Adjusting switching off ...... 130 malfunction ...... 147 front seat ...... 112 switching on ...... 130 starting on a slope ...... 147 lights ...... 107 Air vents ...... 131 stopping on a slope ...... 147 rear head restraints ...... 52, 112 Antenna ...... 166, 180 Automatic gear change ...... 145 seats ...... 49 Anti-freeze ...... 32 Axle loads ...... 212 Adjusting the head restraints Anti-lock brake system ...... 138, 139 rear head restraints ...... 112 Anti-puncture ...... 36, 73 B Advice for driving Anti-puncture kit ...... 36, 73 Bag support ...... 117 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 207 check after 10 minutes ...... 75 BAS Airbag covers ...... 14 Anti-theft security system ...... 97 see Brake assist systems ...... 139 Airbags ...... 60 Ashtray ...... 120 Battery description ...... 61 Aspects to take into account before starting the changing in the vehicle key ...... 93 Airbag system ...... 14, 60 vehicle ...... 48 Battery acid ...... 198 activation ...... 62 ASR Before starting the vehicle ...... 48 cleaning dash panel ...... 178 see Traction control system ...... 138 Belt tension device control lamp ...... 64 Assistance systems service and disposal ...... 59 description ...... 61 brake assist system (BAS) ...... 139 Belt tensioner ...... 59 front airbags ...... 14, 63 cruise control ...... 155 Belt tension limiter ...... 59 functioning ...... 62 electronic differential lock (EDS) ...... 140 Belt tightening ...... 59 locking the vehicle after deployment ...... 95 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 154 Bonnet ...... 10, 187 repairs ...... 166 parking aid ...... 154 Boot hatch side airbags ...... 16 parking distance warning system ...... 154 emergency locking and unlocking ...... 10 use of child seats ...... 15 Safety Assist ...... 156 Brake assist systems ...... 138 vehicle care ...... 178 traction control (ASR) ...... 139 Brake fluid ...... 33 traction control (TC) ...... 139 specification ...... 194 Assisted starting ...... 44 219 Index

Brakes ...... 137 Changing a wheel ...... 37, 73 Cleaning ...... 170 brake assist systems ...... 138 subsequent tasks ...... 42 compartments ...... 177 brake fluid ...... 194 wheel bolts ...... 39 dash panel ...... 178 brake fluid level ...... 195 Changing bulbs ...... 80 engine compartment ...... 175 brake pads ...... 142 front bumper ...... 82 fabrics ...... 176 brake servo ...... 142 headlights ...... 81 padding ...... 177 changing the brake fluid ...... 195 number plate light ...... 84 seatbelts ...... 178 control and warning lamps ...... 137 rear lights ...... 83 textile covers ...... 177 running-in new brake pads ...... 142 side turn signal ...... 85 washing the vehicle ...... 171 Brake servo ...... 138, 142 Changing gear ...... 143 washing the vehicle with high pressure clean- Brake systems ...... 138 automatic gear change ...... 145 ers ...... 172 fault ...... 142 control and warning lamps ...... 143 wheels ...... 174 Braking engaging the gears (automatic gearbox) . . . . 145 windows ...... 172 brake assist system ...... 138 tiptronic ...... 146 Cleaning the vehicle Bulb fault Changing the blades ...... 76 high pressure cleaners ...... 172 See "Changing bulbs" ...... 80 Changing the wiper blades ...... 46 Climatronic Charging the battery ...... 44 adjusting the temperature ...... 27 C Child safety seat air distribution ...... 28 Capacities ...... 31 Securing with the seat belt ...... 18 air recirculation ...... 28 natural gas tank ...... 186 Child seats ...... 16, 67 AUTO (automatic mode) ...... 27 windscreen washer liquid reservoir ...... 196 disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 controls ...... 27 Caring for paintwork ...... 173 ISOFIX system ...... 18, 70 cooling mode ...... 27 Caring for the vehicle mounting child seats ...... 17 fan ...... 28 exterior ...... 171 mounting systems ...... 17 removing ice from windows ...... 28 Catalytic converter ...... 152 on the front passenger seat ...... 69 switch off ...... 27 control and warning lamps ...... 151 on the rear seats ...... 70 Close ...... 92 malfunction ...... 151 regulations ...... 68 bonnet ...... 10 CCS safety instructions ...... 16, 66 Closing ...... 92 see cruise control ...... 24 Top Tether system ...... 19 bonnet ...... 10 Central locking system ...... 94 transporting children in the vehicle ...... 68 electric windows ...... 11 after airbag deployment ...... 95 weight categories ...... 68 luggage compartment ...... 100 description ...... 95 Cigarette lighter ...... 120 panoramic sunroof ...... 11 emergency locking ...... 9 City Safety Assist function ...... 156 windows ...... 101 opening doors individually ...... 95 control and warning lamps ...... 157 Clothes hook ...... 118 remote control key ...... 95 function ...... 158 Code number ...... 72 Changes ...... 165 sensor ...... 158 Coming Home Function ...... 105 special driving situations ...... 159

220 Index

Compartments ...... 115 filler neck ...... 193 Drink holders ...... 119 centre console ...... 116 topping up ...... 193 centre console ...... 119 glove compartment ...... 117, 118 Cooling system Driving passenger side ...... 117, 118 checking the coolant ...... 192 automatic gearbox ...... 146 sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 topping up with coolant ...... 192 data storage ...... 167 Conformity certification ...... 180 Correct position ...... 49 driving abroad ...... 152 Control and warning lamps driver ...... 49 driving through water ...... 152 airbag system ...... 64 Cruise control ...... 24, 155 economical ...... 149 brake system ...... 137 control and warning lamps ...... 155 fuel gauge ...... 184 catalytic converter ...... 151 operation ...... 155 fuel level too low ...... 185 changing gear ...... 143 parking downhill ...... 141 City Safety Assist function ...... 157 D parking uphill ...... 141 coolant ...... 192 Dangers in not using the seat belt ...... 56 starting on a slope ...... 147 cruise control ...... 155 Dash panel ...... 87 stopping on a slope ...... 147 emission control system ...... 151 airbag system ...... 178 through salt water ...... 153 engine management ...... 151 Data registry ...... 167 with a trailer ...... 163 engine oil sensor ...... 189 Data storage during the journey ...... 167 Driving abroad ESC ...... 137 Daytime running lights ...... 104 headlights ...... 107 for the seat belt ...... 54 De-icing the locks ...... 175 Driving in winter fuel level ...... 184 Diagnostics connector ...... 168 fuel consumption ...... 150 general view ...... 24 Digital clock ...... 88 snow chains ...... 42 generator ...... 197 Dimensions ...... 217 traces of salt ...... 110 hill hold ...... 160 Direction of rotation tread depth ...... 205 indication of brake pad wear ...... 137 tyres ...... 42 tyre pressure ...... 204 key ...... 93 Disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . . 15 windscreen washer bottle ...... 173 lights ...... 103 Display ...... 88, 89 Driving safety ...... 48 locking the steering column ...... 133 Disposal Driving through water ...... 152 on the driver door ...... 98 belt tension device ...... 59 Driving tips refuelling ...... 184, 185 Door cylinder ...... 8 For a loaded vehicle ...... 114 tyres ...... 206 Door lock ...... 8 Duplicate keys ...... 92 vehicle battery ...... 197 Door release lever ...... 8 Dust filter ...... 133 Control units ...... 167 interior ...... 87 Dynamic headlight range control ...... 107 reprogramming ...... 167 Doors ...... 98 Coolant childproof locks ...... 99 E checking the level ...... 193 emergency closing or opening ...... 8 E10 control and warning lamps ...... 192 opening and closing ...... 8 see Ethanol (fuel) ...... 181

221 Index

EDS Engine Environment See Brake assist systems ...... 140 assisted starting ...... 44 environmental compatibility ...... 148 Electric noises ...... 136 Environmental windows ...... 11 running-in ...... 148 ecological driving ...... 149 Electrical devices ...... 120, 121 Start-Stop system ...... 160 Environmental tips Electric windows ...... 11 Engine and ignition ...... 134 refuelling ...... 185 buttons ...... 101 12 volt sockets ...... 121 Equipment ...... 164 closing ...... 101 ignition lock ...... 134 safety ...... 61 opening ...... 101 Immobiliser ...... 136 ESC see Windows ...... 101 starting the engine ...... 134 electronic stability control ...... 138 Electronic differential lock (EDL) ...... 138 stopping the engine ...... 136 Ethanol (fuel) ...... 181 Electronic immobiliser ...... 136 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 134 Event Data Recorder ...... 167 operating fault ...... 134 Engine compartment ...... 10, 187 Exhaust gas purification system ...... 151 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 138 battery ...... 34, 196 Exterior mirrors Emergencies ...... 71 brake fluid ...... 33, 194 adjusting ...... 13 bulbs ...... 36 coolant ...... 32, 192 vehicle care ...... 172 changing a wheel ...... 37 engine oil ...... 32, 191 Exterior rear view mirrors emergency towing of the vehicle ...... 43 windscreen washer reservoir ...... 33, 195 control of the function ...... 111 fire extinguishers ...... 71 Engine coolant ...... 32 electric exterior mirrors ...... 111 first aid kit ...... 71 checking the level ...... 192 exterior ...... 111 fuses ...... 35 G 12 plus-plus ...... 32 Exterior view ...... 5, 6 hazard warning lights ...... 106 G 13 ...... 32 jump leads ...... 44 specifications ...... 32 F puncture ...... 36 temperature display ...... 192 Fabrics: cleaning ...... 176 replacing a blown fuse ...... 35 Engine data ...... 214 Fastening rings ...... 126 vehicle tool kit ...... 71 Engine management ...... 151 Fault warning triangle ...... 71 control lamp ...... 151 parking distance warning system ...... 154 Emergency locking and unlocking ...... 78 Engine oil ...... 32, 189 Fault memory driver door ...... 8 changing ...... 189 connector ...... 168 passenger door ...... 9 checking oil level ...... 190 reading ...... 168 Emergency unlocking consumption ...... 190, 191 Filling the tank ...... 183, 185 boot hatch ...... 10 control and warning lamps ...... 189 Fire extinguisher ...... 71 Emergency unlocking the boot hatch dipstick ...... 190 First-aid kit boot hatch ...... 10 oil properties ...... 32 storage ...... 71 Emission control system specifications ...... 189 Floor mats ...... 53 control and warning lamps ...... 151 topping up ...... 191 Fluid Level control ...... 31 Emissions data ...... 211 Fog light ...... 21 222 Index

Front airbags ...... 14, 63 Gear engaged ...... 26 Ignition lock ...... 20 Front passenger front airbag General instrument panel removal lock ...... 136 control lamp ...... 64 instrument panel ...... 87 unauthorised vehicle key ...... 134 disabling ...... 15 General view In case of emergency ...... 71 disconnection ...... 64 control and warning lamps ...... 24 Indications on the display ...... 89 Front seat Generator ...... 197 odometer ...... 89 manual adjustment ...... 112 Glove compartment ...... 117, 118 recommended gear ...... 90 manually adjusting ...... 12 reminder ...... 90 Front wiper blades H seat belt status ...... 90 change ...... 47 Handbrake ...... 140 selector lever positions ...... 90 cleaning ...... 47 Hazard warning lights ...... 21, 106 Start-Stop ...... 90 Fuel ...... 31, 181 Head-on collisions and the laws of physics . . . . . 56 temperature ...... 89 natural gas ...... 182 Headlight range control ...... 107 Instrument panel ...... 88 refuelling ...... 181 Headlights control and warning lamps ...... 24 savings ...... 149 driving abroad ...... 107 display ...... 88, 89 Fuel gauge Head restraints general instrument panel ...... 87 control lamp ...... 184 adjusting ...... 112 instruments ...... 88 petrol ...... 184 rear head restraints ...... 52 menus ...... 23 Fuel tank cap Heated rear window ...... 28, 30 service intervals ...... 90 opening and closing ...... 31 Heating and fresh air system ...... 129 symbols ...... 24 Fuel tank flap controls ...... 29 Instrument panel lighting ...... 107 opening and closing ...... 31 Heating of the rear window ...... 28, 30 Instruments ...... 88 Fuses ...... 35, 79 Hill driving assistant ...... 160 Interior lights ...... 22 fuse box ...... 80 Hill hold Interior rear vision mirror identifying blown fuses ...... 35 control and warning lamps ...... 160 anti-dazzle ...... 110 identifying by colours ...... 35 Start-Stop system ...... 161 Interior view preparation before replacing ...... 35 Horn ...... 87 left ...... 7 replacing ...... 35 How to jump start ...... 44 ISOFIX system ...... 18 description ...... 45 G Hubcaps ...... 38 J Gearbox lever ...... 26 Jack ...... 37, 71, 73 Gear change ...... 26 I mounting points ...... 40 automatic gearbox ...... 26 Ice Jump leads ...... 44 changing gears manually ...... 144 removing from the windscreen ...... 28, 29 gear recommendation ...... 148 Identifying letters on engine ...... 211 manual gear change ...... 26 Ignition ...... 20 putting the vehicle in gear (manual gearbox) 144 see "Engine and ignition" ...... 134 223 Index

K main beam lever ...... 105 M parking light remains on both sides ...... 104 Keys side lights ...... 103 Main beam lever ...... 105 control lamp ...... 93 switch ...... 21 Main panel duplicates ...... 93 turn signal lever ...... 105 turn signal and main beam lever ...... 105 mechanical key ...... 93 Load compartment in the luggage compartment Malfunction remote control ...... 92 see Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . 123 air conditioner ...... 132 replacing the battery ...... 93 Loading automatic gearbox ...... 147 spare key ...... 92 general advice ...... 114 catalytic converter ...... 151 synchronising ...... 94 loaded vehicle ...... 115 rain and light sensor ...... 110 unlocking and locking ...... 8, 95, 97 transporting the load ...... 114 Manual air conditioning ...... 129 vehicle key ...... 92 Loading the luggage compartment ...... 123 adjusting the temperature ...... 29 Kick-down ...... 147 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 air distribution ...... 29 Loading the vehicle controls ...... 29 L class N1 ...... 126 cooling mode ...... 29 Labels and plates ...... 179 fastening rings ...... 126 fan ...... 29 Laser sensor ...... 158 luggage compartment ...... 9 switching off ...... 29 Leaving Home Function ...... 105 retaining hooks ...... 127 Mirror ...... 110 Lift platform ...... 169 roof carrier system ...... 128 Mobile phones ...... 166 Lights ...... 21, 103 Locking and unlocking use without an exterior aerial ...... 168 audible warnings ...... 103 in the door cylinder ...... 8 Model plate ...... 211 AUTO ...... 104 luggage compartment ...... 100 Coming home ...... 105 panoramic sunroof ...... 102 N control and warning lamps ...... 103 Luggage ...... 123 Natural gas ...... 182 control lighting ...... 107 Luggage compartment ...... 9, 99, 123 fuel tank cap ...... 186 daytime running lights ...... 104 closing ...... 100 refuelling ...... 182, 186 dipped beam headlights ...... 103 cover ...... 125 smell ...... 182 driving abroad ...... 107 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 Noises fog lights ...... 21 emergency unlocking ...... 10 brake assist systems ...... 140 functions ...... 104 luggage compartment variable floor ...... 125 engine ...... 136 hazard warning lights ...... 21 opening ...... 100 Notes for the user ...... 179 headlight range control ...... 107 unlocking ...... 100 Number of seats ...... 51 instrument panel lighting ...... 107 see also Loading the luggage compartment . 123 Leaving home ...... 105 Luggage compartment hatch ...... 10 O light controls ...... 103 Luggage compartment variable floor ...... 125 Octane rating (petrol) ...... 181 luggage compartment ...... 107 main beam ...... 21 main beam headlights ...... 103 224 Index

Odometer Parking aid ...... 154 Rain and light sensor ...... 109 partial ...... 88 optical parking system (OPS) ...... 154 malfunction ...... 110 total ...... 88 Parking aid system Raising the vehicle ...... 40 Oil properties ...... 32 see Parking aid ...... 154 lift platform ...... 169 Open and close ...... 92 Parking distance warning system ...... 153 Rear panoramic sunroof ...... 102 fault ...... 154 rear head restraints ...... 52 Opening ...... 92 see also Parking aid ...... 154 Rear backrest bonnet ...... 10 Parking light remains ...... 104 folding ...... 124 electric windows ...... 11 ParkPilot lifting up ...... 124 fuel tank flap ...... 185, 186 see Parking aid ...... 154 Rear lid ...... 9 luggage compartment ...... 100 Passenger door emergency locking ...... 9 see also Luggage compartment ...... 99 panoramic sunroof ...... 11 Pedals ...... 49, 53 Rear seat bench ...... 124 Windows ...... 101 Petrol Rear view mirrors Opening and closing ...... 8 additives ...... 181 adjusting the exterior mirrors ...... 111 bonnet ...... 10 fuel gauge ...... 184 Rear vision mirror by remote control ...... 95 refuelling ...... 181 interior anti-dazzle ...... 110 doors ...... 98 Polishing ...... 173 Rear windows ...... 101 electric windows ...... 11 Pollen filter ...... 133 Recommended gear ...... 148 from the inside ...... 97 Pollution filter ...... 133 Recycled ...... 180 fuel tank flap ...... 186 Positioning the seat belt Refuelling ...... 181 in the door cylinder ...... 8 for pregnant women ...... 57 control and warning lamps ...... 184 panoramic sunroof ...... 11, 102 seat belts ...... 13 fuel gauge ...... 184 rear lid of the luggage compartment ...... 9 Power brake system mistakes ...... 184 tank flap ...... 185 anti-lock system ...... 139 natural gas ...... 186 Opening doors individually ...... 95 Power socket opening fuel tank flap ...... 185 Optical parking system (OPS) ...... 154 12 volts ...... 120 Remote control key Protection of vehicle undercarriage ...... 175 unlocking and locking ...... 95 P Puncture Repairs ...... 165, 180 Paintwork action ...... 36 airbag system ...... 166 code ...... 211 Pushing the vehicle ...... 134 Repair work ...... 164 Panoramic sunroof ...... 11, 102 Replacement anti-trap function ...... 102 R parts ...... 164 closing ...... 102 Radio-operated remote control Replacement parts ...... 164 opening ...... 102 see Keys ...... 92 Replacing bulbs Parking ...... 137, 141 Radio reception See "Changing bulbs" ...... 80 downhill ...... 141 antenna ...... 180 Reprogramming control units ...... 167 uphill ...... 141 operating fault ...... 180 Retaining hooks ...... 127 225 Index

Revolution counter ...... 88 protective function ...... 55 power steering ...... 134 Rims purpose ...... 53 steering column lock ...... 134 changing a wheel ...... 37 safety instructions ...... 56 tendency to pull to one side ...... 205 Roof carrier system ...... 127 twisted belt ...... 56 Steering wheel fastening the supports ...... 128 unfastened ...... 56 adjustment ...... 14 Roof rack ...... 127 warning lamp ...... 54 setting ...... 50 Rubber seals ...... 174 Seat belt tensioners ...... 13, 59 Storage compartments ...... 115 Running in Seat heating ...... 113 centre console ...... 118 brake pads ...... 142 SEAT information system ...... 22 driver side ...... 116 new engine ...... 148 Seats ...... 51 other storage compartments ...... 118 wheels and tyres ...... 203 heating ...... 113 Sunglasses storage compartment ...... 117 incorrect position ...... 51 Sun protection ...... 108 S number of seats ...... 51 Sun visors ...... 108 Safe rear backrest ...... 124 Switch driving safe ...... 48 Service fluids ...... 164 hazard warning lights ...... 106 SAFE ...... 97, 136 Service interval display ...... 90 Switching lights off ...... 103 Safety ...... 48 Side airbags Switching lights on ...... 103 child safety ...... 65 description ...... 16 Switching the ignition on and off ...... 20 child seats ...... 65 Smartphone holder Symbols disabling the front passenger front airbag . . . . 15 removing and inserting ...... 122 see Control and warning lamps ...... 24 safe driving ...... 48 Smell of gas ...... 182 Safety Assist ...... 156 Snow chains ...... 42, 213 T Safety equipment ...... 49 temporary spare wheel ...... 42 TC Safety instructions Spare fuel canister ...... 183 see Brake assist systems ...... 139 using child seats ...... 16, 66 Spare parts ...... 164 Technical data using seat belts ...... 56 Spare wheel axle loads ...... 212 Sale of vehicle removing ...... 207 engine oil specifications ...... 189 in other countries / continents ...... 179 Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel fuel tank ...... 31 Scrapping ...... 180 advice for driving ...... 207 kerb weight ...... 212 airbag system ...... 180 Speed limiter ...... 155 roof load ...... 128 vend-of-life vehicles ...... 180 Speed rating ...... 209 total weight ...... 212 Seat belts ...... 53 Start-Stop system ...... 160, 161 tyre pressures ...... 203 adjustment ...... 13, 57 operation ...... 160 weights ...... 212 automatic belt retractor ...... 59 Starting the vehicle ...... 20 windscreen washer reservoir capacity ...... 196 belt tensioner ...... 59 Steering ...... 133 Technical features ...... 211 belt tension limiter ...... 59 control and warning lamps ...... 133 Technical modifications ...... 165 cleaning ...... 178 electromechanical ...... 134 226 Index

Technical specifications Tyre mobility set ...... 36 valve caps ...... 204 dimensions ...... 217 components ...... 75 wear ...... 205 Temperature display do not use ...... 74 wear indicators ...... 205 liquid coolant temperature ...... 24 sealing a tyre ...... 75 wheel balancing ...... 205 Temporary spare wheel Tyre mobility Set wheels ...... 202 Snow chains ...... 42 inflating a tyre ...... 75 with compulsory direction of rotation ...... 42 Tightening torque ...... 213 Tyre Mobility System with directional tread pattern ...... 209 wheel bolts ...... 39 see Anti-puncture kit ...... 73 Tyre tread depth ...... 204 TIN ...... 208 Tyre pressures ...... 203, 212 Tyre wear ...... 204 Tiptronic ...... 146 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 204 Top Tether system ...... 19 Tyre profile ...... 204 U Tow-starting ...... 44, 76 Tyre repair ...... 73 Unfastening the seat belt ...... 13, 57 Towing bracket ...... 163 Tyre repair kit Unlocking and locking ...... 8 description ...... 163 see Anti-puncture kit ...... 73 by remote control ...... 95 Towing the vehicle ...... 43, 76, 134 Tyres doors ...... 98 front towline anchorage ...... 78 avoiding damage ...... 201 from the inside ...... 97 special features ...... 77 changing ...... 37 Upholstery cleaning tow bar ...... 77 code ...... 208 textile covers ...... 177 tow rope ...... 77 damage ...... 205 upholstery ...... 176, 177 Towline anchorages ...... 43 errors in wheel alignment ...... 205 Traction ...... 209 foreign bodies in the tyres ...... 205 V Traction control system ...... 138 handling ...... 200 Valve caps ...... 204 Traction Control (TC) ...... 139 interchanging tyres ...... 201 Vanity mirror ...... 108 Trailer ...... 163 new ...... 203 Vehicle Transporting old ...... 201 chassis number ...... 211 driving with the rear lid open ...... 114 replacing ...... 203 data label ...... 211 load ...... 114 run-out ...... 205 identification data ...... 211 loaded vehicle ...... 115 serial number ...... 208 identification number ...... 211 Transporting children ...... 65 snow chains ...... 42 loading ...... 114 Transporting items speed rating ...... 208, 209 raising ...... 40 fastening rings ...... 126 storing ...... 201 recycling ...... 180 roof carrier system ...... 127, 128 technical details ...... 208 Vehicle battery ...... 34, 196 Treadwear ...... 209 tyre code ...... 208 acid ...... 198 Turn signal convenience function ...... 105 tyre identification number (TIN) ...... 208 assisted starting ...... 44 Turn signal lever ...... 21, 105 tyre load rating ...... 209 automatic device disconnection ...... 199 Tyre load rating ...... 209 tyre pressures ...... 203 charging ...... 198 tyres with directional tread pattern ...... 201 checking the battery electrolyte level ...... 197 227 Index

connecting ...... 198 W Windscreen and rear window wiper blades . . . . . 76 control and warning lamps ...... 197 Windscreen washer ...... 33, 108 discharging ...... 136 Warning lamps ...... 24 rain and light sensor ...... 109 disconnecting ...... 198 Warning triangle ...... 71, 106 Windscreen washer water preparations ...... 197 Washing the vehicle ...... 171 checking ...... 195 replacing ...... 198 sensors ...... 154 topping up ...... 195 running flat ...... 199 Water box ...... 175 Windscreen wipers ...... 22, 108 Vehicle care ...... 170 Wax ...... 173 functions ...... 109 airbag modules (dash panel) ...... 178 Wear indicators ...... 205 heated windscreen washer jets ...... 109 aluminium wheel rims ...... 174 Weights ...... 212 lifting the wiper blade ...... 46 anodized surfaces ...... 174 Wheel bolts ...... 73, 213 replacing the wiper blade ...... 46 antenna incorporated in window ...... 180 anti-theft ...... 73 service position ...... 46 chrome wheel rims ...... 174 caps ...... 38 Windscreen wipers service position ...... 46 cleaning wheels ...... 174 loosening ...... 39 dash panel ...... 178 tightening torque ...... 39 de-icing the door lock cylinder ...... 175 Wheel load capacity ...... 208 engine compartment ...... 175 Wheel rims exterior mirrors ...... 172 beadlock ...... 202 interior ...... 176 bolted trims ...... 202 plastic parts ...... 178 Wheels ...... 200, 202, 212 protection of vehicle undercarriage ...... 175 changing ...... 37, 41 rubber seals ...... 174 changing a wheel ...... 73 vehicle paintwork ...... 173 hubcaps ...... 38 windows ...... 172 spare wheel or temporary spare wheel ...... 207 wooden trim ...... 178 storing the replaced wheel ...... 207 Vehicle care products ...... 170 Wheel trim Vehicle code full hub caps ...... 38 vehicle data label ...... 211 hubcaps ...... 38 Vehicle data label ...... 211 remove ...... 38 Vehicle key set ...... 92 Windows ...... 101 Vehicle tool kit ...... 37, 71 removing ice ...... 172 components ...... 72 Window wiper ...... 108 location ...... 72 Window wiper lever ...... 108 Vibrations Window wiper blade ...... 22 steering ...... 205 Windscreen heat-insulating glass ...... 108 infrared coating ...... 108 removing ice ...... 28, 29 228 About this manual The equipment marked with an aster- For the sake of the environment isk* is fitted as standard only in certain versions, and is only supplied as op- Texts preceded by this symbol contain rele- This manual contains a description of the vant information concerning environmental tional extras for some versions, or are equipment supplied with the vehicle at the protection. time this manual was published. Some of the only offered in certain countries. units described herein will not be available ® All registered marks are indicated with Note until a later date or are only available in cer- ®. Although the copyright symbol does tain markets. not appear, it is a copyrighted mark. Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information. Because this is a general manual for the Mii, >> The section is continued on the follow- some of the equipment and functions that are ing page. described in this manual are not included in This manual is divided into six large parts, Important warnings on a given page which are: all types or variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the techni- Detailed contents on a given page 1. The essentials cal requirements and on the market; this is in 2. Safety no way deceptive advertising. General information on a given page 3. Emergencies The illustrations are intended as a general Emergency information on a given page 4. Operation guide and may vary from the equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details. 5. Tips WARNING The steering indications (left, right, forward, 6. Technical data Texts preceded by this symbol contain infor- reverse) appearing in this manual refer to the mation on safety. They warn you about possi- At the end of this manual, there is a detailed SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to under- normal driving movements of the vehicle ex- ble dangers of accident or injury. alphabetical index that will help you quickly stand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason cept when otherwise indicated. find the information you require. no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook. All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error CAUTION or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print. Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage to your vehicle. Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form. SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act. All rights on changes are reserved. ❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose. © SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.05.17 OWNER’S MANUAL Mii 1SL012720BH

1SL012720BH (05.17) SEAT recommends SEAT recommends Inglés (05.17)

Inglés SEAT GENUINE OIL Castrol EDGE Professional Mii